211000.pdf

Loading ...
Global Do...
News & Politics
 
"Only the small secrets need to be protected. The big 
ones are kept secret by public incredulity." 
Marshall McCluhan 
"If both the past and the external world exist only in 
the mind, and 
if 
the mind 
itself 
is controllablewhat 
then?" 
George Orwell 
 
 
 
 
T0P 
SECRET 
 
 
 
 
MAG CHANNELS 
ONLY 
 
DEFENSE INTELLIGENCE AGENCY 
PSYCHOTRONIC WARFARE: SPIRITUAL ACCESS 
Prepared by U.S., Army 
Medical Intelligence Office 
D8T-03447/82/018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Top: A Defense Intelligence Agency brief on 
"Psychotronic Warfare." Bottom: An enlarged 
x-ray of a brain implant. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
INTRODUCTION:  WAR FOR THE MIND 
CHAPTER 1    THINGS TO COME 
11 
CHAPTER 2 LODGE BROTHERS & LITTLE HITLERS 19 
CHAPTER 3 TAKING THE "PSYCHE" OUT OF 
PSYCHOLOGY 27 
CHAPTER 4   HEY TEACHERS, LEAVE THOSE KIDS 
ALONE! 
34 
CHAPTER 5    TAVISTOCK 
41 
CHAPTER 6   SHOCKTROOPS 
55 
CHAPTER 7    OSS ORIGINS 
59 
CHAPTER 8    GREY EMINENCE 
63 
CHAPTER 9    ENTER THE CIA 
73 
CHAPTER 10 COMING ON TO LSD 
77 
CHAPTER 11 KULT OF MK ULTRA 
79 
CHAPTER 12 BRAVE NEW WORLD ORDER 
95 
CHAPTER 13 CHANGING IMAGES 
107 
CHAPTER 14 CENTER FOR VIOLENCE 
111 
CHAPTER 15 MIND CONTROLLED ASSASSINS 
117 
CHAPTER 16 SO LIKE CANDY 
123 
CHAPTER 17 MIND CONTROL IMPLANTS 
127 
CHAPTER 18 FUTURE SHOCK & THE JFK HIT 
139 
CHAPTER 19 "RFK MUST DIE" 
151 
CHAPTER 20 HAPPINESS IS A WARM GUN 
157 
CHAPTER 21 BOMBED 
165 
CHAPTER 22 BERSERKERS 
169 
CHAPTER 23 CREATING CULTS 
173 
CHAPTER 24 DEATH RAYS 
200 
CHAPTER 25 IN YOUR HEAD 
211 
CHAPTER 26 VICTIMIZED 
223 
CHAPTER 27 WOODPECKER 
239 
CHAPTER 28 HAARP 
247 
CHAPTER 29 HUM JOBS & BALLS OF FIRE 
253 
CHAPTER 30 LETHAL NON-LETHALS 
263 
CHAPTER 31 ALIENS FROM EARTH 
271 
CHAPTER 32 UNIDENTIFIED FLYING AGENTS 
283 
CHAPTER 33 MONARCH 
293 
CHAPTER 34 WORLD BRAIN 
301 
FINALITY 
309 
 
Top: H.G. Wells. Bottom: John Foster 
Dulles. 
Introduction: 
WAR FOR THE MIND 
Since the beginning of recorded history men have lusted for 
control of their fellowsthe impulse seemingly part of the 
makeup of the half-ape, half-angel we call human. Until 
modern times brute force, propaganda, and religion were the 
most successful methods for 
the manipulation of human 
beings, but by the turn of this century coercive methodology 
had advanced far beyond the sword, the inflammatory slogan, 
and the stick and carrot of heaven and hell. 
Now, 
in 
the 20th century, 
scientists 
in 
the pay of 
governments and other monied interests have made technical 
breakthroughs that render actual mind control feasible, and 
on a nigh-universal scale. Invasive control techniques have 
been fine-tuned to the point where the controllers are literally 
able to get inside our heads and to command us. They are 
able to tinker with our humanness, to manipulate it, 
to 
destroy it if they choose. They are able to use high tech 
networks of electronic entrainment and broadcasting whose 
nature has not even been hinted of in the mass media since 
the mass media itself is employed in the same manner, for the 
manipulation of the populace. Even the subject of mind 
control in the media is mentioned only in the context of 
science fiction, or is derided as the delusions of the crazy 
"aluminum foil hat crowd," never mind that those guys might 
be on to something. 
Now the powerful in their quest for a totalitarian state are 
provided with unprecedented access and control of our minds 
and humanity, to do with as they wilt. The means for the 
creation of worldwide 
slavery are 
in 
sight, 
and 
the 
implementation of this technology progresses day to day. The 
signs are all around us. 
Many suspect that there is an overarching philosophy that 
has been engineering the crises and chaos of the latter portion 
of the 20th century, and I believe they are right. There are 
forces working behind the scenes, working to promote a New 
World Order not significantly different than the nega-utopian 
Worldstate described in George Orwell's 1984. If this elite is 
cold-blooded enough 
to have calculatedly created war, 
famine, and designer disease, as many suspect they have, what 
qualms would discourage 
them from creating worldwide 
mind control? This book is meant to portray certain aspects 
of the history of world mind control, its evolution, and the 
political currents that have historically dictated its directions. 
I will not pretend that it is definitive or the last word on the 
subject, and it is probably not even the last word I will have 
to say on the topic. The book is, however, intended to offer 
perspective on the present day that is rarely provided in the 
controlled mainstream media. 
I 
have 
accessed 
a wide 
variety 
of 
sourcessome 
mainstream, some controversialin order to try to get to the 
secret programs and influences that have long dictated our 
thinking, our behavior, our welfare. I believe that some, 
although certainly not all, of those programs and influences 
have been revealed here, and that this information will assist 
future researchers 
in delving into these matters. I have 
quoted my sources throughout the book, both for the skeptic 
who disbelieves what I have to say, as well as for the 
interested reader who would like to research these topics 
more thoroughly. When I am speculating, as opposed to 
relying on solid fact, I have tried to make this clear. The 
truth is startling enough without getting into fantasy. 
Although the subject matter of this book is for the most 
part unrelievedly grim, I have not intended to create inertia, 
to "tell how bad it all is" and to immobilize the readership 
with fear about the horrible state everything is in. My hope 
is to do just the opposite: to galvanize the reader into action. 
I have attempted to provide information that may be helpful 
for taking control back from those who would dictate our 
lives, and for that control to be returned to the individual, 
and 
I have also provided contact addresses of allied 
individuals and groups at the back of the book. 
Ultimately, 
the American 
people 
are 
like Gulliver, 
restrained by the Lilliputians' most fragile of threads. It is 
time for the giant to awaken and to rip off his bonds. I hope 
the informa-tion in this book helps. 
Chapter 1: 
THINGS TO COME 
It was the first decade after the turn of the century, in the lull 
before the storm of the first World War, and many who lived 
then have reflected on what seemed to be a golden, untroubled 
time. William Howard Taft was inaugurated as 27th president of 
the United States. Mary Pickford, the first film star, was 
featured in silent films by D.W. Griffith. Picasso painted his 
"Harlequin," and Matisse coined the word "Cubism." The first 
permanent waves were being worn by beauties as they strolled 
the streets of London. 
Behind the scenes in the world, in the industrial boardrooms, 
ornate drawing rooms, and in the offices of government other 
activities, not quite so idyllic, were afoot. For this was a time of 
massive, covert consolidation of power by the monied elite, and 
the activation of long-term plans of control that would affect the 
world until the present day. 
This was the time of the creation of the Federal Reserve, the 
FBI, the institution of the federal income tax in the United 
States, and, with the League of Nations, the first stirrings 
towards a global government. Powerful men were obsessed by 
the idea of increasing their power and in advancing the 
technology of control to enable them to do so, and they were 
burning the midnight oil to turn those dreams into reality. 
It was the time of meetings held to brainstorm the New 
World Order in groups like the Round Table, the Coefficients 
Club, the Fabians, and the Skull and Bones society. The New 
World Order, that term so often bandied about by politicians and 
conspiracy writers, is the long-term plan to create a one-world 
oligarchical government on this planet. It is not really in 
question that such a plan existsexcept among those who have 
not taken the time to study the documentation, or those whose 
interests dictate that it should be denied. 
11 
The Round Table/City of London financier focus is one group 
behind the New World Ordercertainly not the benighted 
lumpens whom they have pretended to championand their 
plans for world control have been carried out by the universities, 
the bankers, the politicianswielding in particular a tangle of 
international intelligence agencies and the psychiatric frontmen 
who would later be mobilized by such groups as Tavistock and 
the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH). Throughout this 
century the members of the Open Conspiracy have busied 
themselves worldwide, spreading the New World Order virus, all 
in the interest of the domination of the elite. 
Amazingly enough, the battle plan of the New World Order 
controllers can be clearly read in the works of a science fiction 
writer, a man who came up from humble beginnings in Britain to 
hobnob in his adult life with the movers and shakers of the elite. 
Herbert George Wells, more than just the latter day Jules Verne 
that he is presented as in the history books, was head of British 
Intelligence during World War II, and his mistress was Maura 
Benckendorff, a woman who has been called "perhaps the Soviet 
Union's most effective agent-of-influence ever to appear on 
London's political and intellectual stage." H.G. Wells knew 
whereof he spoke when extolling the plans of the New World 
Order. 
Wells acted as a publicist for the real planners who worked 
behind the scenes. He was a front man for the Cecil Rhodes 
Round Table elitist secret societyRhodes himself an agent for 
the Rothschilds' banking conglomerate who left his fortune to 
Lord Rothschild in his third will. The Round Table later 
branched out to spawn the influential Council on Foreign 
Relations and other groups perhaps not as powerful, but more 
well known in our time. Wells was an intimate of the 
Rothschild-allied Sassoons, who had made their fortune from 
opium shipping, and he was often seen at Sassoon fetes attended 
by the likes of Edward VII, George Bernard Shaw, and the young 
Winston Churchill. 
Rhodes stated in 1890 in a letter to W.T. Stead, "What an 
awful thought it is that if we had not lost America, or if even now 
we could arrange with the present members of the United 
States Assembly and our House of Commons, the Peace of the 
world is secure for all eternity. We could well hold your federal 
parliament five years at Washington and five years at London. 
The only thing possible to carry this idea out is a secret one 
(society)   gradually absorbing the  wealth  of  the  world   to   be 
12 
devoted to such an object..." 
Elsewhere, Rhodes stated it even more plainly. His objective 
was: "The extension of British rule throughout the world, the 
perfecting of a system of emigration from the United Kingdom 
and of colonization by British subjects of all lands wherein the 
means of livelihood are attainable by energy, labour and 
enterprise... and the ultimate recovery of the United States of 
America as an integral part of the British Empire." 
Rhodes set out to accomplish this task and, through his own 
labors and those of his successors, has almost succeeded. [1] 
It is a matter of high strangeness that within the pages of 
books written by H.G. Wells in England in the 1920s and 
1930sone of them science fictionthat the actual future battle 
plans of the controllers jump off the pages with crystal clarity. 
Here is an unmistakably clear picture of the New World Order, 
along with a clear statement of its plans. 
Although H.G. Wells is primarily known for his works of 
science fiction, such as The Time Machine (1895), The Invisible 
Man (1898), and War of the Worlds (1898), he also wrote a 
number of works which overtly propagandized for the overthrow 
of existing nation-states and the creation of a one-world 
government. These books 
include The Open Conspiracy: 
Blueprints for aWorld Revolution (1928), The New World Order 
(1940), and The Shape of Things to Come: The Ultimate 
Revolution (1933). 
While all of the above books are eye-opening when it comes to 
understanding the future as foreseen by the controllers, it is 
Wells' novel The Shape of Things to Come (and the movie he 
scripted that was based upon it, the title shortened to Things to 
Come), that provide the best overall viewpast, present, and 
futureof the New World Order. 
Again: Interestingly, deceptively, the book is presented as a 
work of science fiction, but within its pages is Wells' best guess 
of how the New World Order would come to pass, from a 1930s 
perspective. 
While primarily a work of propaganda that pushes the one- 
world worldview of Wells and other internationalists during the 
first half of this century, the book is particularly revealing in that 
it also exposes many of the strategies that are to be employed. 
Wells' introduction to the book is titled, "The Dream Book of 
Dr. Philip Raven." In a familiar ploy of the science fiction of the 
time, the book is introduced as the factual work of a Dr. Raven, a 
deceased   friend   of  Wells,   and   a  member   of   the   Geneva 
13 
Secretariat coyly described as having "unusual opportunities for 
forming judgments upon the trend of things." Wells maintained 
that Raven wrote the book using the curious technique of 
transcribing during his waking hours a book of future history 
that he read during his nightly dreams. This is the fictional 
vehicle by which Wells sounds the clarion call for the New World 
Order. 
The dream book purports to be a work of history, written 
from the perspective of a citizen of a future Utopian world-state. 
Wells terms the book "a Short History of the World for about the 
next century and a half and an "Outline of the Future." 
He commences his reverse history with a reiteration of actual 
events up to his own time, describing how the evolution of 
communications and transportation has brought the human race 
into closer contact than ever beforeglobal village stuff 
although he comments that "Distribution, paper supply, and 
news services had fallen into the hands of powerful groups able 
and willing to crush out any... inimical schools of public 
suggestion.   They set about stereotyping the public mind." 
Not surprisingly Wells places 
the City of Londonthe 
international center of banking cultureand its financial credit 
as responsible for knitting together world economic life over the 
previous hundred years. With these innovations in commun- 
ications and finance, but also with the frustrations and wars 
inherent (so he says) in the existence of independent national 
states and sovereignties, came about the gradual dawning of the 
idea of the World-State. 
Wells muses, "By this time (1919) there was indeed quite a 
considerable number of intelligent people in the world who had 
realized the accumulating necessity of a world government, and 
a still larger multitude... who had apprehended it instinctively 
and sentimentally, but there was no one yet who had the 
intellectual vigor to attack in earnest the problem of substituting 
a world system for the existing governments." He also describes 
a one-world government as "manifestly the only possible 
solution of the human problem." 
Like many another wealthy individual advocating a one-world 
state for the "common good," Wells did not believe that 
commoners were capable of running that world-state. He 
described democracies as exercising "a political fiction of a very 
extraordinary kind: that every subject... was equally capable of 
making whatever collective decisions had to be made." And so 
this New World Order would be run by the few, by those upper- 
14 
crust and white racialist Englishmen and their anglophilic 
American associates, the men that Wells saw as being capable of 
doing so. 
Referring in the book to the Versailles Peace Conference that 
followed World War I, Wells points to American President 
Woodrow Wilson as being "the most susceptible to the 
intimations of the future... But it is doubtful if at any time he 
realized that a world pax means a world control of all the vital 
common interests of mankind." 
Within a litany of bright ideas leading up to the acceptance of 
the one-world-state, Wells notes Wilson's abortive League of 
Nations, precursor to the U.N., but mourns its failures and 
regrets that the League, where "The World-State had appeared 
dimly and evasively, as an aspiration, as a remote possibility... 
had no executive powers, no certain revenues, no army, no 
police, and practically no authority to do anything at all." Wells 
warns the builders of the world-state not to make that mistake 
again.  They would not. 
Wells even indicates the presence of conspiratorial factions 
involved in the creation of the unified world order during the 
twentieth century, the sort of men that he cozied up to in real 
life in London's exclusive clubs. Wells says that, "strange 
Mystery Men were dimly visible through a fog of baffling evasions 
and mis-statements, manipulating prices 
and 
exchanges. 
Prominent among these Mystery Men was a certain Mr. Montagu 
Norman, Governor of the Bank of England from 1920 to 1935." 
Not surprisingly, this is the same Montagu Norman who was a 
rabid pre-war partisan of Hitler, and who participated with 
Hjalmar Schacht, with American intelligence, with Wall Street, 
and with the Rothschild/Warburg/Schiff banks in the creation of 
Adolf Hitler and the Third Reich. "Another big obscure financial 
force in the war and post-war periods," Wells goes on, "was the 
complex of great private banking ganglia, of which Morgan and 
Co., with its associated firms, was the most central and most 
typical." 
Wells marks the transition from the date of his actual writing 
of his book, the early 1930s, to his elitist, technocratic vision of 
the future with a section about the coming warWorld War II, 
that isand what he sees as its terrible aftermath, titled, "The 
Days After Tomorrow: The Age of Frustration." 
H.G. Wells was not the only person during the post-World War 
I period to see that another devastating world war was nearly 
inevitable.   Wells has World War II beginning in 1940 in Poland, 
15 
over an imagined slight taken by a Nazi over the actions of a Pole 
of Jewish origin. He characterizes World War II as it was, as an 
orgy of world violence, and has the fighting end in 1949staying 
remarkably close to the actual dates of the conflictonly to be 
followed by another scourge, that of rampant disease, "The Raid 
of the Germs." 
Given the present-day climate of AIDS, Ebola, Mad Cow 
disease, and other resistant viral strainsand the persistent 
rumors 
of 
the military 
engineering 
of 
those 
same 
diseasesperhaps Wells' dating in this particular should have 
been moved forward a few years. 
In Wells' scenario, years of terrible war and disease result in 
the near-total disintegration of society. Wells places the final 
break-up of the nation-states and "America in Liquidation" at 
1966, when "the great patchwork of empires and nationalist 
states, set up during the Age of European Predominance, lost its 
defining lines, lost its contrasted cultures and its elaborated 
traditions, and ceased to divide the allegiance and devotion of 
men of goodwill." 
Wells was no prophet as regards his timeline, only a science 
fiction writer privy to the plans of men with an interest in 
promoting the coming of the dictatorial world-state. His crystal 
ball is somewhat cloudy on certain details. Obviously his 
prediction of the destruction of civilization did not come to pass 
as an immediate result of World War II, although it is easy to see 
how Wells might not have foreseen the coming nuclear 
stalemate which brought about the protracted "cold war" 
between the U.S. and the USSR. 
Wells places responsibility for the creation of the New World 
Order in the lap of scientists of the future, the group he dubs 
the "Technocracy." Citing a fictional future book by an author 
named DeWindt, he says the New World Order, "sustained by 
multitude of nuclei on DeWindt's pattern scattered throughout 
the whole world, very much as the Bolshevik political 
organization had been sustained by the Communist Party, came 
into existence and spread its ever-growing network about the 
planet without an immediate struggle. Its revolutionary nature 
was understood by few people other than its promoters." 
Wells dates the formal institution of the Technocracythe 
New World Order, by any other nameat the "Second 
Conference of Basra" in the year 1978. Although his timeline is 
faulty, the tactics of gradual ideological assimilation that he 
describes are time-honored and immortalized in the slogan of 
16 
the Socialist Fabian Society that Wells belonged to: "Proceed 
slowly," while the thesis-antithesis-synthesis that culminates in 
the Technocracy is the product of Hegelian thinking. This is 
the philosophy as well as the method by which the Wellsian 
vision of the New World Order has come to pass in our own 
timecome to pass in virtually everything but its formal 
institution, and in planetary "mopping up" operations. 
Exactly where did Wells obtain his information of the plans of 
the elite? It is interesting that Wells is particularly fond of the 
adjective "illuminating" when describing an idea he particularly 
likes, in The Shape of Things to Come. He describes President 
Wilson's one-worldism as "one of the most illuminating events 
in the early twentieth century." Before a New World Order can 
be formed, "scattered flashes of understanding had to ignite a 
steadier illumination." 
Is this proof of his card-carrying membership in a group 
linked to the infamous Illuminati secret society, founded by the 
German Weishaupt, and alleged by many to be the power behind 
the institution of the New World Order? Hardly. But it would be 
a mistake to totally dismiss such clues. The Illuminati, the 
Freemasons, members of the Skull and Bones and related and 
offshoot groups have been particularly fond of what they term 
"revelation of method," secret handshakes, in-group references, 
and cant language to reveal their presence to their cohorts and 
to befuddle the "profane" masses. There are solid connections 
between illuminist groups, the Rhodes Roundtable, the Nazis, 
British intelligence... and, well, Wells. It is not impossible that 
Wells is doing just this. 
Another explicit statement of the intentions of the New 
World Order can be read in Wells' nonfiction book The Open 
Conspiracy, published in 1928. The specific directives of Wells' 
proposed Open Conspiracy program, again identical with what 
has come to be known as the New World Order, were: 
"1. The complete assertion, practical as well as theoretical, of 
the provisional nature of existing governments and of our 
acquiescence in them; 
"2. The resolve to minimize by all available means the 
conflicts of these governments, their militant use of individuals 
and property and their interferences with the establishment of a 
world economic system; 
"3. The determination to replace private local or national 
ownership of at least credit, transport, and staple production by 
a responsible world directorate serving the common ends of the 
17 
race; 
"4. The practical recognition of the necessity for world 
biological controls, for example, of population and disease; 
"5. The support of a minimum standard of individual freedom 
and welfare in the world; 
"6. The supreme duty of subordinating the personal life to 
the creation of a world directorate capable of these tasks and to 
the general advancement of human knowledge, capacity, and 
power." 
This is the multiple-pronged New World Order scheme in 
black and white, and while it sounds pretty good on paper, what 
it doesn't say is paramount: it is a plan to demolish national 
boundaries and constitutions, and to consolidate controltotal 
controlin a tiny aristocratic governing body. Gone will be the 
constitutional safeguards that Americans have come to take for 
grantedgone will be any safeguards at all, any protections 
whatsoever for the human cogwheels subject to this vast 
totalitarian scheme. 
The New World Order plan would later be furthered by such 
offshoot groups as the Council on Foreign Relations, the 
Trilateral Commission, the Club of Rome, the Tavistock 
Institute, and the Bilderbergers, and realized in the form of such 
institutions as the United Nations, the International Monetary 
Fund, and the World Bank. None of these groups or their 
individual members have acted entirely on their own, but 
instead are an evolving hydra with many heads. Their actions 
have always been coordinated in a unified manner, and their 
shared objective has always been total control of the world. [2] 
NOTES: 
1. Knuth; Lockhart, Robin Bruce, Reilly: The First Man, (Penguin Books, 
New York, 1987); Wilgus, Neal, The Illuminoids. (Sun Publishing Co., Santa Fe, 
1978); Sutton, Antony C. America's Secret Establishment. (Billings, Montana: 
Liberty House Press, 1986); Chaitkin, Anton, "British Psychiatry: From 
Eugenics to Assassination," EIR (Executive Intelligence Review), October 7, 1994; 
White, Carol, The New Dark Ages Conspiracy. (New York: New Benjamin 
Franklin House, 1984); Dobbs, Zygmund, Keynes at Harvard. New York: Probe 
Research, Inc., 1969; Robertson, Pat, The New World Order. (Dallas, Texas: Word 
Publishing, 1991) 
2. Wells, H.G., The Open Conspiracy: Blueprints for aWorld Revolution. 
(London, Victor Gollancz, 1928); White; Higham, Charles, Trading With the 
Enemy. (New York: Dell, 1983; Chaitkin; White) 
18 
Chapter 2: 
LODGE BROTHERS AND 
LITTLE HITLERS 
While the one-world elitists in England were scheming for 
control of the planet, and for the suppression and elimination of 
"the masses" by one means or another, 
their American 
brethrenand brethren they were, in a deal reportedly cut in 
1897 to apportion the business of the worldwere thinking 
along the same lines. [1] 
In these early years of the 20th century, British Round Table 
controllers andacting at a command level in the U.S. 
members of the German-spawned Skull and Bones society, 
worked in concert with the Rockefellers and others to pour 
huge sums of money into American and German coffers for the 
research 
of 
psychiatry, 
psychiatric 
genetics, 
eugenics, 
euthanasia, and other means of controlling and "perfecting" 
what they conceived of as an otherwise imperfect human race, at 
least in terms acceptable to the elite. 
Although 
it may seem obvious, political and economic 
imperialism are almost always linked to an imperialism of the 
mind. In the early 20th century, embryonic studies of biology, 
eugenics, and the human mind were massively funded to be 
utilized, not for the overall 
improvement of the human 
condition, but for domination of the many by the few, for the 
"good" of the State. 
Skull and Bones is the Yale-based American chapter of a 
German secret society that is in all probability linked to the 
famous Illuminati, founded on May 1, 1776, by Adam Weishaupt, 
Professor of Canon Law at the University of Ingolstadt, and 
referred to internally as "The Order." 
Samuel Russell was the founder of Russell and Company, that 
shipped   opium from  Turkey to  China in  the   19th   century. 
19 
Numerous of the dominant "Eastern Establishment" families in 
American affairs to the present day made their fortune in opium 
shipping. Russell bought out the Perkins Syndicate in 1830, 
that had previously dominated the American opium shipping 
market. Among Russell's employees were Warren Delano, Jr. 
(the grandfather of Franklin Delano Roosevelt), John Cleve 
Greene (who financed Princeton University), and Joseph 
Coolidge (his son was the organizer of the United Fruit 
Company, alleged to be Mafia-associated and involved in drug 
smuggling, while his grandson was one of the co-founders of the 
Council on Foreign Relations). 
The American Skull and Bones group was founded in 1833 at 
Yale University by Samuel Russell's cousin, General William 
Huntington Russell, and Alphonso Taft. In 1831-32 Russell 
studied in Germany, at that time a hotbed of the Hegelian/ 
Prussian system that declared the jackbooted state as supreme 
and the individual as merely a cell in the greater organism. 
While in Germany, Russell apparently was contacted by the 
Bavarian Illuminati or an offshoot group. Skull and Bones was 
incorporated in the U.S. in 1856, as the Russell Trust, and like 
the Illuminati 
is also known as "The Order." 
Internal 
documentation of Skull and Bones places the beginnings of its 
German predecessor group at about the time that the Illuminati 
was suppressed by the Bavarian Elector. [2] 
"The Order [Skull and Bones]," according to historian Antony 
C. Sutton, "has either set up or penetrated just about every 
significant research, policy, and opinion-making organization in 
the United States, in addition to the Church, business, law, 
government and politics. Not all at the same time, but 
persistently and consistently enough to dominate the direction 
of American society. The evolution of American society is not, 
and has not been for a century, a voluntary development 
reflecting individual opinion, ideas and decisions at the grass 
roots. On the contrary, the broad direction has been created 
artificially and stimulated by The Order." [3] 
Part of the New World Order plan, reflected in the views of 
the people who have promoted it, has always been eugenics: the 
elimination of "useless eaters" and "inferior races" who are 
seen only as an impediment in the road of the almighty State. 
Their aim is a new synthesis in which the only solution for what 
they 
consider 
an overpopulated Earth 
is 
for massive 
depopulation programs to be instituted, and for most of the 
persons left on the planet to subsist in a virtually pre-industrial 
20 
tribal state. Aborigines, but aborigines with laptop computers. 
The controllers, naturally, would not be so burdened by 
hardship, but would serenely float above society like members of 
Wells' Technocracy, skimming the cream. 
Eugenics as a subject had been disseminated by the English 
psychologist Francis Galton, beginning in 1883. Again seeing 
the State rather than the individual as the supreme measure of 
man, and taking off from Darwin's theory of natural selection, 
Galton proposed that, through selective intervention through 
breeding programs and the suppression of 
less desirable 
breeding stock, society might be brought up to an overall higher 
condition. 
In 1904 the University College in London established the first 
chairs in Eugenics and Eugenics in Working Society in London. 
This led to the creation of the Galton Laboratory for National 
Eugenics in 1907. The ideas of eugenics, euthanasia, and 
sterilization for those judged inferior were heartily supported in 
London, specifically by the "upper crust" of the populace who 
were eager to do something about the bothersome lower classes. 
Eugenics philosophy and programs were soon received with 
approval worldwide, however, including in America. 
In 1911, when Judge Kenesaw Mountain Landis ordered 
Standard Oil broken up, John D. Rockefeller, the first American 
to amass a billion dollars in assetsequivalent to roughly one 
hundred billion dollars 
todayresponded by starting 
the 
Rockefeller Foundation. The at-the-time astronomical sum of 
$300 million was transferred into the account of the foundation, 
and administered by trustees who were family members and 
employees of the family. 
John D. Rockefeller had, in the 1860s, started on his way in 
the oil business with a boost of British capital. Rockefeller was 
soon notorious for using violent methods for increasing his 
wealth. In The Robber Barons, Matthew Josephson talks about 
those methods: 
"Where the Standard Oil company could not carry on its 
expansion by peaceful means, it was ready with violence; its 
faithful servants knew even how to apply the modern weapon of 
dynamite. In Buffalo, the Vacuum Oil Co., one of the 'dummy' 
creatures of the Standard Oil system, became disturbed one day 
by the advent of a vigorous competitor who built a sizable 
refinery and located it favorably upon the waterfront. The offices 
of Vacuum conducted at first a furtive campaign of intimidation. 
Then emboldened or more desperate, they approached the chief 
21 
mechanic of the enemy refinery, holding whispered conferences 
with him in a rowboat on Lake Erie. He was asked to 'do 
something.' He was urged to 'go back to Buffalo and construct 
the machinery so it would bust up... or smash up, to fix the pipes 
and stills so they cannot make a good oil... And then if you would 
give them a little scare, they not knowing anything about the 
business. You know how..." The foreman's reward would be a 
lifelong annuity, and "in due time a small explosion took place in 
the independent plant." [4] 
The Rockefellers also used more sophisticated forms of 
espionage. John D.'s brother William Rockefeller employed in 
his business a British intelligence officer named Claude Dansey 
who, prior to World War I, had been involved in reorganizing the 
U.S. Army intelligence service. Dansey's protege General 
Marlborough Churchill, a relative of Winston Churchill, was given 
the task of organizing and directing the American intelligence 
services. After the war, Churchill ran the "Black Chamber," an 
espionage group with stated allegiance to the State Department 
and the U.S. Army, but with implicit servitude to the New York 
monied elite. General Churchill was also responsible for 
creating the Macy Foundation, which would later be a major 
conduit for the funding of the CIA's MKULTRA mind control 
research of the 1950s and later. 
In order 
to change his 
image as 
the most despised 
blackguard of the era, John D. Rockefeller took on the services 
of Ivy Lee, the top advertising man of the day. Lee suggested 
that Rockefeller start giving away large amounts of cash. Lee was 
still in the employ of the Rockefellers when, in the 1930s, he 
was given the specific assignment by Standard Oil President 
Walter C. Teagle and Hermann Schmitz of the German I.G. 
Farben company to supply intelligence on America's reaction to 
the Nazis, and 
to concoct and disseminate pro-German 
propaganda to the Americans. This was no fluke. Rockefeller 
holdings, including Standard Oil, were extensively intertwined 
with those of the Nazis, and contact and commerceincluding 
shipments of oilcontinued throughout World War II. [5] 
Relations with Germany were not 
so 
inflamed when 
Rockefeller monies funded the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for 
Psychiatry in Munich, Germany (initially endowed by the Krupp 
munitions manufacturing family, and James Loeb, brother-in-law 
of Paul Warburg, the architect of the Federal Reserve in 
America), to the tune of 11 million marks. The Rockefeller 
Foundation, in 1925, also provided a grant of $2.5 million to the 
22 
Institute, and furnished other large grants to  the  institution 
throughout the Hitler era. 
Also funded by the Rockefellers was the Kaiser Wilhelm 
Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics, and Human Heredity. 
These institutions were run by Swiss psychiatrist Ernst Rudin, 
who was assisted by Otmar Freiherr von Verschuer and Franz J. 
Kallmann. [6] 
James Loeb was a relative of the Warburg banking family, key 
among the elite controllers in London, and a business partner of 
William Rockefeller. The Rockefellers and the Warburgs had 
initially bankrolled the pivotal American Harriman family in 
their enterprises, channeling monies provided by Sir Ernst 
Cassell, banker to the British royals. The Rockefellers, the 
Warburgs, and the Harrimans are familiar faces, appearing again 
and again during the creation of the primary social control 
mechanisms of this century, including eugenics and psychiatric 
mind control. 
These families acted in collusion with the Round Table 
groups founded by Cecil Rhodes, himself a Freemason and 
operative of the Rothschild banking family, as well as the Skull 
and Bones society in America. 
Although the Rhodes Round Table groups were originally 
financed primarily by the Rhodes Trust, since 1925 substantial 
funding has been provided by the Carnegie United Kingdom 
Trust, whose first president (1902-05) was Bonesman Daniel 
Coit Gilmana man key in the subversion of American 
educationand organizations associated with J.P. Morgan, the 
Rockefellers, the Whitneys, and the Lazards. 
Factually, one of the New World Order's early projects was 
the creation of the Third Reich. Nazism, in fact, differs very 
little from the New World Order philosophy except in its 
emphasis on German nationalism. 
After Hitler's ascent to chancellorship in 1933, sponsored by 
many of the men who lusted after a New World Order, 
psychiatric 
institutes 
controlled 
by Ernst Rudin were 
incorporated into the Nazi machine. Rudin became head of the 
Racial Hygiene Society, and Rudin and his staff, in the Task 
Force on Heredity chaired by SS chief Himmler, instituted the 
German sterilization law, based upon existing American laws of 
the Commonwealth of Virginia. 
Far from being an anomaly of the Nazi regime, the horrific 
eugenics and psychiatric programs instituted in Germany during 
this time were  only a reflection  of studies and proposals that 
23 
were in vogue in Europe and America. It has only recently been 
revealed that thousands of persons deemed physically or morally 
unfit continued to be sterilized after World War IIuntil the 
middle 1970sin Sweden, France, Denmark, Finland, and other 
European countries. Hitler's Reich, however, provided a 
political climate in which eugenics plans could achieve a 
particularly ghastly fruition. 
Otmar Vershuer, assistant to Ernst Rudin and the director of 
the Kaiser Wilhelm Institute for Anthropology, Eugenics, and 
Human Heredity in Berlin, was in turn assisted by a name more 
familiar to us: Josef Mengele. Vershuer procured funds for 
Mengele's inhuman research programs at Auschwitz. There, 
many arrivals at the camp filled out questionnaires from the 
Kaiser Wilhelm Institute, before a wide variety of frankensteinian 
experimentation was performed on them. Thousands were 
tortured and murdered, with body parts shipped to 
the 
Rockefeller-financed Kaiser Wilhelm Institute. 
Mengele was captured and identified in an Allied prisoner of 
war camp in 1945, and although his captors knew the nature of 
his crimes at Auschwitz, he was released. His organizational 
senior Vershuer also eluded punishment; he was simply hired by 
a Rockefeller-funded eugenics organization, the Bureau of 
Human Heredity 
in Denmark. Rudin's assistant Kallman 
testified on Rudin's behalf at de-Nazification proceedings, and 
both men were later involved in the creation of the American 
Society of Human Genetics, which later organized the currently 
high profile and highly subsidized Human Genome project that 
may turn the description of mankind as sheep into more than a 
metaphor. 
In 1936 another player became apparent in the field of 
psychiatric genetics and mind control experimentation, one 
hardly whispered of in other exposes of the subject: the Scottish 
Rite of Freemasonry. The Scottish Rite's loyalties are and have 
always been with the New World Order vision of one-world 
government, and the loyalties of at least a certain faction of the 
men promoting the New World Order have always been to 
Freemasonry. Glimmerings of the New World Order strategy can 
in fact be traced back to the days of their predecessor 
Rosicruciansnot to be confused with the mailorder AMORC 
currently seen in UFO and psychic magazinesand such early 
works as Bacon's New Atlantis. 
In 1936, Dr. Nolan D.C. Lewis, the Scottish Rite's Field 
Representative  of Research  on Demential Praecox (incurable 
24 
insanity), and director of the New York State Psychiatric 
Institute, was overseeing 14 projects funded by the Supreme 
Council of the Scottish Rite Northern Supreme Council. At the 
time of these Freemasonic psychiatric projects, the Duke of 
Connaught, son of the German Coburg Prince Albert and Queen 
Victoria, and brother to Nazi sympathizer King Edward VII, was 
the grand master of the "Mother Grand Lodge" in England. He 
was also linked to a racialist "shadow government" called the 
Broederbond that, according to the Philadelphia Inquirer, ruled 
South Africa until recent times, and was only exposed in the 
1990s. 
Although very 
little 
information 
is 
available on 
these 
Freemasonic psychiatric projects, details on one provide a 
telling conjunction between the Freemasons and the Nazis. A 
protege of Nazi eugenics head Ernst Rudin, psychiatrist Franz J. 
Kallmann, was forced from his job in Germany when he was 
discovered to be half Jewish. Kallmann's character can be 
gauged by the fact that he had argued at the International 
Congress for Population Science in Berlin in 1935 that, not only 
should schizophrenics be sterilized, but the same mutilation 
should also be performed on their apparently healthy relatives. 
Kallmann moved to New York and smoothly transitioned into 
being the director of research at the New York State Psychiatric 
Institute, an institution headed by the Freemasons' Dr. Lewis. 
Kallmann was paid by the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry to study 
1,000 schizophrenics to prove that mental illness was inherited 
genetically. The study was published in the U.S. and in Germany 
in 1938. The preface to the study thanked the Scottish Rite and 
Rudin. Kallman's report was used as part of the scientific 
justification for a program launched by the Nazi's infamous T4 
Unit, named after its address, Tiergartenstrasse 4, Berlin. 
Operatives of T4 were reportedly responsible for murdering 
over 200,000 mental defectives. [7] 
NOTES: 
1. Knuth, E.C., The Empire of the City. (The Noontide Press, 1983) 
2. Sutton, 
Antony 
C, 
America's 
Secret 
Establishment. 
(Billings, 
Montana: Liberty House Press, 1986); Anonymous, Skull & Bones: The Very 
Heart of the Shadow Government, May 1996, obtained on the Internet, copy in 
the author's possession 
3. Sutton 
4. Knuth; 
Chaitkin, 
Anton, 
"British 
Psychiatry: 
From 
Eugenics 
to 
Assassination," EIR, October 7, 1994; Josephson, Matthew, The Robber Barons. 
Cited in Allen,  Gary.  The Rockefeller File. (Seal Beach, California: '76 Press, 
25 
1976) 
5. Andrew, Christopher, 
Secret 
Service: 
The Making 
of 
the British 
Intelligence Community. 
(London, Sceptre Books, 1986); Chaitkin; Allen; 
Higham, Charles, Trading With the Enemy. (New York: Dell, 1983); Hillel and 
Henry,  Of Pure Blood. (New York: Pocket Books, 1976) 
6. Schreiber, 
Bernard, 
The Men 
Behind Hitler; 
Chaitkin; Weindling, 
Paul. "The Rockefeller Foundation and German Bio-medical Sciences, 1920- 
1940", in Science, Politics and the Public Good: Essays in Honour of Margaret 
Gowing, (London: McMillan Press, 1988) 
7. Chaitkin, Anton, Treason 
in America. 
(New York: New Benjamin 
Franklin House, 1984); Oglesby, Carl, The Yankee and Cowboy War. (New York: 
Berkley, 1977); Sutton; Chaitkin, Anton, "British Psychiatry: From Eugenics to 
Assassination"; Santa Monica Outlook, July 24, 1990; Hillel and Henry; Perloff, 
James,  The Shadows of Power. (Appleton, Wisconsin: Western Islands, 1990) 
 
Adam Weishaupt, founder of the Bavarian 
Illuminati in 1776. 
26 
Chapter 3: 
TAKING THE "PSYCHE" 
OUT OF PSYCHOLOGY 
Among the basic studies consulted by Rockefeller-funded 
scientists and others 
interested 
in social control at 
the 
beginning of this century were those of the official Prussian state 
psychologist Wilhelm Maximilian Wundt, professor of psychology 
at the University of Heidelberg. It's fascinating that Wundt's 
grandfather is mentioned in the Illuminati Provincial Report 
from Utica (Heidelberg) of September 1782, as being the 
member known as "Raphael." [1] 
During the period before Wundt's ascendancy in the field, 
psychology was considered to be, simply enough, the study of 
the soul or mind (psyche). Wundt was to change all that, 
defining and propagandizing for the materialistic viewpoint that 
would disinform the work of successors like Pavlov, Skinner, 
and Watson. 
Wundt took a chair in philosophy at the University of Leipzig 
in 1875, establishing the world's first psychological laboratory, 
creating the psychological journal Philosophical Studies, and 
redefining psychology for this century. Wundt stated with 
characteristic modesty, "The work which I here present to the 
public is an attempt to mark out a new domain in science." 
Wundt was to remain at the University of Leipzig until his death 
in 1920. 
Wundt's doctrine might be characterized as science meets 
the Hegelian sturm und drang. One of the primary under- 
pinnings of the New World Order is that its strategy for world 
conquest originates in the philosophy of Hegel. Hegel was a 
professor of philosophy at the University of Berlin, and his 
works formed the basis for both Marxist dialectical materialism 
and fascist Statism. 
27 
Hegel's stated belief was that Man is subordinate to the State, 
and only finds fulfillment in obedience to the diktats of the 
State. As he said, "The State is the absolute reality and the 
individual himself has objective existence, truth and morality 
only in his capacity as a member of the State." This philosophy 
can be and has been used for the justification of any number of 
atrocities committed upon the human race, and provides an 
unexamined sub-stratum to the philosophies of many politicians 
today. If only the omelette (the State) is important, what does it 
matter if we lose a few million eggs (humans) in the process of 
cooking up the dish? 
Hegel was the originator of the theory of the "dialectic," the 
idea that conflict determines history. According to Hegel, a 
force (thesis) dictates its own opposing force (antithesis). 
These forces in conflict result in the creation of a third force: a 
synthesis. Out of this synthesis the process begins again. Marx 
later revised the theory of the dialectic, insisting that only 
material events were relevant, and that the dialectic was 
inherent in matter, thus divorcing the idea from metaphysics, at 
least to his own satisfaction. 
From the theory of the dialectic comes the realization that 
the creation of conflicts can create determined outcomes, or 
syntheses. Those who promote the New World Order, again and 
again, are seen to be using the theory of the Hegelian dialectic to 
bring it about. They are manipulating events, creating conflicts, 
creating wars, and destroying the lives of untold millions in the 
bargain. The New World Order is the desired synthesis of the 
controlling forces operant in the world today. 
Naturally, the Hegelian system goes completely against the 
grain of most people, particularly in the West, who view the 
individual as the true sovereign. Thus the real enemies are not 
America vs. the Soviets, or the political Left vs. the Right, but 
those who would manipulate the yin and yang of history. 
To return to Wundt: Like Marx, he maintained that unless a 
thing could be scientifically quantified, there was no point in 
considering it or 
including it as a factor 
in scientific 
investigation. All psychological studies should be based upon 
physiology: body 
reactions. Wundt 
essentially 
redefined 
psychological studies as studies of the brain and nervous system, 
and redefined man as an animal without a soul, thus legitimizing 
at least for his associates and their employers the treating of 
man as such. This, no doubt, was a welcome rationalization for 
the controllers who could now happily slaughter whomever they 
28 
pleased without 
fear of ultimate spiritual 
retribution or 
accounting. 
Wundt said, "it truly appears to be a useless waste of energy 
to keep returning to such aimless discussions about the nature 
of the psyche, which were in vogue for a while, and practically 
still are, instead, rather, of applying one's energies where they 
will produce real results." 
According to researcher Paolo Lionni, "For Wundt, will was 
the direct result of the combination of perceived stimuli, not an 
independent, individual intention as psychology and philosophy 
had, with some notable exceptions, held up to that time." 
Wundt's rejection of the intangibles of life, such as soul, 
mind, and free will, have influenced psychiatry and psychology 
up to the present day. And now you know why shrinks look so 
weird and often have nervous tics. They have been taught that 
they do not have a soul. [2] 
According to one chronicler of the history of psychology, 
after Wundt's theories became popular, 
"Naturally Leipzig became the Mecca of students who wished 
to study the 'new' psychologya psychology that was no longer a 
branch of speculative philosophy, no longer a fragment of the 
science of physiology, but a novel and daring and exciting 
attempt to study mental processes by the experimental and 
quantitive methods common to all science. For the psychology 
of Leipzig was, in the eighties and nineties, the newest thing 
under the sun. It was the psychology for bold young radicals 
who believed that the ways of the mind could be measured and 
treated experimentallyand who possibly thought of themselves, 
in their private reflections, as pioneers on the newest frontier of 
science, pushing its method into reaches of experience that it 
had never before invaded. At any rate they threw themselves 
into their tasks with industry and zest. They became trained 
introspectionists and, adding introspection to the resources of 
the physiological 
laboratories, 
they attempted 
the minute 
analysis of sensation and perception. They measured reaction- 
times, following their problems into numerous and widespread 
ramifications. 
They 
investigated 
verbal 
reactions, 
thus 
extending their researches into the field of association. They 
measured the span and the fluctuations of attention and noted 
some of its more complex features in the 
'complication 
experiment,' a laboratory method patterned after the situation 
that gave rise to the astronomer's problem of the 'personal 
equation.'   In their studies of feeling and emotion they recorded 
29 
pulse-rates, breathing rates, and fluctuations 
in muscular 
strength, and in the same connection they developed methods 
of 
recording systematically and 
treating statistically 
the 
impressions observed by introspection. They also developed the 
psychophysical methods and in addition made constant use of 
resources of the physiological laboratory. And throughout all 
their endeavors they were dominated by the conception of a 
psychology that should be scientific as opposed to speculative; 
always 
they 
attempted 
to 
rely on 
exact 
observation, 
experimentation, and measurement. Finally when they left 
Leipzig and worked in laboratories of their ownchiefly in 
American or German universitiesmost of them retained enough 
of the Leipzig impress to teach a psychology that, whatever the 
subsequent development of the individual's thought, bore traces 
of the system which was recognized at Leipzig as orthodox." [3] 
The essence of Wundt's research was that man was a 
machine, albeit a soft one. Wundt also went along with the 
Hegelian axiom that man was simply a cog in the greater 
machine of the State. Was it just a coincidence that Wundt and 
his cohorts, funded by and working with the Prussian military 
and political establishment, provided 
the 
justification for 
treating humanity as individual pieces of nearly valueless 
machinery, to be tinkered with or destroyed at will? 
Wundt, along with other Hegelians, 
rejected 
the moral 
equation in dealing with mankindthereby putting man in a test 
tubeand by doing so opened the door to many of the atrocities 
that followed in this century, including the horrors of mind 
control. Another mainstay in the arsenal of elitist mind control 
research was the work of Ivan Petrovich Pavlov, who studied 
physiology at Leipzig in 1884, five years after Wundt had a 
laboratory there, and first worked at the St. Petersburg Military 
Medical Academy in Russia. In 1906 Pavlov cut holes in dogs' 
cheeks and inserted tubes to measure salivation. A bell was rung 
just before food was given to the dogs, and after a period of time 
it was observed that the ringing of the bell alone would increase 
the rate of the dogs' salivation. 
The observation 
that 
responses could be 
so precisely 
conditioned was then brainstormed to apply to the mental 
processes of humansand Pavlov's successors, the shrinks and 
social controllers, have continued ringing their bells, selectively 
keeping us drooling ever since. [4] 
Shortly after Pavlov was driving dogs crazy in Russia, John B. 
Watson at Johns Hopkins Universitythe Hegel hotbed for the 
30 
United Stateswas doing the same thing to humans. Watson, 
the founder of what is known as the behaviorist school of 
psychologybut is really only research following in the dark 
shadow of Wundtbelieved that complex forms of behavior could 
be programmed into humans. He conducted one experiment in 
which a young boy, "Little Albert," was given a white rat to play 
with. After the boy became accustomed to the rat, Watson would 
beat on the floor with a steel bar every time the rat was brought 
in. The boy was understandably terrified by such lunatic 
behavior, and eventually reacted with terror every time the rat 
was given to him, and finally, whenever any small furry animal 
was around him. 
Dr. Watson himself drooled over the possibilities of this kind 
of mechanical conditioning of human beings: "Give me the baby, 
and I'll make it climb and use its hands in constructing 
buildings of stone or wood... I'll make it a thief, a gunman or a 
dope fiend. The possibilities of shaping in any direction are 
almost endless... Men are built, not born." Watson later became 
a highly successful advertising executive, although there are no 
records available of what happened to Little Albert. [5] 
In the late 1930s, Harvard psychologist Burrhus Frederick 
(B.F.) Skinner, an unapologetic student of Wundt's theories, and 
a member of U.S. Army intelligence, fine-tuned the art of human 
control into what he termed "operant conditioning," becoming 
a guru to generations of mind shapers that followed. His simple 
(and quite familiar, by this 
time) notion was that 
the 
reinforcement of a repeated negative stimulus (punishment) or 
positive stimulus (reward) formed the basis for learned behavior. 
Skinner's early experiments produced pigeons 
that could 
dance, do figure eights, and play table tennis. His experiments 
did not stop with pigeons. 
Skinner's most 
famous 
invention, aimed at producing a 
"socialized child," was the environmentally controlled "Skinner 
box," a crib-sized container into which he put scores of 
children, including his own. His ultimate aim was not only to 
control the behavior of isolated persons, but to gain insights into 
how to control society as a whole. [6] 
Skinner's most 
explicit 
statement 
of 
his 
philosophy, 
ultimately one of world control, is contained in his book Walden 
Two. written in 1948. The book describes a perfect communist 
utopia run along behaviorist lines. 
In Walden Two society is run by Frazier, a straw man 
designed    to     dramatize    Skinner's    beliefs    about   human 
31 
conditioning. Below Frazier in the pigeon-pecking order are six 
Planners, who in turn run Managers, who are held responsible 
for the "controlees" who perform the menial tasks of daily life. 
Members of the Walden Two society follow a puritanical "Code of 
Conduct," that applies to virtually every aspect of day-to-day life, 
including the forbidding of midnight snacks. Education is a 
subset of "human engineering," and children are turned over to 
the group by the parents. "Home is no place to raise children," 
drawls Frazier, his philosophy one that has seemingly been 
adopted by many current-day shrinks and social workers. 
The essence of Walden Two is the application of positive and 
negative reinforcement to create a smoothly running state, free 
of such unwanted encumbrances as crime and choice. 
Skinner followed up his vision of Walden Two in 1971, with 
his vastly hyped nonfiction book Beyond Freedom and Dignity, 
awarded the honor of being the most important book of the year 
by the New York Times. "What is needed is more control, not 
less," Skinner reminded us. [7] 
It may be revelatory that throughout his life, Skinner was 
interested in mechanical contraptions, even working for years 
on a perpetual motion machine. His view of the composition of 
human beings was no 
less mechanicala vision which 
characterizes the philosophies of most psychiatrists to this day. 
This 
atheist/materialistic 
viewpoint, 
again, 
provides 
a 
justification for the atrocities which are daily committed in the 
name of science: How can it be unethical to tinker with, or even 
destroy a human, if in fact he is really only a machine? 
With B.F. Skinner, the philosophy of psychosocial control was 
finely honed. Although many psychologists today insist that the 
behaviorist's vision of a controlled world is crude and outdated, 
and that a docile society cannot be engineered by science, they 
protest too much. The behaviorist doctrineforecast by Hegel, 
invented by Wundt, and fostered by a legion of followers in 
science and educationis firmly in place in the halls of academia 
and in the offices of population-shaping worldwide, and are 
being applied at every level of society. The elite could not be 
happier if the whole world was placed in a Skinner box. 
32 
NOTES: 
1. Sutton, Antony C., America's 
Secret 
Establishment, 
(Liberty House 
Press, Billings, Montana, 1986); Lionni, Paolo, The Leipzig Connection. 
(Sheridan, Oregon: Delphian Press, 1988) 
2. "Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich." New York: Funk & Wagnalls New 
Encyclopedia, 1973; Lionni 
 
3. Heidbreder, 
Edna, 
Seven 
Psychologies. 
(New York: 
D. 
Appleton- 
Century Company, Inc., 1933) 
4. Lionni; Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. 
(New York: Dell 
Paperback, 1977); "Pavlov, Ivan Petrovich," The Encyclopedia Americana, (New 
York, Americana Corporation, 1963) 
5. Watson, 
John B., 
quoted 
in Bowart; Packard, Vance. The People 
Shapers. (New York: Little, Brown, 1977) 
6. 
Bowart; Packard; Judge, John, "The Secret Government," Dharma 
Combat number 10 
7. 
Packard; Skinner, B.F., Walden Two. 
(New York: Macmillan 
Company, 1962) 
 
Colonel Sir Claude Dansey, spymaster for the 
Rockefellers. 
33 
 
Top: Aldous Huxley. Bottom: John Rawlings 
Reese, Tavistock controller. 
Chapter 4: 
HEY TEACHER, LEAVE 
THOSE KIDS ALONE! 
One of the major world arenas in which Hegelian philosophy 
and the materialistic anti-psychology of Wundt has been applied 
is that of education. 
In 1819 
in Prussia 
the first compulsory schooling for 
children was instituted. According to educator John Taylor 
Gatto, society in Prussia was divided "into children who will 
become policy makers; children who will become assistants to 
policy makers (the engineers, architects, lawyers, and doctors); 
and the children who will be the vast, massed, used. 
"Prussia sets up a three-tier school system, in which one half 
of one percent of the population is taught to think. They go to 
school called academie. Five and a half percent of the 
population go to Realschulen, where they partially learn to 
think, but not completely, because Prussia believed their defeat 
at the hands of Napoleon was caused by people thinking for 
themselves at times of stress on the battlefield. They were 
going to see to it that scientifically this couldn't happen. The 
lowest 94%, (that's some pyramid, right?) went to volkschulen, 
where they were to learn harmony, obedience, freedom from 
stressful thinking, how to follow orders. They worked out a 
system that would in fact guarantee such results. In the 
volkschulen, it was to divide whole ideas (which really 
simultaneously participate in math, science, social thinking, 
language and art) into subjects which hardly had existed before, 
to divide the subjects further into units; to divide the time into 
small enough units of time. With enough variations in the course 
of a day, no one would know what was going on." [1] 
In the middle of the last century a member of the secret 
Skull and Bones society, following in the Prussian tradition, set 
35 
in motion an American educational revolution that has subverted 
the entire system toward the goals of the New World Order. 
That man was Daniel Coit Gilman, first president of Johns 
Hopkins University and of the Carnegie Institution. Gilman 
studied Hegelian philosophy at the University of Berlin in 1854- 
55. Also at the University of Berlin during this time was the 
earlier mentioned Wilhelm Wundt, who was key in applying 
Hegelian-styled psychology to the world. 
Gilman came from a family of Bonesmen and, after he 
returned from Germany, in 1856 became treasurer of Skull and 
Bones. Simultaneously, Gilman became assistant librarian at 
Yale, and was appointed to the position of head librarian two 
years later. 
During the same period Skull and Bones covertly took over 
the administration of Yale University, with the presidency of the 
school from that period forward turned over to a succession of 
illuminized Bonesmen. According to The Iconoclast (October 
13,   1873), 
"They have obtained control of Yale. 
Its business 
is 
performed by them. Money paid to the college must pass into 
their hands, and be subject to their will. No doubt they are 
worthy men in themselves, but the many whom they looked 
down upon while in college, cannot so far forget as to give 
money freely into their hands. Men in Wall Street complain that 
the college comes straight to them for help, instead of asking 
each graduate for his share. The reason is found in a remark 
made by one of Yale's and America's first men: 'Few will give but 
Bones men, and they care far more for their society than they do 
for the college.' The Woolsey Fund has but a struggling 
existence, for kindred reasons... Here, then, appears the true 
reason for Yale's poverty. She is controlled by a few men who 
shut themselves off from others, and assume to be their 
superiors..." 
Gilman met with Frederick T. Gates, who ran Rockefeller's 
foundations, and he implored him to set up the Southern 
Educational Board, merging the Slater and Peabody funds. 
Gilman 
called 
the 
foundation 
the General 
Education 
Boardsignaling his intentions. The organization was later 
renamed The Rockefeller Foundation. [2] 
Gilman was the first president of Johns Hopkins University, 
and he carefully chose for the faculty members from the Skull 
and Bones and other groups of the Hegelian stripe. Among 
those was G. Stanley Hall, the first of Wundt's American students 
36 
to make a mark. Hall's training in Leipzig was paid for by a loan 
from a member of Scroll & Key, sister society to Skull and Bones 
at Yale. In Leipzig, Hall immersed himself in Hegelian-inspired 
psychological studies taught by materialist psychologists like 
Hartmann, Helmholtz, and his greatest 
influence, Wundt. 
Returning to America in 1883, he took over the psychological 
laboratory at the new Johns Hopkins, and started the American 
Psychological Association and 
the American Journal of 
Psychology. 
According to Hall, "The psychology I taught was almost 
entirely experimental and covered for the most part the 
material that Wundt had set forth in the later and larger edition 
of Physiological Psychology." [3] 
In 1889 Hall was chosen as the first president of the newly 
established Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts. Hall 
was the mentor of one of the most influential names in American 
education of this century: John Dewey. 
Dewey studied under Hall at Johns Hopkins, moving on to 
teach at the universities of Michigan and Minnesota. Another 
major influence upon Dewey was the Hegelian philosopher 
George Sylvester Morris, who had received his doctorate from 
the University of Berlin. According to Dewey, echoing the 
sentiments of his Prussian mentors, 
"There is no god, and there is no soul. There are no needs 
for the props of traditional religion. 
"With dogma and creed excluded, then immutable truth is 
also dead and buried. 
"There is no room for fixed, natural law or permanent moral 
absolutes." [4] 
Dewey published the first American textbook on Hegelian 
philosophy as applied to the Wundtian psychological innovations 
in his book Psychology. In 1895 he joined the faculty at the 
Rockefeller-funded University 
of Chicago, 
heading 
the 
philosophy, 
psychology, 
and 
teaching 
departments, 
and 
establishing an education laboratory called the Dewey School, 
later known as the Laboratory School of the University of 
Chicago. 
Dewey followed the Wundtian example in his insistence that 
education was not the teaching of mental skills such as reading 
and writing, but in the channeling of raw experiences to the 
evolving mind of the child; a sort of psychic Skinner's box 
version of education. The traditional role of the teacher as 
educator was replaced  by the teacher  as shrink,   socializer, 
37 
eugenicist and herald of the coming world superstate. 
Dewey believed that the purpose of public schools was to 
"take an active part in determining the social order of the 
future... according as the teachers align themselves with the 
newer forces making for social control of economic forces." [5] 
Dewey also remarked that "The school is primarily a social 
institution. Education being a social process, the school is 
simply that form of community life in which all those agencies 
are concentrated that will be most effective in bringing the child 
to share in the inherited resources of the race, and to use his 
own powers for social ends. Education, therefore, is a process 
of living and not a preparation for future living." [6] 
For Dewey, the issue was always how the child related to the 
State, rather than how the State related to the child. 
Another student of Wundt, who was to prove to be perhaps 
the most successful popularizer of the new psychology that 
abolished the psyche, was James McKeen Cattell. Cattell was 
Wundt's assistant in Leipzig in the years 1883-86, receiving his 
Ph.D. from the grand old man in 1886. Lecturing in Cambridge 
in 1887, Cattell met and was converted to Social Darwinism by 
Darwin's cousin, the English psychologist Francis Galton, the 
man responsible for the popularization at the beginning of this 
century of the science of eugenics and selective breeding. 
In 1887 Cattell established at the University of Pennsylvania a 
psychological laboratory of the Wundtian mold, then moved on in 
1891 to head the new psychology department at Columbia 
University. Cattell was tremendously influential in disseminating 
the new overtly materialistic psychology, and did so by 
establishing a host of magazines, including The Psychological 
Review, Science, Scientific Monthly, and School and Society. 
He also published reference works including American Men of 
Science, Leaders in Education, and The Directory of American 
Scholars, an effective strategy for screwing Wundtian-school 
psychologists into the mainstream of American thought. 
Another of Cattell's questionable feats was the abolition of the 
use of phonics methods for teaching reading. Cattell popularized 
the "Look-Say" method of teaching reading, a technique that 
according to some sources had been invented by Thomas 
Hopkins Gallaudet for teaching the deaf. Although Gallaudet was 
not a member of Skull and Bones, two of his sons attended Yale 
and were initiated into the secret society. 
Following upon the insight of Gallaudet in teaching the deaf, 
Cattell came to the conclusion that the direct memorization of 
38 
words would increase literacy if applied to normal students. 
Experience in subsequent years has not proven this to be the 
case, obviously, and one byproduct of Cattell's advocacy of the 
"Look-Say" theory is that as we approach the 21st century 
millions of American adults cannot read or write at all. 
The whole story about Gallaudet may in fact be a sanitization 
of what actually happened. Educator John Taylor Gatto 
attributes the "Look-Say" method to the Prussian system of 
schooling, where this system of not-teaching-reading was used 
essentially to disadvantage all but the privileged class. Gatto 
says, "So they figured out that by replacing the alphabet system 
of teaching reading we teach sounds. (The Prussian System was 
a whole sentence system, rather than a whole word system. You 
memorize whole sentences.) If they could get the kids and keep 
them from reading well for the first six and seven years, then it 
didn't matter after that. They had broken the link between 
printed information." [7] 
Possibly the most effective Trojan horse for injecting the 
Wundtian 
theory of man-as-machine 
into 
the American 
educational establishment was an individual, James Earl Russell, 
who studied under and received his doctorate from Wundt in 
1894. Russell became dean of the New York College for the 
Training of Teachers, which he would run for thirty years while 
heavily weighting its faculty with practitioners of the Wundtian 
school, at the same time turning it into the largest institution 
for the training of teachers in the country. 
Another 
luminary 
in 
the 
shrink-wrapping of American 
education was Edward Lee Thorndike, who studied with 
Wundtians Armstrong and Judd at Wesleyan University, graduat- 
ing in 1895. Thorndike moved on to Columbia University, 
where he specialized in studying animals in "puzzle box" mazes, 
finally finding his niche at Teachers College under Russell. 
According to Thorndike, teaching was "The art of giving and 
withholding stimuli with the result of producing or preventing 
certain responses. In this definition the term stimulus is used 
widely for any event which influences a person,for a word 
spoken to him, a look, a sentence which he reads, the air he 
breathes, etc. etc. The term response is used for any reaction 
made by him, anew thought, a feeling of interest, a bodily act, 
any mental or bodily condition resulting from the stimulus. The 
aim of the teacher is to produce desirable and prevent 
undesirable changes 
in human beings by producing and 
preventing certain responses.   The means at the disposal of the 
39 
teacher are the stimuli which can be brought to bear upon the 
pupil, the teacher's words, gestures, and appearance, the 
condition and appliances of the school room, the books to be 
used, and objects to be seen, and so on through a long list of the 
things and events which the teacher can control." [8] 
Thorndike further stated, 
"Studies of the capacities and interests of young children 
indicate the advisability of placing little emphasis before the age 
of six upon either the acquisition of those intellectual resources 
known as the formal tools reading, spelling, arithmetic, 
writing, etc. or upon abstract intellectual analysis... 
"Despite rapid progress in the right direction the program of 
the average elementary school is too narrow and academic in 
character. Traditionally 
the elementary school has been 
primarily devoted to teaching the fundamental subjects, the 
three R's, and closely related disciplines... Artificial exercises, 
like drills on phonetics, multiplication tables, and formal writing 
movements, are used to a wasteful degree. Subjects such as 
arithmetic, 
language, and history include content 
that 
is 
intrinsically of little value. Nearly every subject is enlarged 
unwisely to satisfy the academic ideal of thoroughness. That the 
typical school overemphasizes instruction in these formal, 
academic skills as a means of fostering intellectual resources... is 
a justifiable criticism... Elimination of unessentials by scientific 
study, then, is one step in improving the curriculum." [9] 
The emphasis by Thorndike and his 
fellows on 
the 
"socialization" of the studentin fact the subjugation of the 
student to the social orderas opposed to the teaching of 
specific skills, is another factor that has led to a general 
breakdown of literacy in the United States, while at the same 
time providing no noticeable 
increase 
in 
the ability 
to 
socializein fact, obviously the contrary. 
Thorndike believed that, "Education is interested primarily 
in the general interrelation of man and his environment, in all 
the changes which make possible a better adjustment of human 
nature to its surroundings." 
This is another important aspect of Thorndike's and all of the 
other latter-day Wundtians' philosophies. Man is an animal who 
must adapt to the environment, that is, the social system and 
political regime, rather than adapting the environment to his 
own vision. Man 
is 
to be conditioned 
to accept 
the 
circumstances that he finds himself in, not learn to change 
them.      Again,   the   controlling  elite   have   no   qualms  about 
40 
changing society or the environment to conform to their own 
whimseven if it takes 'dozing a rainforestit is only the 
rebellious public-schooled who must have the devastating defect 
of individuality brainwashed out of them. The socialization tech- 
niques used by the Wundtians create robots, not sociable people. 
Working out of the Teachers College at Columbia University 
and the later-established Lincoln School, and dependent upon a 
steady infusion of Rockefeller money, the major lights in the 
field of Wundtian psychology, including Thorndike, Cattell, 
Russell, and Dewey, kick-started "educational" psychology, 
remaking the face of American schooling. And many of these 
disciples of Wundt were very straightforward in proclaiming that 
the purpose of educational psychology was the creation of a New 
World Order. 
By the 1950s the Teachers College was indisputably the most 
powerful force in education in America, with approximately one 
third of all school presidents and deans, and one fourth of all 
American 
teachers accredited 
there. 
It must have been 
reassuring to the Rockefellers and their ilk to see that 
materialistic psychology and education had won, and was now 
accepted as the norm in American school systems. 
NOTES: 
1. Gatto, 
John Taylor, 
"Origins & History 
of American Compulsory 
Schooling," an interview conducted by Jim Martin, Flatland magazine number 
11 
2. Sutton, 
Antony 
C., 
America's 
Secret 
Establishment. 
(Billings, 
Montana: Liberty House Press, 1986); Mullins, Eustace, The Curse of Canaan. 
(Staunton, Virginia: Revelation Books, 1987) 
 
3. Hall, G. Stanley, Cited in Sutton 
4. Dewey, 
John. Cited 
in Ralph A. Epperson. The New World Order. 
(Tucson, Arizona: Publius Press, 1990) 
5. Lionni; Sutton; Dewey, John. Quoted 
in Allen, Gary, "Hands off our 
Children!," American Opinion, volume XVIII, No. 9, October, 1975 
6. Dewey, John, My Pedagogic Creed, cited in Sutton 
7. Gatto 
8. 
Thorndike, Edward L., The Principles of Teaching Based on 
Psychology. (New York: A.G. Seiler, 1925) 
9. 
Thorndike, Edward L., and Arthur I. Gates, Elementary Principles of 
Education. (New York: Macmillan, 1929) 
41 
 
 
Top: X-ray photos of brain transmitters. Bottom: Dr. and Mrs. Skinner 
view daughter Debbie in a "Skinner box." Debbie committed suicide 
in her 20s. 
Chapter 5: 
TAVISTOCK 
The Tavistock Insitute for Human Relations, known by insiders 
as the "Freud Hilton," has been a major nexus for the worldwide 
psychological manipulation that has taken place over the last 50 
years. The Tavistock storyat least the public version of 
itbegins immediately after World War II, when members of 
British military intelligence created the Institute. In its own 
literature Tavistock is described as an organization of "dynamic 
psychiatry" which was intended to practice what they term 
"societry" on the planet as a wholeand what I term world 
mind control. 
British military intelligence itself, in the persons of many of 
its chief players, has been aimed at a one-world government 
since its inception. British Secret Service directors on an almost 
one-for-one basis have been advocates of Fabian socialism. [1] 
It is alleged that Tavistock was set up much earlier than its 
announced inception, over 20 years prior in 1921, by Major 
John Rawlings Reese, on the orders of the Round Table's Royal 
Institute of International Affairs (also known as Chatham House). 
The RIIA, along with the American Council on Foreign Relations, 
had been founded in 1919 during the Versailles Peace 
Conference, both being early New World Order executive arms. 
Reese was the man who dreamed of "building a society in 
which it is possible for any member of any social group to be 
treated [psychiatrically], without resort to legal means, and even 
if they do not desire such treatment." At the end of World War 
II, Reese called for the creation of "psychological shock troops" 
who would fan out from the Tavistock Institute to engineer the 
future direction of society. [2] 
In 1932 Tavistock was put under the directorship of the 
German psychologist Kurt Lewin. Lewin was a founder of the 
National Training Laboratories and  director   of the   Harvard 
43 
Psychological Clinic, andan odd qualification for a psychiatrist, 
I thinkone of the key players in the original creation of the 
OSS in America. 
Lewin is credited with much of 
the original Tavistock 
research into mass brainwashing, applying the results of 
repeated trauma and torture in mind control to society at large. 
If terror can be induced on a widespread basis into a society, 
Lewin has stated, then society reverts to a tabula rasa, a blank 
slate, a situation where control can easily be instituted from an 
exterior point. 
Put it another way: By the creation of controlled chaos, the 
populace can be brought to the point where it willingly submits 
to greater control. Lewin maintained that society must be 
driven into a state equivalent to an "early childhood situation." 
He termed this societal chaos "fluidity." 
Tavistock's focus in the early days was on strategic warfare 
studies, in particular of Germany, with emphasis on the re- 
education of that errant New World Order colony. During World 
War II many of the Institute's members, including its founder, 
Reese, ran the British Psychological Warfare Directorate and 
subsidiary organizations based in the United States. After World 
War II Tavistock can functionally be considered to have become 
a part of Britain's Psychological Warfare Bureau, now working on 
projects dealing with the brainwashing of populations. [3] 
Tavistock is governed by what it calls an invisible college, 
echoing antique occultist terminology and reminding one that 
British intelligence was founded by Freemasons and remains 
deeply Freemasonic to this day. The original use of the term 
"invisible college," prior to the announced creation of Tavistock, 
was Reese's reference to an informal association he had created 
of all the psychiatrists then working in the British military. 
For funding, the Tavistock Institute relies on large grants 
from anonymous benefactorswith no doubt a substantial portion 
coming directly from the Crownalong with grants from the 
Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, the Carnegie 
Institute, the World Health Organization, and the British Home 
Office. Tavistock is also interlinked worldwide with a vast 
network of other organizations and think tanks, including 
UNESCO, WHO, the World Federation for Mental Health, and the 
Rand Corporation. Tavistock is simply a front group for the 
psychological imposition of the New World Order on the planet, 
and its main philosophic tool is the Hegelian dialectic framed in 
the terms of Lewin. 
44 
The Rockefellers have always been prominent in deciding the 
course of Tavistock. According to the official chronicler of the 
group, 
"The Rockefeller Foundation, before making us a grant, 
would need to be satisfied, not only by our policies... but also 
with the persons to carry them out." [4] 
In a Tavistock-funded profile of the group, it is stated that 
the role of the institute has been: 
"(a) The invention of the command psychiatrist as a medical- 
social role carrying out reconnaissance in a large structure and 
defined group, leading to the ascertainment and recognition of 
critical problems in 
the sphere of human relations and 
management. 
"(b) The invention of social psychiatry as a policy science 
permitting preventative technical intervention in large-scale 
problems... 
"(c) The fashioning of a whole series of military institutions 
which concretely and effectively implemented the policies 
advocated. 
"(d) The invention of new types of therapeutic communities. 
"(e) The invention of cultural psychiatry... 
"Capability nurtured in the Tavistock for the psychiatrist to 
work with lay personnelin this case the militaryin a 
collaborative partnership. In other words, 
the strategy of 
command psychiatry and the developments to which it led were 
psycho-dynamically conceived and based." 
Tavistock, born from the collaboration of the international 
monied elite, military 
intelligence, and 
the materialistic 
psychiatric community, refers to its self-admitted "military" 
orientation as Operation Phoenixagain, a Freemasonic symbol 
that it shares with the infamous Vietnam War assassination 
program. One is reminded of the Freemasonic legend " Ordo Ab 
Chao," Order Out of Chaos, which could just as easily describe 
the Tavistock method of destroying a target subject, or a target 
population, prior 
to reprogramming; the Tavistock modus 
operandi. 
Throughout 
the 
Tavistock 
literatureeither 
official 
or 
Tavistock-inspiredthey reiterate their "global vision" and 
make it clear that the institute is intended to work its long-term 
"societry" on the world regardless of the wishes of individuals 
who inhabit it. 
One of the most successful of Tavistock-offshoot organizations 
is   what    was   o r i g i na l l y    known   as   the National  Training 
45 
Laboratories (NTL), and now the NTL Institute for Applied 
Behavioral Sciences, founded in 1947. Located in Bethel, Maine, 
the mission of the NTL is to give Lewin-inspired "group 
dynamics" sessions to American leaders. Again, during group 
sessions "dissonance" or stress is introduced to destroy the 
individual's previous beliefs, and then a new, group-oriented 
personality is coaxed forth. This is the primary technical 
method used by a myriad of Tavistock-influenced "sensitivity" 
groups like Alanon and Esalen. 
Since 
the 1950s, NTL has processed 
the majority of 
America's 
corporate 
leaders 
in 
its 
programs, 
while 
simultaneously running the same programs for various segments 
of the government, including the Navy, the Department of 
Education, and the State Department. None dare call it mind 
control. [5] 
Eric Trist, the chairman of Tavistock's governors, in 1963 
described his and Tavistock's work on mass brainwashing, 
delineating in detail his theory of "social turbulence," based 
upon the theories of Hegel, although again, Trist is far more 
quick to cite Lewin. 
Trist postulated 
that 
the administering of a 
series of 
traumatizing shocks upon a society would destabilize it, lowering 
the overall character of the society's reasoning. Trist suggested 
that by late 1963 the world had moved into a condition of 
"permanent social turbulence" that would serve to usher in a 
new condition of society, a new paradigm, and a new possibility 
for remaking the face of the planet. 
The nature of the permanent social turbulence that Trist 
foresaw is further defined in a book published in 1975 by one of 
Trist's associates, Fred Emery. The book, Futures We Are In, 
likens the condition of current day society to the violent punk 
welfare state of Anthony Burgess' novel, A Clockwork Orange, 
written in the 1960s. 
Emery, 
in reflection of Trist, also 
trumpets Hegel. He 
describes the first stage of the breakdown of society as being 
"superficiality," in which previous societal values are questioned 
and discarded. He uses as an example of this the death of the 
Judeo-Christian paradigm. 
The next inevitable state is "segmentation," in which societal 
institutions break down, resulting in a reversion to paranoid 
groups of individuals hostile to each other. 
The next stage in the breakdown of society would be the 
launching of a fascist movement akin to the Nazis. 
46 
The final and most disrupted state of society is termed 
disassociation, in which the individual becomes the entirety of 
society for himself, and is isolated from other members of the 
group. The dominant culture of the society becomes "fantasy 
and superstition." According to Trist, 
the current "wired 
society" where the main interaction of the individual is with 
electronic media 
is only a metaphor for disassociation. 
Cyberpunks, New Agers, and couch potatoes, take note. It is 
interesting to note that the same progression can be seen in the 
microcosm with the induction of the multiple personality, an 
oft-asserted goal of intelligence agency brain-banging. 
In May 1967 at Queen Elizabeth's palatial estate in Deauville, 
France, a conference was convened. It was intended to update 
participants on ongoing projects of the Tavistock network. This 
was the "Conference on Transatlantic Technological Imbalance 
and Collaboration," 
sponsored 
by 
the 
Scientific 
and 
Technological Committee of the North Atlantic Assembly and 
the Foreign Policy Research Institute. Among the projects 
mentioned at the conference were the collaboration of Emery 
and Trist on "social turbulence," and the SRI-Tavistock "Images 
of Man" project. 
Participants in the conference included Tavistock's Harland 
Cleveland; Willis Harman of the Tavistock offshoot Stanford 
Research Institute; Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, the future Carter 
national security advisor and the Trilateral Commission's 
founding executive director; and Fred Emery, who had earlier 
delineated the stages of societal disintegration in his Futures We 
Are In. Other participants were Dr. Aurelio Peccei, later to head 
the zero-growth fixated Club of Rome, then chairman of the 
Economic Committee of the Atlantic Institute, an important 
NATO think tank; and Sir Alexander King and Sir Solly 
Zuckerman, advisors to the British crown. 
Fleshing out 
the hologram of elitist New World Order 
planning is the information that Brzezinski is believed by many 
in Western intelligence organizations to be a KGB mole, 
recruited by British Round Tabler and Rothschild-Warburg agent 
William Yandell Elliot. Henry Kissinger is also linked to this 
group, reportedly after being recruited to a KGB homosexual 
blackmail ring focused on the EICOM G-2 headquarters in 
Oberammergau, Germany, at the end of the second world war. 
Kissinger was 
a member of 
the U.S. Army 970th 
Counterintelligence Corps, involved in creating the Nazi "rat 
lines" that enabled many prominent Nazis to escape prosecution 
47 
at the end of World War II. 
Kissinger's 
reported mentor was Fritz Kraemer of 
the 
Pentagon plans division, who also groomed Alexander Haig. 
Kraemer's secret life during WWII, according to deceased 
conspiracy researcher Mae Brussel, was that of a special 
lieutenant to Hitler. What does it matter whose side you are on, 
the controllers might say? Both sides in the World War, or for 
that matter the Cold War, only served to foster the synthesis of 
the New World Order. [6] 
The principles 
that were agreed on at 
the Tavistock 
conference will sound very familiar to those who have been 
following the reshaping of human institutions and values by the 
New World Order. These include the belief that man should not 
dominate nature, but instead become a part of it, with no more 
rights and privileges than, say, the purple-assed baboon in the 
wild. Governments are obsolete and will be replaced by other, 
more encompassing institutions. Mankind is moving into a de- 
industrialized post-technological society, an "information age," 
the Age of Aquarius; again, aborigines with laptop computers. 
The primary impetus towards the evolution to the post- 
technological society are the repeated shocks and chaos taking 
place, including such events as the Kennedy assassination, the 
Vietnam War, and the assault on traditional institutions and 
thinking by the psychedelic counterculture. 
This philosophy was described exactly by Dr. William Sargent 
of the Tavistock Institute in 1957 in his book Battle for the 
MindA Physiology of Conversion and Brain-Washing. Again, 
the 
idea is that the micro reflects the macro: the occultist dictum, 
"As above, so below." 
Sargent said, "Various types of beliefs can be implanted in 
many people after brain function has been sufficiently disturbed 
by accidentally or deliberately 
induced 
fear, anger, or 
excitement. Of the results caused by such disturbances, the 
most common one is temporarily impaired judgment and 
heightened suggestibility. Its various group manifestations are 
sometimes classed under the heading of 'herd instinct,' and 
appear most spectacularly in wartime, during severe epidemics, 
and in all similar periods of common danger, which increase 
anxiety and so individual and mass suggestibility." 
Out of 
the Tavistock conference also came Zbigniew 
Brzezinski's 1968 book The Technotronic Age, that posits an 
information society whose basis of competition is replaced by 
"amusement focus" based on "spectator spectacles (mass sports 
48 
and TV) providing an opiate for increasingly purposeless 
masses... New forms of social control may be needed to limit the 
indiscriminate exercise by the individual of their new powers. 
The possibility of extensive chemical mind control... will call for 
a social definition of the common criteria of restraint as well as 
utilization." And some think that Guy DeBord's Society of the 
Spectacle isn't literal. 
In the Technotronic Age, the "nation state as a fundamental 
unit of man's organized life has ceased to be the principal 
creative 
force: 
International 
banks 
and multinational 
corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in 
advance of the political concepts of the nation-state." 
Brzezinski also says of the "Technotronic Age" that, "At the 
same time the capacity to assert social and political control over 
the individual will vastly increase. It will soon be possible to 
assert almost continuous control over every citizen and to 
maintain up-to-date files, containing even the most personal 
details about health and personal behavior of every citizen in 
addition to the more customary data. 
"These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the 
authorities. Power will gravitate into the hands of those who 
control information. Our existing institutions will be supplanted 
by pre-crisis management institutions, the task of which will be 
to identify in advance likely social crises and to develop 
programs to cope with them. 
"This will encourage tendencies through the next several 
decades toward a Technotronic Era, a dictatorship leaving even 
less room for political procedures as we know them. Finally, 
looking ahead to the end of the century, the possibility of 
biochemical mind control and genetic tinkering with man, 
including beings which will function like men and reason like 
them as well, could give rise to some difficult questions." 
A book written at the same time by the conference chairman, 
Aurellio Peccei, was titled The Chasm Ahead, and it too echoed 
the prevailing elitist themes: Peccei reiterated that a one-world 
government was the only solution to the problems of the world. 
Also required was that Russia and the U.S. would have to enter 
into partnership in global planning and enforcementa theme 
that has become increasingly obvious in recent years with the 
Spetznaz setting up shop in Peoria and Tulsa, and Clinton trying 
to lease the Long Beach Naval Yards to the mainland Chinese. [7] 
One of the footsoldiers of Tavistockcurrently fallen from 
grace at least in the eyes of the American peopleis, believe it 
49 
or not, Newt Gingrich. The truth about Newt exists much in 
contradiction to his image as a staunch upholder of Republican 
ideals and conservative family values. Gingrich is in fact another 
Trojan horse whose mentor is the "futurist" Alvin Toffler. 
Toffler's book The Third Wave describes 
the current 
technocratic takeover of the world, the acquisition of virtually all 
wealth by a tiny elite, and the relegation of the vast majority of 
the populace to a Third World foraging in the garbage heaps of 
the rich. 
According to Gingrich, speaking to a crowd of yuppies at a 
congress on "Democracy in Virtual America," "In the mid-to- 
late-'60s, 
I 
read Drucker's The Age of Discontinuities, 
Boulding's The Meaning of the Twentieth Century, Bell's Beyond 
Post-Industrial Societyall of which were precursors to the first 
popularizer of this notion, which was Future Shock, which was 
written basically a quarter of a century ago. Now, those four 
books described everything we're living through for all practical 
purposes... and nothing has changed for a quarter of a century... 
I've worked with the Tofflers for 20 years in trying to figure out 
this interesting question. Since this is all intellectually obvious, 
why can't we break through?" 
Toffler is a protege of Kenneth Boulding, who is one of 
Tavistock's leading lights in the United States, and according to 
his wife founded the revolutionary Students for a Democratic 
Society (SDS). Boulding and his wife were responsible for much 
bridge building between the Fabian "societrists" of Tavistock 
and the New Left in the 1960s. 
Gingrich 
revealed 
his 
not-so-hidden 
roots when 
he 
mentioned 
the 
"anticipatory democracy" project 
in his 
introduction to The Third Wave. "A/D," as it is termed, was a 
project fielded by Tavistock in the 1960s intended to bring 
about a New Age shift toward anything but traditional values, 
unless it is the Wellsian "Open Conspiracy" traditional values of 
the elite controllers. Among the later projects that would be 
created by participants in the "A/D" project would be the 
Malthusian Club of Rome and the Carter administration's Global 
2000 plan. 
Gingrich was ushered into the Tavistock orbit in 1965 when, 
as an undergraduate at Emory University, a professor at Georgia 
Tech introduced him to the work of Boulding and Toffler. After 
getting his Ph.D. at Tulane, Gingrich took a teaching job at West 
Georgia State College, outside Atlanta, the East Coast node of the 
"humanist psychology movement."     One of Gingrich's closest 
50 
associates was the anything-but-Republican Jimmy Carter, who 
put Newt in charge of an A/D pilot project called Goals for 
Georgia. It was only later that Gingrich got his calling as a 
banner-waver for the New Right. [8] 
NOTES: 
1. Dicks, Henry Victor, Fifty Years of 
the Tavistock Clinic. 
(London, 
England: Routledge & K. Paul, 1970); Douglas and Thompson, "New attempt to 
cover up the English side of the Bolshevik's Trust', EIR, June5, 1987; Wolfe, L., 
"The Tavistock roots of the 'Aquarian Conspiracy', EIR, January 12, 1996 
2. Dicks; 
Zepp-LaRouche, Helga, 
The Hitler 
Book. 
(New York: 
The 
Schiller Institute, 1984); Wolfe 
3. Dr. 
John 
Coleman, 
Conspirator's 
Hierarchy: 
The 
Story 
of 
the 
Committee of 300. (America West Publishers, Carson City, Nevada, 1992); Zepp- 
LaRouche; Dicks 
4. Dicks 
5. Dicks; Wolfe 
6. John Judge, "Nazis 
in the White House: The Reagan Administration & 
the Fascist 
International, Overthrow, Fall 
1985, 
and 
"Good Americans", 
Dharma Combat number 11 
7. Coleman; 
Sutton 
and Wood, Trilateral Over Washington. 
(Scottsdale, 
Arizona: The August Corporation, 1978) 
8. Anticipatory DemocracyPeople 
in 
the Politics of 
the Future, Clement 
Bezold, ed. (New York: Random House, 1978); Steinberg, Jeffrey, "Anticipatory 
democracy," EIR, January 12, 1996 
 
Walter Bowart's controversial 1978 book. 
51 
 
Top: 1965 New York Times article on 
Delgado. 
 
Right: Delgado in 1995. The 
humanist magazine Free En- 
quiry described him as "one of 
the most noted researchers on 
the brain." 
 
Top: Jose Delgado of Yale University's School of Medicine faces a charging 
bull... Bottom: ...and stops it cold, using a "stimoceiver," which sent a 
radio signal to its brain through an implant. These photographs appeared 
on the front pages of newspapers around the world, including the New 
York Times (May 17, 1965). 
 
Above: Two photos of Delgado's mind control implants. 
Chapter 6: 
SHOCKTROOPS 
In 1944, while World War II still raged, Lord Montagu Norman 
resigned from his position at the Bank of England. Norman, a 
man prone to repeated mental problems and hospitalizations, 
and who had been a staunch supporter of Hitler prior to the war, 
announced the beginning of the British National Association for 
Mental Health, which was in fact only a renaming of the National 
Councils of Mental Hygiene, a group that had been heavily 
involved in pushing eugenics programs prior to the war. With 
Hitler's downfall, eugenics had an extremely unsavory odor that 
needed to be deodorized with a name change. Certainly 
eugenics never vanished, as witness, for example, the thousands 
of women involuntarily sterilized in Sweden and other European 
countries until the mid-1970s. The NAMH functioned as a 
Tavistock-front organization which would soon become the 
controlling body for world psychiatry. [1] 
An examination of the officers of NAMH provides clues as to 
its direction: Richard Austen Butler, the pro-Nazi deputy foreign 
minister to Lord Halifax, became president. Lord Halifax's son- 
in-law, the Earl of Feversham, became chairman. Vice chairman 
was Norman's wife, Priscilla Reyntiens Worsthorne Norman, a 
vocal proponent of eugenics programs and the Nazis, who had 
assisted German rearmament by releasing 6,000,000 British 
pounds in Czech gold to the Germans after the occupation of 
Czechoslovakia. Otto Niemeyer, Norman's assistant at the Bank 
of England, became treasurer of the organization. Perhaps the 
group should have been titled the Nazi Association for Mental 
Health? 
In 1948 an International Congress on Mental Health at the 
Ministry of Health in London was convened by Norman. The 
Congress was hosted by the British National Association, whose 
patron was the Duchess of Kent, widow of the Grand Master of 
Masons and mother of the Grand Master of Masons to follow. A 
World Federation for Mental Health was formed at the Congress, 
55 
with Brigadier General Dr. John Rawlings Rees, head of the 
British psychological warfare department and of the Tavistock 
Institute, named president. Co-director of the World Federation 
was Dr. Frank Fremont-Smith, chief medical officer of the 
Rockefeller-spawned Josiah Macy Foundation that would later be 
the primary funnel for CIA MKULTRA mind control funding. 
According to Nina Ridenour, technical coordinator of the U.S. 
delegation to the Congress, "The World Federation for Mental 
Health... had been created upon the recommendation of the 
United Nations' World Health Organization and UNESCO because 
they needed a non-governmental mental health organization 
with which they could cooperate." 
The vice presidents of the Congress, again, provide a sense of 
its direction: Dr. Hugh Chrichton-Miller was a founder of 
Tavistock, and vice-president of the C.G. Jung Institute in 
Zurich. The blatantly anti-Semitic Jung himself was another 
vice president of the Congress. Dame Evelyn Fox was a leading 
light of the British eugenics movement. Lord Thomas Jees 
Horder was president of the Eugenics Society of Great Britain. 
Dr. Winfred Overhulser was a high-ranking representative of the 
Scottish Rite Masons, and reportedly linked to German spy 
activities in the U.S. Dr. Alfred Frank Tredgold was a member of 
Britain's Ministry of Health Committee on Sterilization. 
Providing additional insight into the goals of the manipulators 
of the WFMH are statements of Dr. G. Brock Chisholm, first 
director and later head of the World Health Organization of the 
United Nations. Chisholm delivered an address to psychiatrists 
and government officials in Washington, D.C. in 1945, confiding: 
"What basic psychological distortion can be found in every 
civilization of which we know anything? The only psychological 
force capable of producing these perversions is moralitythe 
concept of right and wrong. The re-interpretation and eventual 
eradication of the concept of right and wrong are the belated 
objectives of nearly all psychotherapy." [2] 
Chisholm also said that, "The people who have been taught to 
believe whatever they were told by their parents or their 
teachers are the people who are the menace to the world." [3] 
Given these sentiments, that right and wrong do not exist 
and that parents are the persons least fit for educating their 
children, can any excesses and crimes of the "mental health" 
field be a surprise? [4] 
The words of a declaration issued by the National Institute for 
Mental Health in the United States further reveal that psychiatry 
has   its   masters,  even   beyond   the   Nazis,  Tavistock,   British 
56 
aristocracy, and the Freemasons: 
"Principles of mental health cannot be successfully furthered 
in any society unless there is progressive acceptance of the 
concept of world citizenship. World citizenship can be widely 
extended among all peoples 
through applications of 
the 
principles of mental health... At a major turning point in world 
history 
there 
is an obligation on social 
scientists and 
psychiatrists to attempt this new formulation." 
By 1961, 
the NIMH, under 
the direction of Masonic 
controller Robert Felix, had distilled a group of psychiatrists, 
neuropsychologists, chemists, and others, 
including many 
participants in the CIA's infamous MKULTRA program, into the 
American College of Neuropsychopharmacology. One segment of 
the college, the Study Group for the Effects of Psychotropic 
Drugs on Normal Humans, held a 1967 conference to chart out 
the directions mind control would follow until the year 2000. 
The Evans-Kline Report, authored by MKULTRA mind control 
psychiatrists Wayne O. Evans, director of the U.S. Army Military 
Stress Laboratory, and Nathan Kline, eugenicist and Columbia 
University psychiatrist, reported that the group "concluded that 
the present breadth of drug use may be almost trivial when we 
compare it to the possible numbers of chemical substances that 
will be available for the control of selective aspects of man's life 
in the year 2000." 
The study theorized, in obvious reflection of the Tavistock 
Institute's plan, that American culture is "moving toward a 
'sensate society'. A greater emphasis is being placed on sensory 
experience and less upon rational or work-oriented philos- 
ophies. Such a philosophical view, coupled with the means to 
separate sexual behavior from reproduction or disease, will 
undoubtedly enhance sexual freedom. 
"It seems obvious that the youth of today are no longer afraid 
of either drugs or sex. Again, the philosophers and spokesmen 
for the avant-garde advocate the personal sensory experience as 
the raison d'etre of the coming generation. Finally, we are 
moving into an age in which meaningful work will be possible 
only for a minority: In such an age, chemical aphrodisiacs may be 
accepted as a commonplace means to occupy one's time... 
"If we accept the position that human mood, motivation, and 
emotion are reflections of a neurochemical state of the brain, 
then drugs can provide a simple, rapid, expedient means to 
produce any desired neurochemical state that we wish. 
"The sooner that we cease to confuse scientific and moral 
statements about drug use, the sooner we can rationally consider 
57 
the types of neurochemical states that we wish to be able to 
provide for people." 
Shades of Brave New World. 
In 1975, NIMH funded an overall evaluation of behavior 
modification approaches. Its conclusions weresurprise!that 
these techniques should be applied to the general population of 
the world, and to larger numbers than ever before. [5] 
At about the same time, the Association for the Advancement 
of Psychotherapy, in their Mankind 2000 report, introduced the 
following dark vision: 
"In the organization of a civilization of the future we 
anticipate that the individualistically-oriented man will become 
an anachronism. Indeed, he will be viewed as a threat to the 
group organization as well as to his fellow man. Hence, as 
stated, he in all likelihood will have few individual expectations. 
While such a picture may not be pleasant to contemplate, when 
viewed with our present orientation and value judgement, we 
would be amiss were we to deal with unrealistic imageries that 
would blind us to future reality..." 
"The new world of 
the closed, automated system will 
necessitate a radical change in political, technologic, and social 
thinking. All too often, however, we remain bound by the 
conventional tenets and wisdom of past generations... The 
cybercultural revolution is altering all this. It differs radically 
from previous innovations because now man has devices that will 
largely supplant his labor and certain activities of his mind." [6] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Chaitkin, 
Anton. 
"British 
Psychiatry: 
From 
Eugenics 
to 
Assassination," EIR, October 7, 1994; Dicks; Higham, Charles, Trading With the 
Enemy. (New York: Dell, 1983) 
2. Chaitkin; Chisholm, Dr. G. Brock, Psychiatry, February, 1948 
3. Chisholm, Dr. G. Brock. Speech, Conference on Education, Asilomar, 
Calif. Sep. 11, 1954 
 
4. Chisholm, Psychiatry 
5. Mental Health and World Citizenship, 
Int. Cong. On Mental Health, 
London, 1948 
 
5. Packard, Vance, The People 
Shapers. 
(New York: Bantam Books, 
1977. pg. 29) 
6. Less, Stanley and Wolf, William,  Mankind 2000; Chaitkin 
 
58 
Chapter 7: 
OSS ORIGINS 
In 1940, President Roosevelt's special emissary General William 
"Wild Bill" Donovan returned from the Mediterranean burning 
with a conviction. He told Roosevelt that, "neither America nor 
Britain is fighting the new and important type of war on more 
than the smallest scale. Our defenses against political and 
psychological warfare are feeble, and even such gestures as have 
been made toward carrying the fight to the enemy are pitifully 
inadequate." 
So goes the story of the beginning of the Office of the 
Coordinator of Information (COI), that was to evolve into the 
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), and in turn, the Central 
Intelligence Agency (CIA). Donovan's COI took the idea of the 
"Secret Vote"what has come to be termed "black funding" or 
"black operations"from the British, allowing the organization 
and its successor organizations almost complete latitude in its 
psychological warfare projects. 
In June, 1942, the COI morphed into the OSS. A period of 
time passed between the formation of the OSS and the issuing of 
its charter due to Donovan's insistence that the psychological 
warfare unit of the organization should head up the operation. 
The Joint Chiefs of Staff finally agreed, saying that "All plans for 
projects to be undertaken by the Office of Strategic Services will 
be submitted to the Joint U.S. Chiefs of Staff through the Joint 
Psychological Warfare Committee for approval. The Joint 
Psychological Warfare Committee will take final action on all 
internal administrative plans pertaining to the Office of Strategic 
Services." 
The OSS existed for three years and, according to Walter 
Bowart, in Operation Mind Control, "it developed psychological 
warfare into an effective weapon against the minds of civilian 
and military populations foreign and domestic alike. To wage 
effective psychological warfare the OSS needed background 
information  on  United  States citizens.     Thus the  burglary of 
59 
private files was sanctioned." 
An early proponent of mind war was George Estabrooks, of 
Colgate University. Estabrook contacted the Department of War 
early in World War II and proposed the use of hypnosis in 
warfare. Although the government took Estabrooks up on his 
offer, he destroyed his diaries covering the years 1940-45, and 
was unwilling to talk much about what he had done. Eastabrooks 
is, however, said to have intimated to associates that he had 
researched the creation of hypnotically programmed couriers 
and the hypnotic induction of split personalities. 
Estabrooks became loose-lipped on one occasion when, in 
1968, he chatted with a reporter for the Providence Evening 
Bulletin. According to the article that resulted, "Dr. Estabrooks 
said that the key to creating an effective spy or assassin rests 
in... creating a multiple personality, with the aid of hypnosis, a 
procedure which the good doctor described as 'child's play'. 
Estabrooks even offered the suggestion that Lee Harvey Oswald 
and Jack Ruby 'could very well have been performing through 
hypnosis.'" Estabrooks quite possibly would have been in the 
position to know. [1] 
One of the top secret projects that the OSS participated in 
during its formative years was the development of a "truth drug" 
to break down resistance in spies and POWs. This project was 
run in conjunction with the Freemasons, and supervised by 
Superintendent Winfred Overhulser, the Scottish Rite's chief 
psychiatrist, at St. Elizabeth's Hospital in Washington, D.C., along 
with a research team composed of Harry J. Anslinger, head of 
the Federal Bureau of Narcotics, and Dr. Edward Strecker, then 
president of the American Psychiatric Association. The study 
assessed the uses of mescaline, scopolomine, peyote, and 
barbiturates, but settled upon a mixture of marijuana and 
tobacco, attempting to perfect a concoction that would stimulate 
a "state of irresponsibility." OSS scientists then came up with a 
potent extract of marijuana called "TD." Its results were noted 
in an OSS report: 
"TD appears to relax all inhibitions and to deaden the areas of 
the brain which govern an individual's discretion and caution. It 
accentuates 
the senses and makes manifest any strong 
characteristics of the individual. Sexual inhibitions are lowered, 
and the sense of humor is accentuated to the point where any 
statement or situation can become extremely funny to the 
subject. On 
the 
other 
hand, 
a 
person's 
unpleasant 
characteristics may also be heightened." The results obtained 
with    TD,    however,   were    inconsistent,   and   research   was 
60 
reported discontinued. [2] 
John Marks writes 
in his seminal The Search for 
the 
Manchurian Candidate that members of Overhulser's working 
group included secret agents inside the U.S. government's 
Manhattan Project to develop an atomic bomb, as well as 
informers inside the FBI. [3] 
On Halloween, 1944, President Roosevelt asked Donovan to 
work out the details of an intelligence service that would 
operate after the end of the war. In November, Donovan 
submitted his plan, constructing the organization so that it 
bypassed the Joint Chiefs of Staff and reported directly to the 
president. On September 20, 1945, the OSS was terminated by 
executive order. 
Although Donovan was primarily responsible for the creation 
of the COI and the OSS, due to his dislike for traditional 
organization he was cut off from participating in the creation of 
the CIA. The man who would take over control of the CIA was 
Allen Dulles. 
NOTES: 
1. Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. 
(New York: Dell Paperback, 
1977); Cannon, Martin, 
"Mind Control 
and 
the American Government," 
Lobster 23; Bowart 
2. Cannon, Martin, 
"The 
Controllers: 
A New Hypothesis 
of 
Alien 
Abductions", MUFON UFO Journal, Number 270, October, 1990: Lee and Shlain, 
Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove Press, 1985) 
3. Marks, John, The Search for 
the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and 
Mind Control. (New York: Times Books, 1979) 
 
F'rank Olson, an early victim of 
MKULTRA. 
 
 
Chapter 8: 
GREY EMINENCE 
The major operations of mind control in the 20th century have 
been initiated by agents dedicated to the New World Order. 
Bolstering this proposition is information on the background of 
Allen Dulles, the director of the CIA at its outset and during the 
period of its greatest involvement in mind control research. 
Allen Dulles and his brother, John Foster Dulles, stood at the 
pinnacle of American government and strategic planning during 
the 1940s and 1950swhile at the same time being among the 
most influential agents for the New World Order. Both brothers 
were brought into the State Department prior to World War I by 
their uncle, Secretary of State Robert Lansing. According to the 
Dulles family biography, "Robert Lansing was... so pro-English 
that he even took elocution lessons to perfect the English 
accent he was cultivating." 
Lansing was good friends with British spy Alex Gaunt, and 
"Allen [Dulles]... thought Gaunt was one of the most exciting men 
he had ever met, and he made up his mind that one of these 
days he would become an intelligence operative just like 
himexcept for the accent, of course." [1] 
Lansing brought both of the Dulles brothers into the Paris 
peace negotiations, an affair guided by members of the Rhodes 
Round Table group. Other members of the Wilson delegation 
were Bernard Baruch, J.P. Morgan's Thomas Lamont, and Paul 
Warburg. It is alleged that the 14 points of the peace plan were 
formulated at a secret meeting of the Grand Orient Freemasonic 
Lodge of France and the International Masonic Conference, on 
June 28-30, 1917. Whether that is true or not, on the American 
side, President Woodrow Wilson was accompanied by Colonel 
E.M. House, the consummate one-worldist who was the engineer 
of Wilson's domestic and foreign policies, who chose his cabinet, 
and ran the State Department. 
House offended Wilson by excluding him from some of his 
negotiations conducted behind closed doorsthis is knownbut 
63 
the nature of those negotiations may have been revealed by the 
allegation that the Versailles Peace Conference was actually 
conducted in three tiers: the public conference, covered by the 
press; secret conferences of the Big Four; and a third tier of 
Masonic conferences conducted behind closed doors. 
It is also alleged that, to guarantee his continued efforts in 
the creation of a League of Nations, Woodrow Wilson was given a 
bribe of one million dollars in gold and gems, and that his subse- 
quent nervous breakdown was based on his belief that he would 
have to return the money after the failure of the League. [2] 
House was an intimate of major international bankers, and 
persuaded Wilson to lobby for the League of Nations, the 
precursor to the United Nations. In 1916, upon House's urging, 
Wilson created the first President's Brain Trust to formulate 
plans for a world government. House headed up the committee, 
with 150 members including Norman Thomas (later to be head 
of the American Socialist Party), and the Dulles brothers. 
At the Paris conference the Dulleses made the acquaintance 
of members of the Round Table, and a dinner party was arranged 
by House and held at the Majestic Hotel, in Paris, with the 
Dulles Brothers, other Americans in the Wilson camp, and 
English members of the Round Table. An agreement was made 
to form a group "for the study of international affairs." John 
Foster Dulles acted in 1920 as an agent of the group in setting 
up the Council on Foreign Relations in New York. 
According to a 1953 CFR publication: "The Royal Institute of 
International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations were 
founded in 1920 as a result of discussions between members of 
the British and American delegations at the Peace Conference in 
Paris in 1919. The two institutions, though completely inde- 
pendent, have developed their work along parallel lines in 
Britain and the United States." 
With funding from J.P. Morgan, Rockefeller, and members of 
the Round Table, the CFR acquired its headquarters at Harold 
Pratt House, 58 East 68th Street, in New York. [3] 
At Versailles, Dulles was able to fulfill his ambition of working 
in espionage, by meeting T.E. Lawrence, "Lawrence of Arabia," 
and gaining entree into British intelligence circles. Lawrence 
ran the British Intelligence Arab Bureau, whose head at the time 
was Harry St. John Philby. Philby's son, Cambridge Apostle 
Harold "Kim" Philby coordinated both British and American 
intelligence agencies beginning in 1949, training officers for the 
CIA and staying in contact with Allen Dulles on a daily basis. 
Philby later defected to the Soviet Union when his role as a 
64 
Soviet    mole    functioning   in    both   British   and   American 
intelligence was discovered. 
In 1921 Allen Dulles was posted to Berne, Switzerland by his 
uncle, Secretary Lansing, where he took over the roll of chief of 
intelligence in the American ligation. In Switzerland, Dulles was 
met by his cousins, members of the Mallet family. Dulles' uncle, 
Petit Dulles, had married the Swiss-American Julia Mallet- 
Prevost. Both the Prevosts and the Mallets were uniquely 
powerful families in international politics and finance, holding 
hereditary seats in the "Council of 200" ruling Geneva, 
Switzerland. This group, with the British royals, formed a joint 
committee of spymasters working for the aristocracy that went 
back to at least the 18th century. The Mallet-Prevosts were also 
responsible for injecting the Scottish Rite of Masonry into the 
United States. [4] 
By the mid-1920s, Dulles was tapped to be the First 
Secretary of the American Embassy in Berlin. Dulles was also a 
director of the Schroder Bank, that handled Hitler's personal 
funds. In June 1920, American army Captain Truman Smith was 
brought in to the Berlin mission as a "military observer." In 
1922, after Mussolini, in the pay of British intelligence, had 
taken over Italy, Captain Smith was dispatched by the embassy 
on a mission to Munich. 
According to his 1964 report of the visit, "I talked at length 
about National Socialism with the Munich consul, Mr. Robert 
Murphy (later a very distinguished American ambassador), 
General Erich Ludendorff, Crown Prince Ruprecht of Bavaria, 
and Alfred Rosenberg. The 
latter became 
the political 
philosopher of the Nazi party. 
"On this visit I also saw much of Ernst F.S. Hanfstaengl, of the 
well-known Munich art family. "Putzi" was a Harvard graduate 
and later became Hitler foreign press chief. Hanfstaengl states 
in his 1957 memoirs, Unheard Witness, that it was I who 
brought him into contact with Hitler. This may well be so, but 
the actual facts of this introduction are not firmly fixed in my 
memory. 
"My interview with Hitler lasted some hours. The diary I 
kept in Munich indicates that I was deeply impressed by his 
personality and thought it likely that he would play an important 
part in German politics. I must confess, however, that I did not 
see him as the future ruler of Europe." [5] 
The memory of another who was present was somewhat 
sharper. As related by Smith, "Fourteen-and-one-half years later 
on March 3,   1937  he accompanied Mr.  Hugh Wilson, our 
65 
newly appointed ambassador to Germany to the chancellors 
palace... for his initial reception by Adolph Hitler. Smith 
together with other members of the embassy staff entered a 
large formal reception hall to be presented to the fuhrer- 
chancellor. The embassy staff... passed down the reception line... 
When Smith's turn came, he shook hands with Hitler and was 
about to pass on, when he felt a hand grasp his sleeve. 'Have I 
not seen you before?' Hitler asked. I was somewhat surprised 
but answered immediately, "Yes, Mr. Chancellor, in Munich in 
1922.' 
'Oh yes,' 
replied Hitler, 
'you 
introduced me 
to 
Hanfstaengl.'" 
There are other aspects of Smith's memory which seem to 
have dulled over the years. The German-American Hanfstaengl, 
a friend of Franklin Roosevelt, noted in his 1957 memoirs that 
he had been assigned by Captain Smith to join Hitler's 
movement, and to promote Hitler's rising star. As Hitler 
succeeded in Germany beyond anyone's expectations, Hanf- 
staengl and his highly-placed American connections served as 
press agents 
to 
the world for Der Fuhrer. Hanfstaengl, 
according to one credible account, was the man who provided 
access to the Reichstag when conspirators set it afirethe 
aftermath of the fire being that Hitler was able to claim a 
Communist revolution and to seize totalitarian control of 
Germany. After he fell out of favor with the Nazi regime, Hanf- 
staengl worked as an American psychological warfare advisor. [6] 
Although the thought is only speculative, in 1918 Hitler had 
been gassed in World War One, and was removed from the front 
lines to a hospital in Bavaria. A Doctor Forrester, cited as "the 
father of modern hypnosis" was brought in and treated Hitler for 
what was thought to be hysterical blindness. At about that time 
Hitler dreamed that he would be prominent in politics and 
would rise up to control Germany. Although there is probably no 
way of verifying it as this late date, Hitler may have been, as 
researcher John Judge puts it, "one of the earliest psycho- 
patsies." [7] 
John Foster Dulles, newly graduated from Princeton, was 
hired by the law firm of Sullivan and Cromwell, where he would 
later become the chief executive. Sullivan and Cromwell were 
the premier lawyers to the Eastern Establishment, as well as 
representing a host of German cartels including I.G. Farben, 
central in the prosecution of Germany's war. John Foster Dulles 
was one of the primary organizers of American funding for Hitler 
through international elitist financier Hjalmar Schacht, who 
later ran the Nazi economy.   He was also the lawyer for Richard 
66 
Merton, the founder of I.G. Farben. [8] 
The Dulles family had been among the key players in the 
International eugenics movement, advocating, according to John 
Foster Dulles, that "it is only by eliminating the lower members 
(of the human race] that a higher average is maintained." [9] 
John Foster Dulles' business partner, Council on Foreign 
Relations and Bonesman Averill Harrimanlater to be thought of 
as the elder statesman of the Democratic Partywas the son of 
robber baron railroad man E.H. Harriman. Averell Harriman ran 
the private banking firm of Brown Brothers, Harriman, heavily 
staffed with Bonesmen including Prescott Bush, the father of 
Bonesman George Bush. As an example of his devotion to the 
Illuminati cause, Harriman chose 322, the Skull and Bones 
secret number, for the combination on his briefcase when he 
had carried secret messages between London and Moscow in 
World War II. 
Among the major accomplishments of Harriman, guided by 
Skull and Bones, was financial and diplomatic support for the 
Sovietsat the time quite illegal by dint of regulation of the State 
Department. Harriman had possessed large business holdings in 
both Russia and Germany since the early days of the century, and 
was also involved in RUSKOMBANK, the first Soviet commercial 
bank, whose first vice president was Skull and Bonesman Max 
May of Guaranty Trust. Harriman and other Bonesman also 
owned a large percentage of the Union Bank, which was key in 
supporting Hitler in the early days. Out of the eight directors of 
Union Bank, six were Nazis or members of Skull and Bones. 
Harriman would later be in the thick of organizing CIA mind 
control programs, creating the Psychological Strategy Board 
(PSB) in 1951. [10] 
The Harrimans, again, were represented by Sullivan and 
Cromwell, and were 
the single most prominent Eastern 
Establishment promoters of eugenics, a study later to be 
furthered through the horrific programs of Hitler's psychiatric 
and medical establishments. Harriman's mother had bankrolled 
International Eugenics Congresses and the Eugenics Records 
Office in New York, that had called for the sterilization of 15 
million Americans by 1980, in order to create the "perfect 
man." Averill Harriman himself had contributed large sums to 
eugenics causes. [11] 
The director of the Psychological Strategy Board was Gordon 
Gray, a Naval Intelligence officer, who later became a close ally 
of Bonesman George Bush. Another close Harriman associate 
was Bonesman Eugene Stetson, who had been assistant manager 
67 
for George Bush's father, Prescott Bush, at Brown Brothers, 
Harriman in New York. Stetson organized the H. Smith 
Richardson Foundation, an organization 
involved in CIA 
MKULTRA mind control funding, particularly in financing the 
testing of psychotropic drugs at Bridgewater Hospital 
in 
Massachusetts, alleged to have been the center of some of the 
most horrific MKULTRA experimentation. 
The H. Smith Richardson Foundation later was involved in 
the Iran-Contra affair, where it functioned as a "private donors 
steering committee" in tandem with the National Security 
Council. In later years the Foundation ran the Center for 
Creative Leadership training "leaders of the CIA." [12] 
As the careers of Allen and John Foster Dulles and their 
friends had been in many ways integrated with Nazi interests, so 
it was with the formation of the CIA. After the defeat of 
Stalingrad in January 1943 the German general staff were 
unified in their belief that the war was lost. Deputy Fuhrer and 
head of the Nazi Party Martin Borrmann and Hermann Schmitz, 
chief executive of I.G. Farben, developed a plan whereby large 
numbers of Nazis would flee Europe and hunker down in 
hideouts around the world, waiting for that bright day when they 
might take another shot at world power. The first step in this 
plan was the transferal of large amounts of Nazi loot to safe 
positions, this including three tons of gold, large quantities of 
other precious metals and stones, and perhaps a billion dollars 
in currency. 
Hitler's "favorite commando," Otto Skorzeny, was put in 
charge of moving Nazi assets and in the creation of "rat lines," 
escape routes to Nazi colonies around the globe. An estimated 
5,000 members of Hitler's SS and Gestapo were exfiltrated 
through Catholic monasteries, in a plan concocted by Papal 
Chamberlain and Knight of Malta Luigi Parelli. Assisting in the 
project was the U.S. Army Counter Intelligence Corps (employ- 
ing Henry Kissinger) and the Office of Naval Intelligence. [13] 
General Reinhard Gehlen, in charge of the Third Reich's 
military intelligence in Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union, 
and utilizing fascist organizations in Eastern Europe, had an 
even bolder plan for continuing his influence after the end of 
World War II. Using his top aides, the most important of his 
intelligence files were stripped, with the rest burned. Fifty-two 
crates of files were buried in the Bavarian Redoubt, in a 
mountainous region called Misery Meadow. 
Within two weeks of the war's end, Gehlen walked into an 
Army command center in Bavaria, and announced "I  am head of 
68 
the Section Foreign Annies East in German Army headquarters. 
I have information to give of the highest importance to your 
government." Gehlen was ignored and sent to the prison camp 
at Salzburg, but within a month someone had taken notice and 
he was brought to Augsburg for interrogation. Soon after that, 
Gehlen's associate Hermann Baun was forming up what would be 
called the "Gehlen Org," and Gehlen himself was flying to the 
U.S., dressed in an American military uniform to escape 
detection, to confer with top American military officials. 
On August 24, 1945 Gehlen stepped out of a U.S. Army 
transport plane at Washington National Airport, and was driven 
to Fort Hunt, located outside of Washington, D.C. At Fort Hunt 
an agreement was worked out between Gehlen, Allen Dulles, and 
others, whereby Gehlen's intelligence organization would be 
grafted almost intact onto the OSS, giving birth to the CIA. 
Gehlen's Org, it is said, was initially funded by Dulles to the 
tune of $200 million and, minimally supervised and working out 
of a fortified stronghold in Bavaria, grew to control the entirety 
of the West German intelligence service. Gehlen's intelligence 
agency also dominated NATO, providing an estimated 70 
percent of the intelligence provided to that organization on the 
Soviet Union and Europe. Thus, American intelligence was 
infiltrated by the Nazis, who found their association with men 
like the Dulles brothers, Harriman, and George Bush to be 
friendly and of a strangely familiar nature. [14] 
Key to the CIA's MKULTRA and other mind alteration 
programsboth scientifically and philosophicallywas the Nazi 
connection. From the 1930s until the end of World War II, Nazi 
psychiatrists in Germany had been horrifically implementing the 
Darwinian "eugenics" philosophy that they had inherited from 
the West, from men like the Englishman Francis Galton, a 
cousin of Charles Darwin. The basics of this philosophy dealt 
with the improvement of hereditary qualities of a race. This can 
be accomplished, per the eugenicists, in a number of ways, 
including selective mating and the sterilization of mental 
defectives and members of "inferior" races. 
During this period it is reported that at least 300,000 mental 
patients were exterminated in Germany. After the war the 
psychiatrists involved in these extermination programs were not 
punished. In fact, some of the most prominent workers in 
psychiatry, chemical warfare, and mind control-related areas 
were 
imported 
to 
the U.S. 
to work 
in 
the scientific 
establishment and the military under Project Paperclip, through 
which as many as 5,000 German scientists were sneaked into 
69 
the country, with others immigrating later. 
Among the Nazis imported to the U.S. were Karl Tauboeck, 
who had been the chief plant chemist at I.G. Farben's 
Ludwigshaven factory, and who was the Nazi's expert on 
sterilization drugs and had done work that paralleled the OSS 
and CIA in attempts to formulate a "truth drug"; Friedrich 
Hoffman, who discovered a paralysis drug based on conch shell 
venom; and scientists Theodore Wagner-Jauregg, Karl Rarh, and 
Hans Turit, who were specialists in poison gases like Tabun and 
Sarin (the latter allegedly the gas of choice of Japan's AUM cult). 
Another Nazi imported to the U.S. was Dr. Huburtus Strughold, 
who had overseen murder and torture of inmates at the Dachau 
concentration camp. Strughold was employed by NASA and later 
lauded by that organization as the "father of space medicine." 
Another Nazi employed by the U.S. after the end of the war 
was former SS Brigadier General Walter Schieber, described by 
one army officer as "the prototype of an ardent and convinced 
Nazi who used the Party to further his own ambitions." Schieber 
worked for over ten years at the Chemical Division in West 
Germany on chemical warfare and the production of nerve gas. 
Many Nazis scientists, some of whom like Schieber could not be 
brought to the U.S. because of their notoriety, were employed in 
chemical warfare research in West Germany. [15] 
Combing the 7,104 entries 
in the 1957 edition of 
the 
Biographical Directory of the Fellows and Members of the 
American Psychiatric Association, 1,125 came from Germany 
and Eastern European countries. [16] 
It is instructive to note that CIA mind control scientists, like 
the Nazis, used certain target groups for experimentation, 
including 
ethnic minorities, 
foreigners, mental 
patients, 
prisoners, sex deviants, addicts, and the terminally ill. 
Another connection of the Nazis, the British, and chemical 
mind control deserves to be mentioned in passing. Although the 
mere thought that a mass chemical drugging of the population 
could ever take place is ridiculed in the popular media, that was 
not the position of Charles Eliot Perkins, one of America's top 
industrial chemists. Perkins was dispatched by the U.S. 
government to assist in taking over the German industrial giant 
I.G. Farben after World War II. In a letter that Perkins wrote to 
the Lee Foundation for Nutritional Research in Milwaukee, 
Wisconsin on October 2, 1954, he stated, 
"I have your letter of September 29 asking for further 
documentation regarding a statement made in ray book The 
Truth About Water Fluoridation to the effect that the idea of 
70 
water fluoridation was brought to England from Russia by the 
Russian Communist, Kreminoff. 
"In the 1930's Hitler and the German Nazis envisioned a 
World to be dominated and controlled by the Nazi philosophy of 
pan-Germanism... The German chemists worked out a very 
ingenious and far-reaching plan of mass control which was 
submitted to and adopted by the German General Staff. This 
plan was to control the population in any given area through 
mass medication of drinking water supplies. By this method 
they could control the population of whole areas, reduce 
population by water medication that would produce sterility in 
the women, and so on. In this scheme of mass control, sodium 
fluoride occupied a prominent place. 
"We are told by the fanatical ideologists who are advocating 
the fluoridation of water supplies in this country that their 
purpose is to reduce tooth decay in children, and it is the 
plausibility of this excuse, plus the gullibility of the public and 
the cupidity of the public officials that is responsible for the 
present spread of artificial water fluoridation in this country. 
"Howeverand I want to make this very definite and very 
positivethe real reason behind water fluoridation is not to 
benefit children's teeth. If this were the real reason there are 
many ways in which it could be done that are much easier, 
cheaper and far more effective. The real purpose behind water 
fluoridation is to reduce the resistance of the masses to 
domination and control and loss of liberty... 
"In the rear occiput of the left lobe of the brain there is a 
small area of brain tissue that is responsible for the individual's 
power to resist domination. Repeated doses of infinitesimal 
amounts of fluorine will in time gradually reduce the individual's 
power to resist domination by slowly poisoning and narcotizing 
this area of brain tissue and make him submissive to the will of 
those who wish to govern him... 
"I was told of this entire scheme by a German chemist who 
was an official of the great Farben chemical industries and was 
also prominent in the Nazi movement at the time. I say this will 
all earnestness and sincerity of a scientist who has spent nearly 
20 years' research into the chemistry, biochemistry, physiology 
and pathology of fluorineany person who drinks artificially 
fluorinated water for a period of one year or more will never 
again be the same person, mentally or physically." [17] 
NOTES: 
1.  Mosley, Leonard,   Dulles: A Biography of Eleanor, Allen, and John 
71 
Foster Dulles and their Family Network.   (New York: The Dial Press/James 
Wade, 1978) 
2. 
Hansen, Harry, "The Forgotten Men of Versailles," The Aspirin Age, 
1919-1941. Ed. Isabel Leighton. (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1949); Smoot, 
Dan, The Invisible Government. (Dallas, Texas: The Dan Smoot Report, 1962): 
Mullins, Eustace, The Curse of Canaan. (Staunton, Virginia. Revelation Books, 
1987) 
3. Hansen; 
Smoot; Wilgus, 
Neal, 
The 
Illuminoids. 
(Sun 
Publishing 
Company, Santa Fe, 1978) 
4. Chaitkin, Anton, Treason 
in America. 
(New York: New Benjamin 
Franklin House, 1984.); Mullins; Pincher, Chapman, Too Secret, Too Long. 
(New York: St. Martin's Press, 1984) 
5. Smith, Truman, Berlin Alert, The Memoirs 
and Reports of Truman 
Smith. (Stanford, California: Hoover Institution Press, 1984); Perloff, James, 
Shadows of Power. (Appleton, Wisconsin: Western Island, 1990) 
6. Smith; Sutton, Antony C, Wall Street and 
the Rise of Hitler. 
(Seal 
Beach, California: '76 Press, 1976) 
7. Judge, 
John, 
"The 
Secret Government," Dharma Combat magazine, 
number 10 
8. Rauh and Turner, 
"Anatomy of a Public 
Interest Case Against 
the 
CIA," Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy, Fall 1990; Chaitkin, Anton, 
"British Psychiatry: From Eugenics to Assassination," EIR, October 7, 1994; 
Chaitkin, Treason in America; Sutton, Antony C, Wall Street and the Rise of 
Hitler, ('76 Press, Seal Beach, California, 1976) 
9. Chaitkin, Treason in America 
 
10. Isaacson and Thomas, The Wise Men. 
(Simon and Schuster, New 
York, 1986); Chaitkin.  Treason in America 
11. Isaacson and Thomas; Chaitkin, Treason in America 
12. Skull &Bones: The Very Heart of 
the Shadow Government, obtained 
from the internet at alt. conspiracy 
13. Judge, John, "Nazis 
in 
the White House, The Reagan Administration 
& the Fascist International," Overthrow, Fall 1985 
 
14. Scott, Peter Dale, 
"How Allen Dulles and 
the SS Preserved Each 
Other," CovertAction Information Bulletin, undated reprint; Oglesby, Carl, "The 
Secret Treaty of Fort Hunt," CovertAction Information Bulletin, Fall, 1990; 
Oglesby, Carl,  The Yankee and Cowboy War. (New York, Berkley, 1977) 
15. Cannon, Martin. 
"Mind Control 
and 
the American Government", 
Lobster magazine, issue 23; Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove 
Press, 1985); Hougan, Jim,  Secret Agenda. (New York: Random House, 1984) 
16. 
Prouty, Fletcher, Free Thinking, newsletter of the Freedom of 
Thought Foundation, volume 1, number 4, March 1995 
17. 
Perkins, Charles Eliot, letter reprinted in The American Mercury, 
undated issue, reprinted in Contact, January 31, 1995 
72 
Chapter 9: 
ENTER THE CIA 
In the late 1940s mind control experimentation was initiated in 
narcohypnotic techniques, as well as in the administering of 
drugs with contradictory effects to induce a "twilight zone" 
state. Among the drugs that were most commonly used in this 
kind of research were Desoxyn and Pentothal, Seconal and 
Dexedrine. CIA experimenters fixed intravenous hookups in 
both of the subject's arms, monitoring the effects of the drugs 
and regulating their flow. The idea, according to laborers in the 
CIA's mind fields, was to create a sudden cathartic expulsion of 
the feelings and thoughts, and the communication of any 
information that the subject might be hiding. [1] 
In 1947 the Navy instituted Project CHATTER, run by Dr. 
Samuel Thompson, a Navy commander and psychiatrist, with G. 
Richard Wendt, chairman of the Psychology Department at the 
University of Rochester being the functional head of the 
program. CHATTER is reported to have been a relatively 
unsuccessful truth drug project that ended in 1953. At about 
the same time the Army was involved in THIRD CHANCE and 
DERBY HAT. [2] 
The mindset of the CIA at its inception is reflected in a top 
secret report submitted to President Eisenhower in 1954. The 
report called for, "aggressive covert psychological, political, and 
paramilitary organization more effective, more unique, and if 
necessary, more ruthless than that employed by the enemy... 
We... must learn to subvert, sabotage, and destroy our enemies by 
more clever, more sophisticated, and more effective methods 
than those used against us..." [3] 
According to John Marks, "In 1949 the Office of Scientific 
Intelligence (OSI) undertook the analysis of foreign work on 
certain unconventional warfare techniques, including behavioral 
drugs, with an initial objective of developing a capability to resist 
or offset the effect of such drugs. Preliminary phases included 
the review of drug-related work at institutions such as Mount 
73 
Sinai Hospital, Boston Psychopathic Hospital, University of 
Illinois, University of Michigan, University of Minnesota, Valley 
Forge General Hospital, Detroit Psychopathic clinic, Mayo Clinic, 
and the National Institute of Health." 
"This 
first project," Marks 
states, 
"code-named Project 
BLUEBIRD, was assigned the function of discovering means of 
conditioning personnel to prevent unauthorized extraction of 
information from them by known means. It was further assigned 
to investigate the possibility of control of an individual by 
application of 
special 
interrogation 
techniques, memory 
enhancement, and establishing defensive means for preventing 
interrogation of agency personnel." 
The black-budget BLUEBIRD, run by Morse Allen, was 
intended to create an "exploitable alteration of personality" in 
agents, POWs, refugees, and defectors, and CIA employees of the 
program were dispatched around the world to procure rare 
botanicals, herbs, and drugs that might be of use. The primary 
agency involved with BLUEBIRD was the Joint Intelligence 
Committee, 
the same group responsible 
for 
the Project 
Paperclip importation of Nazis into the U.S. 
At least a thousand soldiers were fed up to 20 doses of LSD 
under the auspices of BLUEBIRD. Other documented BLUEBIRD 
projects involved the dispatching of a team to Tokyo in July, 
1950 for the interrogation of suspected double agents, and the 
use of "advanced" techniques on North Korean prisoners of war 
in October, 1950. 
In August, 1951 BLUEBIRD was renamed ARTICHOKE and 
transferred from the Office of Scientific Intelligence (OSI) to the 
Office of Security (OS). Additional LSD experiments were done 
by the CIA under the auspices of ARTICHOKE, using Agency 
volunteers and, verified by CIA memoranda, unwitting subjects. 
One ARTICHOKE experiment 
is documented in a CIA 
memorandum to the director dated July 14, 1952. The memo 
deals with 
the use of narco-hypnotic 
induction, sodium 
pentothal, and the stimulant desoxyn. The interrogation was 
conducted on Russian agents believed to be double agents. 
According to the memo, "a psychiatric medical cover was 
used to bring the ARTICHOKE techniques into action. In the 
first case, light dosages of drugs coupled with hypnosis were 
used to induce a complete hypnotic trance. This trance was 
held for approximately one hour and forty minutes of 
interrogation with a subsequent total amnesia produced by 
posthypnotic suggestion. In the second case (an individual of 
much higher intelligence than the first), a deep hypnotic trance 
74 
was reached alter light medication. This was followed by an 
interrogation lasting for well over an hour. However, a partial 
amnesia only was obtained at this time, although a total amnesia 
was obtained for a major part of the test. Since further 
interrogation was desired, a second test was made on this 
individual in which the ARTICHOKE technique of using a 
straight medication was employed. On 
this 
test, highly 
successful results were obtained in that a full interrogation 
lasting two hours and fifteen minutes was produced, part of 
which included a remarkable regression. During this regression, 
the subject actually 'relived' certain past activities of his life, 
some dating back fifteen years while, in addition, the subject 
totally accepted Mr. [deleted, the case officer] as an old, trusted, 
and beloved personal friend whom the subject had known in 
years past in Georgia, USSR. Total amnesia was apparently 
achieved for the entire second test on this case." 
The memo concluded, "For a matter of record, the case 
officers involved in both cases expressed themselves to the 
effect that the ARTICHOKE operations were entirely successful 
and team members felt that the tests demonstrated conclusively 
the effectiveness of the combined chemical-hypnotic technique 
in such cases. In both cases, the subjects talked clearly and at 
great length and furnished information which the case officers 
considered extremely valuable." 
More insight into ARTICHOKE is provided by a conference 
summary, addressed to the Chief of Security, CIA, dated July 15, 
1953: 
"Mr. [deleted] 
then discussed the situation of a former 
Agency official who had become a chronic alcoholic and who, at 
the present 
time, was undergoing operative treatment 
in 
[deleted] for a possible brain tumor. This individual had called 
the Agency prior to the operation and warned that when given 
certain types of anesthetics (sodium pentothal), previously he 
had been known to talk coherently. The matter was taken care 
of by placing a representative in the operating room and by 
bringing the various personnel participating in the operation 
under the Secrecy Agreement. Mr. [deleted] stated that the 
subject did talk extensively under the influence of sodium 
pentothal and revealed internal problems of the Agency. Dr. 
[deleted] added that he was acquainted with the details in the 
case. 
"[Deleted] then commented that this type of thing had been a 
source of great concern to himself and others in the operations 
work and stated that he hoped that the ARTICHOKE efforts to 
75 
produce some method that would perhaps guarantee amnesia on 
the part of those knowing of Agency operations in vital spots 
would be successful. He stated that some individuals in the 
Agency had to know tremendous amounts of information and if 
any way could be found to produce amnesias for this type of 
informationfor instance, after the individual had left the 
Agencyit would be a remarkable thing. Mr. [deleted] stated the 
need for amnesias was particularly great in operations work. Mr. 
[deleted] explained that work was continually being done in an 
effort to produce controlled amnesia by various means." 
A CIA ARTICHOKE document, dated July 30, 1956, 
mentioned the use of the alkaloid bulbocapnine to induce 
catatonia or stupor. The document stated, "We desire to have 
certain psycho-chemical properties tested on man, using the 
bulbocapnine which we were fortunate to obtain from [deleted], 
a sample being enclosed herewith. More bulbocapnine is 
available if needed." 
A request was included that subjects be tested for "loss of 
speech, loss of sensitivity to pain, loss of memory, and loss of 
will power." [4] 
NOTES: 
1. Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove Press, 1985) 
2. Marks, 
John, The Search 
for 
the Manchurian Candidate: The CIA 
and Mind Control. (New York: Times Books, 1979) 
3. 
Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. (New York: Dell Paperback, 
1977); Halperin, Berman, Bororsage, and Marwick, The Lawless State, The 
Crimes of the U.S. Intelligence Agencies. (New York: Penguin Books, 1976); 
Hougan, Jim,  Secret Agenda. (New York: Random House, 1984); Marks 
4. 
Quoted in Bowart 
76 
Chapter 10: 
COMING ON TO LSD 
Members of the American intelligence agencies were not the 
first group to be interested in the use of psychedelic drugs for 
behavior modification. Early on, the main proponents of the use 
of psychoactive drugs in Western culture were the social 
planners and elite. Just before the new century, in 1898, 
medical man, literateur, and Fabian Socialist Havelock Ellis 
began experimentation with peyote. 
Today Ellis 
is primarily known for his seven volume 
Psychology of Sex, but in the early part of this century he was a 
prime mover in literary and intellectual circlesparticularly 
communist and anarchist groups. Ellis described his exper- 
iences with peyote in "Mezcal: A New Artificial Paradise," 
published in the January, 1898 issue of the Contemporary 
Review. [1] 
Interest in peyote and the synthesized version of the alkaloid, 
mescaline, remained scant, outside of the occasional parlor 
peyote ritual conducted in a not-dissimilar way from the 
spiritualist fad of the same era, or the odd psychiatric 
monograph talking about how the drug seemed to reproduce 
schizophrenia. 
But a far more potent brain-changer would soon appear on 
the scene. LSD was first synthesized in 1938 at Sandoz 
laboratories, in Basel, Switzerland, although the effects of the 
drug are said not to have been discovered by Dr. Albert Hofmann 
until 1943. Basle was the home of three huge chemical 
companies, Hoffman-LaRoche, Ciba-Geigy, and Sandoz, the latter 
owned by German chemical monolith I.G. Farben, the mainstay 
of the Third Reich's war. Although the connection is not often 
made, and is denied by Dr. Hofmann, I.G. Farben maintained a 
division researching psychoactive agents, and it is possible that 
Hofmann was employed in this capacity. It is also a world-class 
coincidence that S.S. and Gestapo doctors were doing mescaline 
experiments on prisoners at Dachau at the same time, less than 
77 
200 miles away. 
Allen Dulles, who directed the CIA during the MKULTRA 
project, was station chief at Berne, Switzerland during the 
period of the LSD research, and had been an executive at I.G. 
Farben. His assistant was James Warburg, who later worked 
with acid-popularizer Aldous Huxley. [2] 
Captain Al Hubbard, the spy who was termed "the Johnny 
Appleseed of LSD," told the story of the beginnings of LSD in a 
different form than the usual chronologies. He said that 
Hofmann had discovered LSD many years earlier, and that he 
had been a member of a secret group connected with Rudolf 
Steiner's mystical Anthroposophy group that had set out to 
manufacture a "peace pill" in the early 1930s. [3] 
Early experiments with LSD were conducted by Werner Stoll, 
a psychiatrist affiliated with the University of Zurich. There 
were rumors that one of Stoll's female patients was given the 
drug without her knowledge, and had committed suicide, a 
foreshadowing of later CIA atrocities. 
Although perhaps a marginally less potent drug than the 
television broadcasting that was launched at nearly the same 
time, the LSD infusion of America was to have a tremendous 
effect on the future of the country. When LSD arrived in 
America in 1949, psychiatry was booming, having experienced 
an approximate 12-fold increase since 1940. The character of 
psychiatry was, in many ways, an extension of wartime 
psychiatry, not surprising considering the fact that American 
"mental health" organizations were predominantly puppeteered 
from Tavistock. As per the "societry" engineered by that 
organization, after Brigadier General William Menninger was 
elected the head of American psychiatry an ambitious strategy 
was hammered out, namely the application of psychiatry to the 
man in the street. [4] 
NOTES: 
1. Stevens, Jay, Storming Heaven. (New York: Harper & Row, 1987) 
2. Editors of 
the Executive 
Intelligence Review, Dope, 
Inc. 
(Washington, 
D.C.): EIR, 1992; Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (Grove Press, New York, 1985); 
Lyttle, Thomas. "Blot Art," an interview conducted by Mark Westion. Paranoia 
magazine, winter 1995/1996; Stevens; Marks, 
John, The Search 
for 
the 
Manchurian Candidate: The CIA and Mind Control. (New York: Times Books, 
1979) 
 
3. Shlain, Martin. "The CIA, LSD and 
the Occult," an 
interview. High 
Frontiers, reprinted in The Project, Winter 1988/89, volume VI, number 1 
4. Stevens 
78 
Chapter 11: 
KULT OF MKULTRA 
In September, 1950 Edward Hunter, a CIA employee working as 
a journalist, published information that the Chinese were using 
brainwashing techniques on American prisoners of war in Korea, 
forcing them to confess to crimes such as the use of germ 
warfare. In fact, the Americans were using germ warfare, but 
this provided the CIA with air cover: with their own mind 
control research they were simply attempting to catch up to 
advances by the Communists. This was not a true picture, as 
admitted by CIA deputy director Richard Helms in 1963, when 
he informed the Warren Commission that American mind 
control research had always been more advanced than that of 
the Communists. 
CIA Director Allen Dulles was also out stumping for mind 
control. Addressing 
the National Alumni Conference at 
Princeton University on April 10, 1953, he talked about "how 
sinister the battle for men's minds had become in Soviet 
hands." Three days later Dulles authorized MKULTRA, a greatly 
augmented series of mind control projects run by the Technical 
Services Staff of the CIA. 
MKULTRA was the code name for a huge mind control 
project that was, according to CIA documents "an umbrella 
project for funding sensitive projects," run by the CIA and 
coordinated by British Intelligence, Scottish Rite Freemasons, 
and very-recently-reformed Nazis. The related MKDELTA 
"covered... policy and procedure for use of biochemicals in 
clandestine operations." [1] 
MKULTRA was birthed when Richard Helms, the head of the 
CIA's Directorate of Operations (known as the "dirty tricks" 
department), recommended that the agency expand its work in 
both offensive and defensive brainwashing. No mere grunt in 
the CIA trenches, Helms was Eastern Establishment all the way, 
his grandfather the first director of the International Bank of 
Settlements,  and a president of the Federal Reserve.    Helms 
79 
would be present at the death of MKULTRA when he ordered 
the destruction of the program's files in 1966. 
The program was 
run by Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, 
"the 
brainstorming genius of MKULTRA", who until 1973 would 
supervise the CIA's research into mind control. Gottlieb was 
viewed with favor by Richard Helms, and would hang onto 
Helms' coattails as he climbed to higher and higher positions in 
the Agency. [2] 
Dulles diverted an initial $300,000 for MKULTRA. According 
to Agency documents, the program was planned to operate 
outside of the normal channels without "the usual contractual 
arrangements" and was to be highly "compartmented." [3] 
The primary front for funding MKULTRA operations was the 
Josiah Macy, Jr. Foundation, created in 1930 and staffed by 
Rockefeller-financed 
psychologists 
and 
eugenicists. 
The 
foundation was headed by Black Chamber alumnus General 
Marlborough Churchill. The Macy Foundation's medical director 
during 1954-55 was Frank Fremont-Smith, also a president of 
General Reese's World Federation of Mental Health. [4] 
The recollections of an intelligence officer detailed in a CIA 
memorandum flesh out the scope of the MKULTRA project: 
17 January 1975 
MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD 
SUBJECT: MKULTRA 
1. 
The following represents the best of my unaided 
recollection regarding the MKULTRA program. I was first 
briefed on it in 1962. At that time it was in the process of a 
significant decrease in activity and funding. As Chief, Defense, 
and Espionage (C/D&E), 
I continued to decrease funds 
significantly each year until the program was phased out in the 
late 1960s. 
2. 
MKULTRA was a group of projects most of which dealt 
with drug or counter-drug research and development. The 
Director Central Intelligence (DCI) and the Deputy Director of 
Plans (DDP) were kept informed on the program via annual 
briefings by Chief Technical Services Division (C/TSD) or his 
Deputy. Most of the research and development was externally 
contracted and dealt with various materials which were 
purported to have characteristics appealing for their covert or 
clandestine administration under operational conditions. The 
objectives were behavioral control, behavior anomaly production 
80 
and counter-measures for opposition application of similar 
substances. Work was performed at U.S. industrial, academic, 
und governmental research facilities. Funding was often through 
cut-out arrangements. Testing was usually done at such time as 
laboratory work was successfully completed and was often 
carried out at such facilities as the [deleted in original] and the 
[deleted in original]. In all cases that I am aware of, testing was 
done using volunteer inmates who were witting of the nature of 
the test program but not the ultimate sponsoring organization. 
3. 
As the Soviet drug use scare (and the amount of 
significant progress in the MKULTRA program) decreased, the 
program activities were curtailed significantly as budgetary 
pressure and alternate priorities dictated. 
4. 
Over my stated objections the MKULTRA files were 
destroyed by order of the DCI (Mr. Helms) shortly before his 
departure from office. 
CI OFFICER 
By Authority of 10272 [5] 
A large network of doctors and facilities were employed in at 
least 149 subprojects, all of them relating to mind control. 
MKULTRA and MKDELTA researched the use of at least 139 
different drugs, as well as radiation and electroshock, but also 
delved into more arcane social applications in sociology, 
anthropology, and psychiatry. What might those buzzterms have 
concealed? Eugenics 
experiments? Genetic manipulation? 
Tavistockian social engineering? 
Within the first year of its operation, MKULTRA was taking it 
to the streets. Drugs that had shown promise in the lab were 
slipped to unwitting subjects in normal social situations; citizens 
were dosed with psychotropics without their knowledge. This 
portion of the project was supposedly terminated in 1963, 
although there are suggestions that this was not the case. 
Early CIA LSD research by the CIA was conducted by Max 
Rinkel and Robert Hydereportedly the first American to take 
LSDat Boston Psychopathic Hospital, Carl Pfieffer at the 
University of Illinois, Harold Hodge at the University of 
Rochester, Harold Abramson at Mt. Sinai Hospital and Columbia 
University in New York, Harris Isbell at the Addiction Research 
Center in Lexington, Kentucky, and Louis Jolyon West at the 
University of Oklahoma. 
Other early experimentation in LSD research was done by Dr. 
Joel Elkes, who had concocted  nerve gasses in Britain during 
81 
World War II. He performed experiments with LSD in England 
in 1949, later moving his base of operations to St. Elizabeth's 
Hospital in Washington, D.C. [6] 
Dr. Harold Abramson, who had studied in Berlin prior to 
World War II, and was later employed in the Technical Division 
of the U.S. Army Chemical Warfare Service, received $85,000 for 
an LSD study. His proposal indicated that he "hoped" to give 
hospital patients "who are essentially normal from a psychiatric 
point of view... unwitting doses of the drug for psychotherapeutic 
purposes." 
Abramson was directed to produce "operationally pertinent 
materials along the following lines: 
"a. Disturbance of Memory; b. Discrediting Aberrent Behavior; 
c. Alteration of Sex patterns; d. Eliciting of Information; e. 
Suggestibility; f. Creation of Dependence." 
Abramson performed his research at Columbia University and 
Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island, New York, the latter the 
location of both of the Dulles brothers' estates and ground zero 
for eugenics research in America since the turn of the century. 
Abramson was responsible for giving LSD to Frank Fremont- 
Smith and British cultural anthropologist Gregory Bateson and 
his wife Margaret Mead, both of whom were involved with 
Tavistock and in MKULTRA projects. Bateson established an 
LSD research center at the Palo Alto Veterans Administration 
Hospital in California, and gave acid to Beat poet Allen Ginsburg, 
among many others. [7] 
As CIA research into LSD continued, the intoxication was 
contagious. Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the director of MKULTRA, and 
his staff were regularly partying with LSD, and spiking each 
other's drinks for a lark. At one bash in November 1953, 
Gottlieb slipped LSD into Dr. Frank Olson's Cointreau without 
his knowledge. Olson became deeply depressed and was taken 
to see Dr. Harold Abramson. After the first visit, Abramson came 
to see Olson at his hotel room carrying a bottle of bourbon and a 
bottle of Nembutal. As John Marks comments, "an unusual 
combination for a doctor to give someone with symptoms like 
Olson's." 
Olson was scheduled to be taken to Chestnut Lodge, a 
Rockville, Maryland sanitarium where many of the psychiatrists 
had top secret CIA clearances. The night before he was to enter 
the sanitarium, he leapedso it is reportedto his death 
through the closed window of the Statler Hilton in New York. [8] 
The CIA immediately went into cover-up mode on the Olson 
death.  Although his widow was given a government pension, the 
82 
t r u t h  about the cause of the scientist's death would not be 
admitted for two decades. Alice, Frank Olson's wife, went on 
national television and read the following statement from the 
family at that time: 
"We feel our family has been violated by the CIA in two ways. 
First, Frank Olson was experimented upon illegally and 
negligently. Second, the true nature of his death was concealed 
for twenty-two years... In telling our story, we are concerned 
that neither the personal pain this family has experienced nor 
the moral and political outrage we feel be slighted. Only in this 
way can Frank Olson's death become part of American memory 
and serve the purpose of political and ethical reform so urgently 
needed in our society." 
For their complicity in Olson's death, Gottlieb and his team 
received a verbal reprimand that was not recorded in their 
personnel files. 
The Olson 
story was 
not 
over. 
Forensic 
scientists 
investigating the case exhumed the man's body in 1994. They 
reported 
that 
they 
found skull 
fractures 
that 
suggested 
homicide, rather than an accident. One can only speculate about 
what really happened to Frank Olson. Was he threatening to 
blow the whistle on MKULTRA the night of his death? [9] 
Freemason Dr. Paul Hoch was another person involved in 
investigating LSD for the CIA. Hoch was a member of the 
American Eugenics Society, and co-director, with former-Nazi 
eugenicist Franz Kallman, of research at Columbia University's 
New York State Psychiatric Institute. Hoch and Kallman worked 
under the direction of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry's Field 
Representative of Research on Dementia Praecox, Dr. Nolan D.C. 
Lewis. Hoch was also appointed State Mental Hygiene 
Commissioner by New York Governor Averell Harriman, and was 
reappointed to the position by Governor Nelson Rockefeller. 
Another MKULTRA mastermind was 33rd degree Freemason 
Robert Hanna Felix, director of psychiatric research for the 
Scottish Rite and NIMH director from 1949 to 1963. Using CIA 
funds, Felix personally oversaw the experiments of Dr. Harris 
Isbell, who gave black prison inmates LSD for 75 consecutive 
days, tripling and quadrupling the dosage when the inmates 
demonstrated drug tolerance, and where drug-induced sleep 
was periodically interrupted by electroshock. 
According to the Senate subcommittee testimony of former 
inmate James Childs, volunteers for the Isbell project were paid 
off with heroin. Childs said, "You knock on this little door, and 
the guy would look out... and I would say, 'I want 15 milligrams.' 
83 
He would say, 'Where do you want it? In your arm, your skin or 
your vein?' Everybody that was on the research... got the payoff 
of the drug." [10] 
In 1953, Los Angeles psychiatrist Dr. Nick Bercel was 
contacted by the CIA and asked to determine how much LSD it 
would take to send the entire population of the City of the 
Angels on a trip. Bercel's results were disappointing: he found 
that chlorine in the water supply neutralized the drug. The CIA, 
according to internal documents, went right to work on a 
version of LSD that would not be affected by chlorine. [11] 
The CIA may have actually attempted the acid dosing of a 
town somewhat earlier. At Pont-Saint-Esprit, France, in 1951, 
the whole town suddenly went crazy. 
Many persons died during the course of the unexplained 
hysteria, and hallucinogenic after-effects were felt by the 
townspeople for weeks. Although the incident is usually 
attributed to the effects of ergot contaminated rye flour, the date 
of the occurrencenear the beginning of CIA interest in LSDis 
more than interesting. 
A similar, although less deadly incident took place in the U.S. 
in 1989, when 600 junior and senior high school students were 
preparing for a music program in Santa Monica, California. A 
sudden rash of headaches, nausea, dizziness, and fainting 
affected about 250 students. Given the CIA and other 
intelligence agency's penchant for drug testing on civilians, it is 
not impossible that this was such another such case. [12] 
In the mid-1950s Operation BIG CITY in New York used a 
1953 Mercury automobile with a tailpipe extended 18 inches to 
emit a gas, probably LSD, into the streets. Another test in the 
same series 
tests were undertaken with battery powered 
emission equipment fitted into suitcases. The equipment was 
used to spray LSD in the New York subway system. An unnamed 
gas was released off of the Golden Gate Bridge about this time, 
although it is said to have dissipated in the wind without causing 
anyone any harm. 
In 1957 CIA Inspector General Lyman issued the following 
internal memo, stating that "precautions must be taken not only 
to protect the operations from exposure to enemy forces, but 
also to conceal these activities from the American public in 
general. The knowledge that the Agency is engaging in 
unethical and illicit activities would have serious repercussions 
in political and diplomatic circles and would be detrimental to 
the accomplishment." [13] 
From the beginning of the CIA's work with LSD there were 
84 
concerns about relying on the Swiss for their supply of the drug. 
While obtaining weekly supplies from Sandoz, the CIA was also 
funding the Eli Lilly company in the United States to synthesize 
the drug so as to ensure a steady supply. In 1954 Lilly 
announced that they had succeeded. A memo to Allen Dulles 
noted that with unlimited supplies, LSD could now be taken 
seriously as a chemical warfare agent, and that it could be bought 
in "tonnage quantities." [14] 
The most infamous of MKULTRA doctors was Dr. Donald 
Ewen Cameron. In 1942 the Rockefeller Foundation founded 
the Allen Memorial Institute at McGill University, located at 
gothic Ravenscrag, in Montreal, Canada. Dr. Cameron was 
placed in charge of the psychiatric division, and began 
experimentation straight out of the Rocky Horror Show, but 
lacking the wit. The program was funded by the Canadian 
military, the Rockefeller Foundation, the OSS, and later, the CIA. 
Cameron's training was at the Royal Mental Hospital in 
Glasgow, Scotland, under Sir David Henderson, a eugenicist. 
Cameron went on to found the World Federation of Mental 
Health's Canadian division, in association with his friend, 
Tavistock's Brigadier General John Rawlings Rees, and to 
become arguably the most influential psychiatrist on the planet. 
He became president of just about every psychiatric organization 
there was at the time; the Canadian, American, and World 
Psychiatric Organizations, the Quebec Psychiatric Association, 
the American Psychopathological Association, and the Society of 
Biological Psychiatry. Cameron was no rogue in the field of 
psychiatry, but instead one of its most influential leaders. [15] 
Colonel L. Fletcher Prouty, a Pentagon liaison to the CIA at 
the time of Cameron's experiments, in 1992 stated: "If you get a 
hold of a directory for the American Psychiatric Association in 
around 1956 or 1957, you'll be surprised to find that an 
enormous percentage of the individuals listed are foreign-born. 
Mostly they came out of Germany and Eastern Europe in a big 
wave. They were all called 'technical specialists,' but really they 
were psychiatrists. They went 
into 
jobs at universities 
mostlybut many were working on these 'unconventional' mind 
control programs for U.S. intelligence... These would go to 
people like Dr. Cameron in Canada." [16] 
In 1957 Cameron submitted a grant application to "the 
Society for the Investigation of Human Ecology," also known as 
the "Human Ecology Fund," a CIA front working out of the 
Cornell University Medical School in New York City. Cameron's 
application proposed the funding of experimentation involving: 
85 
"i. The breaking down of ongoing patterns of the patient's 
behavior by means of particularly intensive electroshocks 
(depatterning). 
"ii. The intensive repetition (16 hours a day for 6 or 7 days) 
of the prearranged verbal signal. 
"iii. During this period of intensive repetition the patient is 
kept in partial sensory isolation. 
"iv. Repression of the driving period is carried out by putting 
the patient, after the conclusion of the period, into continuous 
sleep for 7-10 days." 
After receiving the requested funding of $60,000, Cameron 
and his underlings employed these and a wide variety of other 
mind-blasting techniques on subjects who had in many cases not 
volunteered for experimentation. Those techniques, seemingly 
more suited for the torture of prisoners of war than for the 
rehabilitation of Canadian citizens, 
included 
the 
"sleep 
treatment" developed by Hassan Azima at the Institute, and the 
administering of Thorazine and barbiturates on a continuous 
basis so that patients would sleep 20 to 22 hours a day. 
Using the British Page-Russell electroconvulsive technique, 
Cameron would put victims into drug induced coma for weeks, 
waking them to administer a one-second electroshock, followed 
by from five to nine additional jolts depending on the itchiness 
of his trigger finger. Cameron increased the voltage normally 
administered by practitioners of this technique, and the number 
of shock sessions from one to two or three per day. Predictably, 
patients given this kind of treatment were often reduced to a 
vegetables. [17] 
Another of Cameron's strategies was to place his victims into 
sensory deprivation chambers for up to 65 days, devastating 
them with LSD, then using "psychic driving," in which a 
repetitive phrase taken from the emotionally charged material 
they had told to a psychiatrist would be played through a pillow 
with 
unremovable 
earphones. Cameron documented his 
researches in psychic driving, funded by the Department of 
Health and Welfare between 1961-64, in research papers titled 
"Study of Factors which Promote or Retard Personality Change 
in Individuals Exposed to Prolonged Repetition of Verbal 
Signals," and "The Effects upon Human Behavior of the 
Repetition of Verbal Signals". [18] 
According to one psychiatrist, Cameron's theory was "the 
ways in which people behave are determined by some sort of 
nervous system arrangements in the brain. Since psychotherapy 
can   change   behavior,   the   neural   arrangements   must   be 
86 
reversible." 
Cameron himself "wondered whether the behavior patterns 
of adults could be erased by a physiologic process that attacked 
neural patterns. Could adults be made theoretically patternless? 
Could they be returned to a state of neurologic and psychologic 
infancy for a short period, and then could new patterns of 
behavior be introduced?" Does one detect the flavor of 
Tavistock here? 
By 1960 Cameron had developed his techniques, which he 
termed "ultra-conceptual communication," into something even 
more horrific. The period of psychic driving was increased to 
16 hours a day for 20 to 30 days and patients were dosed with 
Sernyl to "block sensory input and produce underactivity." 
Sernyl is an extremely powerful drug used as an animal 
anesthetic. It produces "acute psychotic episodes and even the 
danger of chronic psychosis in humans." [19] 
Although standards for medical experimentation had been 
clearly defined at Nuremberg almost ten years before Cameron's 
funding by the CIA, specifically requiring "informed consent" by 
subjects, subjects at the Allen Memorial Institute did not sign 
consent forms, nor did they in most cases have any idea of what 
they were getting into. This was the standard, rather than the 
exception, during most MKULTRA research, in fact. 
Two of Cameron's assistants were Leonard Rubenstein, "an 
electrical whiz of Cockney descent who lacked medical 
bonafides," who effused about the possibilities of equipment 
"that will keep tabs on people without their knowing," and Dr. 
Walter Freeman, who had performed 4,000 frontal lobotomies in 
20 years, reportedly on persons often suffering only from 
depression or paranoia. Freeman went on to become a highly 
successful brain specialist working for many years in San 
Francisco. [20] 
In 1979 a public interest legal case was launched against the 
CIA for their activities during the MKULTRA period, with details 
of the lawsuit appearing in the Hamline Journal of Public Law 
and Policy. Dr. Paul Termansen appeared in court as an expert 
witness, and described what had happened to Robert Logie, one 
of Cameron's patients at Ravenscrag: 
"Instead of a standard treatment, Mr. Logie underwent a 
series of experimental, highly controversial, procedures... Mr. 
Logie was not a suitable subject for any one of the experimental 
procedures he was subjected to, if, indeed, anyone would be 
suited for such procedures. Most certainly, no one would be 
suitable to the type of experimental procedures used at Allan 
87 
Memorial Institute at that time, unless they had volunteered to 
undergo those experimental procedures." 
Dr. Termanson said that after being subjected to Cameron's 
experiments, "existence could best be termed marginal... He 
managed to function, work, and exist, but barely." 
Another expert witness in the trial, Dr. Brian Doyle, provided 
information on the case of Rita Zimmerman, who was 
"depatterned" by Cameron with 30 electroshocks, had 56 days 
of drug-induced sleep, was subjected to 14 days of negative 
"psychic driving," and then was given 18 days of positive 
"psychic driving."   Dr. Doyle said, 
"Mrs. Zimmerman was not a candidate for electroshock 
therapy, much less the intensive 'depatterning' procedures that 
were so disruptive as to leave her incontinent as to bladder and 
bowel... The 
intensive electro-shocks 
that were used 
to 
'depattern' Mrs. Zimmerman were clearly experimental, as was 
the entire 
'depatterning' procedure that was carried to an 
extreme in her case. The nearly two months of drug-induced 
sleep and over one month of 'psychic driving' Mrs. Zimmerman 
underwent were equally extreme applications of clearly 
experimental procedures... The experimental 
'depatterning,' 
prolonged drug induced sleep and 'psychic driving' procedures 
used on Mrs. Zimmerman would inevitably cause injury to her 
mental and physical health." 
Doyle 
commented 
similarly on 
the 
case of Florence 
Langleben, who had received electroshocks and LSD, 43 days of 
drugged sleep, and 43 days of psychic driving: 
"Mrs. Langleben was not a candidate 
for electroshock 
therapy, much less the intensive 'depatterning' procedures... 
The intensive electroshocks that were used to 'depattern' Mrs. 
Langleben were clearly experimental, as was 
the entire 
'depatterning procedure. The six weeks of drug-induced sleep 
and six weeks of 'psychic driving' Mrs. Langleben underwent 
were equally extreme applications of clearly experimental 
procedures... The experimental 'depatterning,' prolonged drug 
induced sleep and 'psychic driving' procedures used on Mrs. 
Langleben would inevitably cause injury to her mental and 
physical health." [21] 
Another of Cameron's many victims was Mary Morrow, whose 
background was in nursing. After completing a residency in 
neurology at the University of Michigan she approached 
Cameron for a fellowship at Allan Memorial. According to a legal 
document filed in Washington, D.C., "Because Cameron thought 
she appeared  'nervous,' he   told Dr.  Morrow  that a medical 
88 
examination would be required before her application could be 
considered. Dr. Morrow was then hospitalized at the Royal 
Victoria Hospital, a facility affiliated with McGill University and 
the Allan Memorial Institute. After she left the Royal Victoria 
Hospital, Dr. Morrow was admitted as a paying patient at the 
Allan Memorial Institute on May 6, 1960, and placed under 
Cameron's care. For an eleven day period from May 19, 1960, 
through May 29, 1960, Dr. Morrow was subjected 
to 
depatterning 
experiments 
employing 
Page-Russell 
electroconvulsive shock treatments and a variety of barbiturates, 
specifically thorazine and anectine. The combination of these 
drugs produced a condition of brain anoxia [insufficient oxygen 
reaching the brain] in Dr. Morrow and on June 17, 1960, she 
was transferred, at her family's insistence, to the medical 
department of the Royal Victoria Hospital, where she was 
diagnosed as suffering from acute laryngeal edema [a severe 
allergic reaction to the drugs]." 
Similar experimentation was taking place elsewhere. Forty- 
two-year-old 
tennis professional Harold Blauer had been 
suffering from depression after a divorce.     On December 5, 
1952, he checked himself into a psychiatric hospital in 
Manhattan. Unbeknownst to Blauer, the hospital had contracted 
with the U.S. Army for a chemical warfare test with mescaline 
derivatives. Lacking any 
information as 
to whether 
the 
derivatives had ever been tested on humans, a doctor at the 
hospital injected Blauer five times with the concoction. Records 
show that for a while Blauer seemed to be experiencing some 
improvement, although it is questionable how mescaline might 
have contributed. Whatever the case, the experimentation on 
Blauer was continued until the  fifth injection  on January 8, 
1953. That dosage was sixteen times the strength of the first 
injection. Blauer began to sweat and then went into convulsions, 
frothing at the mouth. The man lapsed into a coma and was 
pronounced dead two hours later. 
The hospital did not inform Blauer's relatives that he had 
been the unwitting victim of a chemical warfare experiment, 
instead saying that he had died of an "overdose of a drug." 
When Blauer's family sued, the claim was settled for $18,000, 
half of it provided by the government through the hospital, on 
the condition that the the nature of the experimentation done 
on Blauer be kept secret by the hospital from the family and the 
world. [22] 
Early on, the CIA had come to the conclusion that for truly 
realistic results it was necessary to test LSD outside of the lab, 
89 
on persons in real-life situations. Harry Anslinger, head of the 
Federal Narcotics Bureau, supervised one such operation, run by 
George Hunter White, a narcotics officer who had organized a 
spy training school during World War II. Using CIA funding, 
White rented an apartment in Greenwich Village, and equipped 
it with surveillance equipment and two-way mirrors. White, 
posing alternately as a seaman and as an artist, 
lured 
unsuspecting persons back to his apartment and gave them LSD. 
The large number of adverse reactions to the acidsome 
requiring the subjects to have weeks of hospitalizationcaused 
White to code name the drug "Stormy." 
In 1955 White transferred his base of operation, and set up 
two experimental LSD launching pads in San Francisco. This 
was the period of Operation Midnight Climax, in which White 
paid prostitutes to bring customers to one of these unsafe- 
houses for unconventional action. The drinks of the unwitting 
participants were laced with LSD and their actions were 
observed by White, who sat behind a two-way mirror on a 
portable toilet with a drink in his hand. San Francisco Narco 
Bureau agents would also take advantage of Midnight Climax, 
sampling both the drugs and their purveyors. 
White's activities continued until 1963, when CIA Inspector 
General John Earman found out about Midnight Climax during 
routine Technical Services inspections. Although an extended 
period of Agency soul-searching followed in the wake of 
revelations 
about 
safehouse 
experiments, 
the 
operations 
continued until at least 1966, when White retired from the 
Narcotics Bureau. 
White reminisced about his CIA mission, in a quote made 
famous by chroniclers of the CIA and mind control: "I was a very 
minor missionary, actually a heretic, but I toiled wholeheartedly 
in the vineyards because it was fun, fun, fun. Where else could a 
red-blooded American boy lie, kill, cheat, steal, rape, and pillage 
with the sanction and blessing of the All-Highest?" [23] 
One prominent victim of MKULTRA was Philip Graham, a 
graduate of 
the Army Intelligence School at Harrisburg, 
Pennsylvania, and the owner and publisher of the Washington 
Post and Newsweek magazine. Graham made the mistake of 
attacking the American news media in a speech to a meeting of 
publishers in January, 1963. Leslie Farber, a psychiatrist from 
the CIA's Chestnut Lodge, was dispatched to deal with Graham. 
Graham was drugged and flown to Maryland where after 10 days 
he was released, only to be returned to Chestnut Lodge in June. 
Released into the custody of his wife in August, he was found 
90 
shot to death - allegedly a suicide. His will was declared void 
because of insanity, and Katherine Graham, his widow, inherited 
the Washington Post and Newsweek. [24] 
Early 
in 
the 
research of mind control 
techniques, 
the 
"disposal problem" was encountered, i.e. how to get rid of 
persons who had been the subject of mind control programs. 
One way of dealing with these persons was to put them, 
according to an Agency document, "in maximum custody until 
either operations have progressed to the point where their 
knowledge is no longer highly sensitive, or the knowledge they 
possess in general will be of no use to the enemy." Other means 
of disposal were putting them into mental institutions, slipping 
them a lobotomy, or in certain cases "termination with extreme 
prejudice," killing them. 
In two series of tests, in 1958 and in 1959-60, U.S. Army 
Intelligence, in conjunction with the Army Chemical Corps and 
the CIA, began a program of testing of LSD and other 
psychoactive compounds at the Medical Research Laboratories at 
Edgewood Arsenal. The focus of the testing was on "unwitting 
test reaction" with the intention to find out how an LSD-dosed 
soldier would fare during interrogation. 
Groups of military personnel were given EA-1729, the Army's 
code designation for LSD, then filmed while interrogators tried 
to pry forth classified information from them. There were also 
"Memory Impairment Tests", evaluating the ability of the 
subjects to recall information that had been previously imparted, 
and drills in skills including tank driving, anti-aircraft tracking, 
and field maneuvers. 
After the first phase of testing, a letter was sent from the 
Chief of the Clinical Division at Edgewood to the Commanding 
General of the Army Intelligence Center extolling the brilliant 
results of the acid tests. Also recommended was that "actual 
application of the material [LSD] be utilized in real situations on 
an experimental basis, if possible." 
U.S. Army Intelligence encouraged Edgewood to go ahead 
with the field testing: "This headquarters has forwarded your 
letter to the Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence (ACSI), 
Department of the Army, concurring in your recommendation 
that actual application of the material be utilized in real 
situations on an experimental basis." 
In correspondence 
between the Director of Medical Research at Edgewood and the 
Commander, Chemical Warfare Labs, it was indicated that the 
plan was to use LSD outside of the U.S. or on foreign nationals. 
On August 8,   1960,  the   Office of Assistant Chief of Staff 
91 
Intelligence Liaison Team flew to Europe to brief intelligence 
agencies on the joint project. At least two programs resulted, 
the first being Operation THIRD CHANCE, a 90-day European 
project involving the administering of LSD to foreign nationals 
and one American soldier who had allegedly stolen classified 
documents. Operation DERBY HAT was a similar project 
planned to take place in Hawaii, although accounts of it are 
contradictory. One source says that the project was aborted, 
while another states that an Army Special Purpose Team trained 
in LSD interrogations questioned seven alleged Japanese 
Communists, putting at least one of them into a coma. 
Testing was apparently done on unknowing Americans 
citizens, as well. These experiments were reportedly reserved 
for small groups of individuals, although there were suggestions 
of larger scale testing taking place at some point in the future. 
The Chemical Corps' Major General Creasy remembered, " I 
was attempting to put on, with a good cover story, to test to see 
what would happen in subways, for example, when a cloud was 
laid down on a city. It was denied on reasons that always 
seemed a little absurd to me." [25] 
Records show that Chemical Corps officers were routinely 
given acid during their training at Fort McClellan, Alabama. 
Other tests of LSD on army personnel were conducted at the 
Aberdeen Proving Ground in Maryland; Dugway Proving Ground 
in Utah; Fort Leavenworth, Kansas; and Fort Benning, in Georgia. 
By 
the mid-1960s at 
least 1,500 army personnel are 
documented as having been used in Chemical Corps LSD 
experiments. 
Other researchers that were funded by the military included 
Charles Savage at the Naval Medical Research Institute, Amedeo 
Marrazzi of the University of Minnesota and Missouri Institute of 
Psychiatry, James Dille of the University of Washington, Gerald 
Klee of the University of Maryland Medical School, Neil Burch of 
Baylor University, Henry Beecher of Harvard and Massachusetts 
General Hospital, and Paul Hoch and James Cattell of the New 
York State Psychiatric Institute. [26] 
Soon the Army would go on to bigger, but not necessarily 
better things. Hoffmann-La Roche, a pharmaceutical company in 
Nutley, New Jersey, was the army's source for a new 
psychoactive compound, quinuclidinyl benzilate: BZ. This is a 
drug with even more profound effects than LSD, effects that last 
for about three daysbut that have been known to last for six 
weeks. One army doctor noted of BZ that, "During the period of 
acute effects the  person is completely out of touch with his 
92 
environment." [27] 
Dr. Van Sim, who was chief of the Clinical Research Division 
at Edgewood Arsenal, routinely tested on himself all of the new 
drugs that he would later give to recruits. Sim reported of BZ, 
"It zonked me for three days. I kept falling down and the 
people at the lab assigned someone to follow me around with a 
mattress." 
Army testing of BZ began at Edgewood Arsenal in 1959, and 
continued until 1975. Dr. Solomon Snyder of Johns Hopkins 
University, who was involved in drug testing for the Chemical 
Corps, stated, "The army's testing of LSD was just a sideshow 
compared to its use of BZ." 
An estimated 2,800 soldiers were given BZ, with some of 
them suffering drug-related disabilities to this day. BZ, deployed 
in the grenades, mortar shells, and missiles, was allegedly also 
used in combat in Vietnam. [28] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. (Dell Paperback, New York, 
New York, 1977); Chaitkin, Anton. "British Psychiatry: From Eugenics 
to 
Assassination," EIR, October 7, 1994; Cannon, Martin, "The Controllers: A New 
Hypothesis of Alien Abductions", MUFON UFO Journal, Number 270, October, 
1990 
2. 
Constantine, 
Alex, 
Psychic 
Dictatorship 
in 
the 
U.S.A. 
(Portland, 
Oregon: Feral House, 1995); Marks, John, The Search for the "Manchurian 
Candidate": The CIA and Mind Control, (New York: Times Books, 1979); 
Chaitkin 
3. 
Stevens, Jay, Storming Heaven, LSD and the American Dream. (New 
York: Harper & Row, 1987) 
4. Chaitkin 
5. Quoted in Bowart 
6. White, Carol, The New Dark Ages Conspiracy. 
(New York: Benjamin 
Franklin House, 1984); Marks; Bowart 
7. Chaitkin; White; 
Stevens; Hougan, 
Jim, Secret Agenda. New York: 
Random House, 1984; Marks 
8. Chaitkin; Marks 
9. Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove Press, 1985); Marks; 
The Modesto Bee, July 26, 1994 
10. 
Smith, Caulfield, Crook, and Gershman, The Big Brother Book of 
Lists. (Los Angeles: Price/Stern/Sloan, 1984); Chaitkin 
11. 
Lee and Shlain 
12. "Messing with 
the Mass Mind," American 
Journal 
of 
Psychology, 
1989, otherwise undated clipping; Lee and Shlain 
13. Unattributed segment in Matrix III, Val Valerian, ed., 1992 
14. Stevens 
15. Chaitkin; Weinstein, M.D. Harvey M., 
Psychiatry 
and 
the 
CIA: 
Victims of Mind Control, (Washington, D.C.: American Psychiatric Press, 1990) 
16. 
Prouty, Colonel L. Fletcher.   Cited in Constantine, Alex,   Psychic 
93 
Dictatorship in the U.S.A. (Portland, Oregon: Feral House. Portland,  1995) 
17. 
Rauh and Turner, "Anatomy of a Publie Interest Case Against the 
CIA," Hamline Journal of Public Law and Policy, Fall 1990; Chaitkin; 
Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. (Portland, Oregon: Feral 
House, 1995; Weinstein) 
18. 
Chaitkin; 
Anonymous 
untitled 
research 
paper, 
Stockholm: 
Mediaecco, 1993; Weinstein 
19. Weinstein 
20. Constantine 
21. Rauh and Turner 
22. Bresler, Fenton, Who Killed John Lennon? New York: St. Martin's 
Press, 1989 
23. Lee and Shlain 
24. Chaitkin; Constantine, Alex, 
"Operation Mockingbird: The CIA 
and 
the Media," Prevailing Winds Magazine, Number 3, 1997; Dr. John Coleman, 
Conspirator's Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. (Carson City, 
Nevada: America West Publishers, 1992) 
25. Lee and Shlain 
26. Marks 
27. Lee 
and Shlain; Victorian, Armen, 
"U.S. Army 
Intelligence Mind 
Control Experiments", Lobster magazine, number 23 
28. Lee and Shlain 
 
Dr. Louis Jolyon "Jolly" West: Mind control 
programmer? 
94 
Chapter 12: 
BRAVE NEW WORLD 
ORDER 
Beginning about 1950, an ambitious project was launched by 
Tavistock for the massive LSD intoxication of the population of 
the United States. Aldous Huxley, who spearheaded the 
Tavistock LSD project, was the grandson of Thomas H. Huxley, 
one of the founders of the Rhodes Round Table group. Huxley 
had been tutored by H.G. Wells, that vocal proponent of the Open 
Conspiracy, and was a long term collaborator with Arnold 
Toynbee, a fifty-year member of the RIIA council, as well as the 
head of the British intelligence Research Division. To grasp 
Toynbee's politics, 
in 1971 he stated 
that a Bolshevik 
dictatorship of the world was necessary before a benevolent one 
world order could be instituted. 
The new Tavistock project was intended to inject a euphoria- 
producing chemical on a widespread basis in America. Huxley's 
purposes in the dissemination of LSD in the United States may 
have been betrayed in the following statement: 
"Now 
let 
us 
consider 
another 
kind 
of 
drugstill 
undiscovered, but probably just around the cornera drug 
capable of making people happy in situations where they would 
normally feel miserable. Such a drug would be a blessing, but a 
blessing fraught with grave political dangers. By making a 
harmless chemical euphoric freely available, a dictator could 
reconcile an entire population to a state of affairs to which self- 
respecting human beings ought not to be reconciled..." [1] 
Elsewhere, Huxley stated it more succinctly: "There will be 
in the next generation or so, a pharmacological method of 
making people love their servitude, and producing... a kind of 
painless concentration camp for entire societies." [2] 
Finally, if there is any doubt about Huxley's beliefs, in Brave 
New World Revisited he stated, 
"The twenty-first century... will be the era of the World 
Controllers... The older dictators fell because they could never 
supply their   subjects with   enough bread,   enough circuses, 
95 
enough miracles and mysteries. Under a scientific dictatorship 
education will really workwith the result that most men and 
women will grow up to love their servitude and will never dream 
of revolution. There seems to be no good reason why a 
thoroughly scientific dictatorship should ever be overthrown.'' 
[3] 
The decadent Huxley had been a member of the Children of 
the Sun, a British drug and homosexuality cult whose roster of 
members illustrates a number of ideologies shared by British 
one-world elitists at that time and now. Among the other 
members of the group were the Nazi-sympathetic Prince of 
Wales, later to be Edward VIII; fascist Sir Oswald Mosely; the 
Mitford sisters (one the wife of Mosley, the other a bedmate of 
Hitler); George Orwell, British intelligence agent and the author 
of 1984. (Orwell's 1984 is usually cited as a protest against 
totalitarian socialism, but in fact Orwell himself was a socialist 
who was protesting, as he said, certain excesses that had taken 
place in Russia). 
Other members of the Children of the Sun included Huxley's 
homosexual lover, author D.H. Lawrence, and Guy Burgess, Soviet 
spy and member of the Apostles communist homosexual 
conclave at Cambridge (dubbed "a homosexual Freemasonry"), 
that spawned a Soviet spy cabal at the highest levels of British 
intelligence. 
Another member of the Apostles was the famous Reilly, "Ace 
of Spies," a bisexual whoaccording to Reilly biographer Robin 
Bruce Lockhartset up the Soviet spy group at Trinity College, 
Cambridge through which Western intelligence was massively 
compromised. Members of this group included spies Anthony 
Blunt, Burgess, Maclean, and others. Reilly's view may be 
gauged by a letter he wrote to Lockhart's father on the topic of 
"Bolshevism": 
"I believe that... it is bound by a process of evolution to 
conquer the world, as Christianity and the ideas of the French 
Revolution have done before it... and that nothingleast of all 
violent reactionary forcescan stem its ever-rising tide... the 
much decried and so little understood 'Soviets' which are the 
outward expression of Bolshevism as applied to practical 
government, are the nearest approach I know of, to a real 
democracy based upon true social justice and that they may be 
destined 
to 
lead 
the world 
to 
the highest 
ideal of 
statesmanshipInternationalism." [4] 
Huxley had earlier collaborated with Major John Rawlings 
Rees of the Tavistock Institute, and with cultural anthropologist 
96 
Bronislaw Malinowski in a project dubbed "Mass Observation." 
This was an anthropological survey of the British Isles, patterned 
after similar surveys of primitive cultures. [5] 
Although Huxley had personally used drugsthere are rumors 
that he was initiated in the use of opium by Aleister Crowley in 
Berlin in the 1920she was introduced to the hallucinogen 
mescaline in 1952 by family friend and CIA-funded Dr. 
Humphrey Osmond. Huxley came to the U.S. accompanied by 
Osmond, who was immediately ushered into Dulles' MKULTRA. 
Huxley, Osmond, and the University of Chicago's Robert 
Hutchins immediately began planning for a mescaline project to 
be funded by the Ford Foundation, although this project was 
later called off due to objections from the head of the foundation. 
[6] 
In 1953, one month after the creation of MKULTRA, Huxley 
was given LSD by Osmond. Huxley was overwhelmed by "the 
most extraordinary and significant experience this side of the 
Beatific Vision." Although Huxley was perhaps a sincere 
advocate of the mysticism-inducing properties of LSD, the 
sociopolitical implications of the drug did not escape him. 
Huxley prepared the American population for LSD with 
articles like "The Doors of Perception," and sponsored a project 
at Stanford University where students were dosed with 
hallucinogenics. Two of Huxley's early acid collaborators were 
Alan Watts, who popularized his own brand of Zen satori based 
on a quart of gin a day, and Gregory Bateson, who had been an 
anthropologist with the OSS, and who started an LSD clinic at 
the Palo Alto Veterans Administration Hospital in California. 
Huxley was also in contact with MKULTRA heavyweight Dr. 
Louis 
Jolyon West.   [7] 
Huxley was to be the first director of the United Nations 
Economic, Social, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), whose 
constitution was written by Bonesman Archibald McLeash. 
UNESCO has been a major phalanx in the New World Order 
program, advocating the "appropriate technology" of windmills 
and solar power rather than industry for the Third World, and 
mass sterilization drives implemented in those same countries. 
Huxley collaborator Keith Ditman provided author Ken Kesey 
with an unlimited supply of LSD, and it was from this small 
group that arose Kesey's guerrilla theatrical Merry Pranksters 
and the Grateful Dead, a rock band that still commands a large 
cultic following after the demise of its leader. According to a 
1968 FBI memorandum, Jerry Garcia, the leader of the Grateful 
Dead, was employed "to channel youth dissent and rebellion into 
97 
more benign and non-threatening directions."   [8] 
A collaborator with Huxley in the acid infusion of the world 
was the spy, Captain Alfred M. Hubbard, who had given up 
American citizenship for Canadian prior to World War II. 
Characterized as a "mystery man" by those who knew him, and 
as a veritable "Johnny Appleseed of LSD" in most studies, his 
verified background is informative. 
Hubbard was "a high-level OSS officer" who acted as a money 
conduit to a large number of European spy operations, and who 
directed the large scale smuggling of weapons to Great Britain 
prior to Pearl Harbor. He also worked for the Treasury 
Department, the Federal Narcotics bureau, and the Food and the 
Drug Administration. Hubbard is said to have worked with the 
Mafiaactually, sometimes the differentiation between these 
organizations is tenuousbeing "able to ingratiate himself with 
both sides during Prohibition," according to one history of the 
period. At one time he became deputy chief of security for the 
Tropicana Hotel in Las Vegas. 
Hubbard was the first large scale distributor of LSD to the 
world, reportedly amassing the world's largest stockpile of the 
drug outside of the CIA, and crossing and re-crossing the North 
American continent like a mysterious Rosicrucian of old, giving 
LSD to anyone and everyone who was willing to take it. 
Osmond and Hubbard participated in a program to give 
political 
leaders 
in America LSDwithout severing his 
connections and ongoing projects with various intelligence 
agencies. Although the details of this program are secret, an 
associate of Hubbard's has said that it "affected the thinking of 
the political leadership of North America." Participants in the 
program 
included a prime minister, UN representatives, 
members of British parliament, and assistants to heads of state. 
Hubbard, oddly enough retaining a staunchly conservative 
bent throughout his proselytizing and distribution of LSD, led 
raids for the FDA on LSD labs characterized by his apologists as 
being run by "rebel chemists." Imagine, a rebel chemist having 
the audacity to make LSD. 
One associate of Hubbard's was New World Order theorist 
Willis Harmon of the Stanford Research Institute. SRI had 
earlier received grants from the U.S. Army to research chemical 
incapacitants. When visited by a 
representative of 
the 
underground press at SRI in the early 1970s, Harmon told the 
man, "There's a war going on between your side and mine. And 
my side is not going to lose." 
In    1968    Harmon  invited   Hubbard to   join   the   Stanford 
98 
Research Institute as a "special investigative agent." According 
to Harmon, "Our investigations of some of the current social 
movements affecting education indicate that the drug usage 
prevalent among student members of the New Left is not 
entirely undesigned. Some of it appears to be present as a 
deliberate weapon aimed at political change. We are concerned 
with assessing the significance of this as it impacts on matters of 
long-range educational policy. In this connection it would be 
advantageous to have you considered in the capacity of a special 
investigative agent who might have access to relevant data which 
is not ordinarily available." Perhaps it is my cynicism that gives 
the above paragraph a decided tongue-in-cheek quality. 
Hubbard took on the job for SRI, which lasted through the 
70s, at $100 per day. 
The most high profile of all LSD proponents was, of course, 
counterculture hero Timothy Leary. Leary met Aldous Huxley at 
Stanford University and became his protege. While at the 
University of California from 1953-56, and employed by the U.S. 
Public Health Service from 1954-58, Leary received grants for 
his research from NIMH. 
Leary subsequently was appointed as a lecturer at Harvard, 
where he was noticed by Dr. Harry Murray, who was in charge of 
the Personality Assessments department of the OSS during 
World War II. Although Leary and his biographers tiptoe around 
the matter, funding for his drug experiments while at Harvard 
came from the CIA, substantiated by the following quote from 
Walter Bowart, in the second edition of his Operation Mind 
Control: 
"...At first he denied that any of his psychedelic research 
projects at Harvard were funded by the government. Yet when I 
finally sat with him face-to-face after Operation Mind Control 
had been published (1979), and naively asked him if he was 
'witting' or 'unwitting' of his collaboration with the CIA, Leary 
answered with: 'Who would you work for, the Yankees or the 
Dodgers?   I mean who was I supposed to work for, the KGB?'" 
[9] 
Leary first administered LSD to prison inmates at 
the 
Massachusetts Correctional Institute, at Concord. Money for the 
project came from the Uris Brothers Foundation in New York 
City, and was doled out by Harvard to Leary. The results of 
Leary's Concord experiments were published in a 1962 paper 
titled, "How to Change Behavior." 
The man who some have called Leary's "guru" and who Leary 
himself acknowledged as being a British intelligence agent was 
99 
Michael Hollingshead, a friend of Huxley's who had worked for 
the British Cultural Exchange and had acquired a gram of LSD, 
enough of 
the chemical 
for 10,000 
trips. Hollingshead, 
dispatched by Huxley, was the man who turned Leary on to acid. 
According to one account of the period, "Not knowing quite 
where to turn, he latched onto Hollingshead as his guru. Leary 
followed him around for days on end, treating the Englishman 
with awe. He was convinced that this pot-bellied, chain 
smoking prankster whose face was pink-veined from alcohol was 
a messenger from the Good Lord Himself." 
Hollingshead later turned on most of the English rock music 
scene to acid. While in Wormswood Scrubs prison in England 
for 21 months for possession of hashish, Hollingshead made the 
acquaintance of George Blake, a convicted agent of the KGB. 
Hollingshead guided Blake in an LSD session, and a few weeks 
later the spy escaped from the prison and fled to Moscow. [10] 
Leary and Richard Alpert (later, Baba Ram Dass, after that 
plain Ram Dass) were fired from Harvard in 1963Alpert for 
giving acid to an undergraduate, Leary for missing a committee 
meetingalthough the duo then carried on their research in 
Mexico. Expelled from Mexico, they moved their base of 
operations to Millbrook, New York, where Leary unveiled his 
acid guru persona to the millions in the hippie movement. 
Mary Pinchot Meyer, a longtime friend of Leary, ex-wife of 
top CIA agent Cord Meyer, and a mistress of JFK, told Leary that, 
"dissident organizations in academia are... being controlled. The 
CIA creates the radical journals and student organizations and 
runs them with deep cover agents." Although this was difficult 
for Leary to believe, no doubt causing him to think that Meyer 
was a paranoid conspiracy freak, the statement was confirmed 
for him by an article in the February 1967 Ramparts magazine, 
detailing CIA funding and control of the National Student 
Association. [11] 
A major Leary benefactor was stockbroker William Mellon 
Hitchcock, heir to the Gulf Oil fortune and nephew of Pittsburgh 
financier Andrew Mellon. Hitchcock turned over Millbrook, a 
4,000 acre estate in Dutchess County, New York to Leary's 
International Federation for Internal Freedom. Aside from their 
ranking among the rich and famous, the Mellon family has many 
connections to the American intelligence community, and 
Mellon family foundations have frequently been used as conduits 
for CIA money. Several members of the family were members of 
the OSS, and Richard Helms was a frequent guest of the Mellons 
while he was CIA director. [12] 
100 
According to one account of the period, "Billy Hitchcock, the 
millionaire padrone, never 
really entered 
into 
the close 
camaraderie of the Millbrook circle," but still maintained close 
contact with his old friends, brokers and bankers and investors. 
Sympathetic accounts of the period are generally blind to the 
more arcane political underpinnings of the acid era, but in this 
one the authors wonder, "Was he simply a millionaire acid buff, a 
wayward son of the ruling class who dug Leary's trip? Or did he 
have something else up his sleeve?" 
Hitchcock, by my lights, had plenty up his sleeve. He was an 
associate of Bernie Cornfeld and Seymour ("The Head") Lazare, 
directors of the Swiss-based Investors Overseas Services (IOS), a 
money laundry for the Mafia, Third World dictators, and the CIA. 
When a financial shortage was perceived at IOS, their assets 
were 
transferred 
to Robert Vesco, whose network of 
corporations are alleged to have been a CIA front by William 
Spector, a former CIA operative. 
Hitchcock was also the single largest investor in the Meyer 
Lansky-linked Resorts International, which in 1970 evolved a 
private intelligence operation known as Intertel, sprung from 
the same FBI Division Five and British intelligence nexus as 
Permindex, the umbrella corporation that apparently ran the 
John F. Kennedy hit. These connections will be explored later 
in this book. [13] 
Another of Hitchcock's associates was Ronald Hadley Stark, 
who appeared on the psychedelic scene in 1969 with yet 
another scheme to turn the entire world onto LSD. Stark was 
one more "mystery man," with a number of cover stories and a 
seemingly unending bankroll for travelling and maintaining an 
opulent lifestyle. He boasted that he worked for the CIA, and 
there is no reason to doubt him in this matter. 
Stark financed a lab in Belgium that was the single largest 
underground manufacturing source for LSD at that time. He was 
seen at the student uprising in Paris in 1968, and was also 
present at the student demonstrations and labor strikes in Milan 
in 1969. In the 1970s he lived a posh lifestyle in Italy, 
hobnobbing with Sicilian Mafiosi, espionage agents of various 
coloration, and terrorists. 
Stark was arrested by Italian police in Bologna in 1975, 
carrying what was suspected to be a vial of LSD, a key to a safe 
deposit box containing documents on the manufacture of acid, 
and friendly letters from a foreign service officer at the 
American embassy in London addressed to Stark's LSD lab in 
Belgium. 
101 
While in prison in Pisa, Stark arranged to inform on Renato 
Curcio of the Red Brigades, telling of a plot to assassinate Judge 
Francesco Coco of Genoa, who was going to preside over a trial 
of fifty Red Brigadesmen. In June of 1976 Judge Coco was 
murdered, as Stark had foretold. Another possible victim of the 
Red Brigades was Italian premier Aldo Moro. Information on 
Stark's involvement with this murder would later surface, as 
well as testimony linking Stark to a PLO plan to launch terrorist 
attacks on government embassies. 
Transferred to a jail in Bologna, Stark was the recipient of 
regular visits from British and American consulates, members of 
the Italian secret service, and the Libyan diplomatic corps. 
Stark was also in close contact with General Vito Miceli, who at 
the time was on the CIA payroll. It is interesting that the 
American government never attempted to extradite Stark, who 
was wanted on drug charges in the United States. 
In June 1978 a Bologna magistrate, Graziano Gori, was 
assigned to investigate Stark and his astounding web of 
associates. A few weeks later, Gori was killed in a car wreck. 
Later, Stark was charged with "armed banditry" for his 
connections to terrorist activities, but he was released from 
prison in April 1979 on the orders of Judge Giorgio Floridia. 
The reason for Floridia's order, according to the judge, was "an 
impressive series of scrupulously enumerated proofs" that Stark 
was CIA. 
By the late 1960s the supply of ergotamine, one of the 
ingredients of LSD, had pretty well dried up. Synchronistically, 
in 1964 Dow Chemical Company provided samples of the vastly 
more potent STP to the US Army Chemical Corps at Edgewood 
Arsenal. According to one chronicle of the period, "In early 
1967, for some inexplicable reason, the formula for STP was 
released 
to 
the scientific community at 
large... Shortly 
thereafter the drug was circulating in the hippie districts of San 
Francisco and New York." That "inexplicable reason" may have 
been hinted at in one of the thousands of CIA MKULTRA 
documents that were ordered shredded by CIA director Richard 
Helms, a classified manual titled "LSD: Some Un-Psychedelic 
Implications". 
Another drug that "inexplicably" found its way to the dealers, 
suddenly appearing in quantity in hippie conclaves around the 
U.S., was PCP, touted as being synthetic marijuana, but which 
was in fact "Angel Dust." The army had tested PCP on soldiers 
at Edgewood Arsenal in the late 1950s, and Dr. Ewen Cameron 
had used the drug on his subjects in his MKULTRA torture 
102 
garden. [14] 
John Starr Cooke was another 60s notable who functioned as 
a guru to some influentials in the Haight Ashbury scene. Cooke 
is alleged to have been a leading Scientology operative and 
reportedly was close to Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard in 
the early 50s. According to one account, Cooke was the first 
Scientology "Clear," although another man, John McMasters, 
was the person publicly touted in this role some years 
lateruntil he too had a falling out with "the fat boy" as he called 
Hubbard. Cooke's sister was married to Roger Kent, a leading 
light in the California Democratic Party, whose brother Sherman 
was head of the CIA's National Board of Estimates, and was CIA 
director Dulles' right hand man during the 50s. Cooke is said to 
have regularly hobnobbed with other CIA personnel. 
From his digs in Cuernavaca, Mexico, Cooke sent forth 
members of a small group who called 
themselves 
the 
Psychedelic Rangers, imbued with the mission of turning on the 
world to acid. Among persons who visited Cooke in Cuernavaca 
were Andrija Puharich, who ran drug experiments for the 
military in the 1950s and was a publicist for the Israeli spoon- 
bending psychic Uri Geller; and the wealthy Seymour ("The 
Head") Lazare, an associate of William Mellon Hitchcock, and 
with Bernie Cornfeld, a director of the Swiss-based Investors 
Overseas Service (IOS). [15] 
A CIA vampire hanging around the acid scene in the 60s was 
the omnipresentin mind control programsLouis Jolyon West, 
claimed to be the overall coordinator for all government mind 
control programs. West, like George Hunter White before him, 
rented a San Francisco safehouse to "study the hippies." One 
can only guess what kind of dirtywork he was up to. 
West has been employed over the years as a hired gun to 
promote whatever position the CIA wants promoted. After the 
Kennedy assassination and the murder of Oswald by Jack Ruby, 
he was interviewed and not surprisingly dwelt on Ruby's "lone 
nut" characteristics. On the day of the Oklahoma City bombing, 
West went on the Larry King show to talk about alleged bomber 
Tim McVeigh, again characterizing him as one more "lone nut," 
i.e. not involved in a conspiracy. West again appears in an article 
in Los Angeles magazine, after the alleged murder by O.J. 
Simpson of Nicole Simpson, a case rife with inconsistencies and 
unexplained associated murders that have not been mentioned, 
much less explained, by the media. In the article West invokes 
the highly imaginative "Othello Syndrome," where black men 
kill their white  spouses, due to their belief that "something 
103 
must be wrong  with  their Caucasian mates  lor  seeking  love 
beyond the racial pale." [16] 
In the acid-induced glow of the Flower Generation there 
were dissenting voices about the LSD experience, even famous 
ones. Some of the members of the earlier Beat Generationwho 
later became icons of the Flower Generationhad doubts about 
the usefulness of psychedelics, seeing early on that the drug 
could be used as for control as well as liberation. William 
Burroughsat one time active in Scientologywas given acid by 
Leary in Tangiers in 1961. He wrote of his misgivings about the 
drug in his book Nova Express, published in 1964: 
"At the immediate risk of finding myself the most unpopular 
character of all fictionand history is fictionI must say this: 
"Bring together state of newsInquire onward from state to 
doerWho monopolized Immortality? Who monopolized Cosmic 
Consciousness? Who monopolized Love Sex and Dream? Who 
monopolized Time, Life and Fortune? Who took from you what 
is yours? ...Listen: Their Garden of Delights is a terminal 
sewer...Their Immortality Cosmic Consciousness and Love is 
second-run grade-B shit... Stay out of the Garden of Delights... 
Throw back their ersatz Immortality... Flush their drug kicks 
down the drainthey are poisoning and monopolizing the 
hallucinogenic drugslearn to make it without any chemical 
corn." 
The poet Allen Ginsberg's 
initial 
reactions 
to LSD, 
administered to him by Dr. Charles Savage, who had worked on 
hallucinogenic experiments for the U.S. Navy, were similar to 
those of Burroughs. Given acid in a clinical environment in Palo 
Alto, California, Ginsberg said, "I thought that I was trapped in a 
giant web or network of forces beyond my control that were 
perhaps experimenting with me or were perhaps from another 
planet or were from some super-government or cosmic military 
or science fiction Big Brother." 
John Sinclair, of the White Panthers, was purged of his belief 
in the acid religion through experience: "It makes perfect sense 
to me. We thought at the time that as a result of our LSD- 
inspired activities great things would happen. And, of course, it 
didn't... They were up there moving that shit [i.e. LSD] around. 
Down on the street, nobody knew what was going on." 
Quite so. But even now, the identity of "they" has not been 
clarified.   "They" apparently, ultimately, was Tavistock. 
104 
NOTES: 
1. Huxley, Aldous, 
"The Doors of Perception," Collected Essays. 
(New 
York: Harper and Brothers, 1958) 
2. Cited 
in Smith, Caulfield, Crook, 
and Gershman, The Big Brother 
Book of Lists. (Los Angeles: Price/Stern, Sloan, 1984) 
 
3. Huxley, Aldous, Brave New World Revisited. Cited in Epperson, Ralph 
A., The New World Order. (Tucson, Arizona, Publius Press, 1990) 
4. Executive Intelligence Review, volume 14, number 23; Lockhart, Robin 
Bruce, Reilly: The First Man. (London, England: Penguin Books, 1987); Pincher, 
Chapman,  Too Secret, Too Long. (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1984) 
5. Editors of 
the Executive 
Intelligence Review, Dope, 
Inc. 
(Washington, 
D.C.: EIR, 1992) 
6. Editors of 
the Executive Intelligence Review; Horowitz and Palmer, ed. 
Moksha: Writings on Psychedelics and the Visionary Experience (1931-1963). 
(New York: Stonehill Publishing Company, 1977) 
7. Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove Press, 1985); Krupey, 
Greg, "The High & the Mighty," Steamshovel Press magazine, number 10 
8. 
White, Carol, The New Dark Ages Conspiracy. (New York: New 
Benjamin Franklin House, 1984); Hidell, Al, "Paranotes," Paranoia magazine, 
Winter 1995/1996 
9. 
Lee and Shlain; White; Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. (New 
York: Dell, 1977); Lee and Shlain; Bowart quote cited in "Honey, Did You Leave 
Your Brain Back at Langley Again? A Brief History of Modern Mind Control 
Technology," by Robert Guffey, Paranoia magazine, autumn 1997 
10. Lee and Shlain; Krupey 
11. Krupey 
12. Lee and Shlain 
13. Ibid; Editors of the Executive Intelligence Review 
14. Ibid. 
15. Ibid. 
16. Guffey 
105 
Implantable Transponder 
 
Chapter 13: 
CHANGING IMAGES 
The basic nature of the LSD infusion of the world was meant for, 
in a term that would only be publicized later, "Changing the 
Image of Man." 
In May, 1974 a study was released by the Stanford Research 
Institute titled Changing Images, prepared by the SRI Center for 
the Study of Social Policy, Willis Harmon, Director. This 301- 
page report was authored by 14 researchers, supervised by 23 
controllers, 
that 
included cultural anthropologist Margaret 
Mead, behaviorist B.F. Skinner, and Sir Geoffrey Vickers of the 
British armaments family and British intelligence. 
The basic point of the study was the same old New World 
Order news: the self-image of mankind must be changed away 
from industrial growth to spiritual values. According to the 
study, "Many of our present images appear to have become 
dangerously obsolescent, however. An image may be appropriate 
for one phase in the development of a society, but once that 
stage is accomplished, the use of the image as a continuing 
guide to action will likely create more problems than it solves... 
Science, technology and economics have made possible really 
significant strides toward achieving such basic human goals as 
physical safety and security, material comfort and better health. 
But many of these successes have brought with them problems 
of being 
too successfulproblems 
that 
themselves seem 
insoluble within the set of societal value-premises that led to 
their emergence... Our highly developed system of technology 
leads to higher vulnerability and breakdowns. Indeed the range 
and interconnected impact of societal problems that are now 
emerging pose a serious threat to our civilization... If [our] 
projections of the future prove correct, we can expect the 
associated problems of the trend to become more serious, more 
universal and to occur more rapidly." 
According to the Stanford study, "Images and fundamental 
conceptions   of   human nature   and   potentialities   can   have 
107 
enormous power in shaping the values and actions in a society 
We have attempted in this study to: 
"(1) Illuminate ways our present society, its citizens, and 
institutions have been shaped by the underlying myths and 
images of the past and present. 
"(2) Explore with respect to contemporary societal problems 
the deficiencies of currently held images of mankind and to 
identify needed characteristics of future images. 
"(3) Identify high-leverage activities that could facilitate the 
emergence of new images and new policy approaches to the 
resolution of key problems in society." 
I believe that dumping LSD on the populace of the planet was 
seen as one of those high-leverage activities. It was a way of 
turning the masses away from apolitical activism that might net 
them a share of the world pie, and toward the life of ecstatic 
mystic peasantry. 
The Tavistock-originated and CIA-funded Rand Corporation 
even sponsored studies reporting on the "changes in dogma- 
tism" and political motivation of LSD users. According to one 
report, authored by Rand's William McGlothlin, "If some of the 
subjects are drawn from extreme right or leftwing organizations. 
it may be possible to obtain additional behavioral measure in 
terms of the number resigning or becoming inactive." [1] 
Another group that closely tracked the Flower Generation 
was the Hudson Institute, founded by Herman Kahn, who had 
received funding from the Human Ecology Fund, a CIA cutout. 
Kahn visited Millbrook and other centers of psychedelic activity, 
although he was far from an advocate of the benefits of LSD. "He 
was primarily interested in social control," stated one Hudson 
Institute consultant. 
It should be noted that some of the Tavistock-sponsored 
creators of the LSD culture, men like Tim Leary, may have felt 
that their motives were benignLSD users tend to develop a 
messiah complex in which they see acid as the solution to all the 
world's problems, and try to turn everyone on to the drugbut 
the strategic underpinnings of those motives lay in the New 
World Order plans of the British elite. Leary and his court were 
either witting or unwitting agents of Tavistock. 
Although the mass media vocally decry the idea that there 
could ever be a conspiracy of control functioning behind the 
scenes in society, the real members of the conspiracy are often 
quite straightforward in saying what is going on. Marilyn 
Ferguson, a protege of Willis Harmon who derived her book The 
Aquarian Conspiracy from Harmon's  Changing Images,  talked 
108 
about how the Tavistock restructuring of the world would take 
place. She called it the SPIN principle, Segmented Polycentric 
Integrated Networks. Although she suggests the idea is new, it 
is obvious that it has been the approach of the New World Order 
since the beginning: 
"This is a source of power never before tapped in history: 
multiple self-sufficient social movements linked for a whole 
array of goals whose accomplishment would transform every 
aspect of contemporary life. 
"Because SPINs are so qualitatively different in organization 
and impact from bureaucracies... most people don't see themor 
think they are conspiracies. Often networks take similar actions 
without conferring with each other simply because they share so 
many assumptions. It might also be said that the shared 
assumptions are the collusion. 
"The Aquarian Conspiracy is, in effect, a SPIN of SPINs, a 
network of many networks aimed at social transformation. The 
Aquarian Conspiracy is indeed loose, segmented, evolutionary, 
redundant. Its center is everywhere. Although many social 
movements and mutual-help groups are represented in its 
alliances, its life does not hinge on any of them." 
The upshot of the Tavistock approach and where its SPIN of 
SPINs is heading is obvious. While a tiny percentage of the 
population will continue to exist within their plush Xanadus, the 
majority of the world will be reduced to subsistence standards of 
living, and denied the benefits of technology and industry, 
although furnished with all the drugs they desire. [2] 
NOTES: 
1. Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. 
(New York: Grove Press, 1985); Dr. 
John Coleman, Conspirator's Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300. 
(Carson City, Nevada: America West Publishers, 1992) 
2. Lee and Shlain 
109 
 
 
Chapter 14: 
CENTER FOR VIOLENCE 
The dialectic at work. Create violence through economic 
pressures, the media, mind control, agent provacateurs: thesis. 
Counter it with totalitarian measures, more mind control, police 
crackdown, surveillance, drugging of the population: antithesis. 
What ensues is Orwell's vision of 1984, a society of total control: 
synthesis. 
During the Nixon presidency, agents of the Law Enforcement 
Assistance Administration, an arm of 
the U.S. 
Justice 
Department, had a roundtable with Richard Nixon, Attorney 
General John Mitchell, H.R. Haldemann, John Erlichman, and 
other members of the White House staff, as well as Dr. Bertram 
Brown, director for the National Institute of Mental Health. 
Among other programs that the LEAA had evolved were the 
development of a National Population Surveillance Computer 
System, designed to monitor citizens of the U.S., as well as 
measures to create a national police force, including Operation 
Cable Splicer and Operation Garden Plot. [1] 
At the meeting bonds were forged for the linkage of LEAA 
funding, police state goals, and the NIMH. LEAA henceforth 
provided the cash for 350 NIMH projects related to "mental 
health" as it is so euphemistically called. Among projects 
funded were dozens of mind control and behavior mod programs 
in hospitals, prisons, and schools. These projects included a 
Department of Health, Education and Welfare program to screen 
all children on Medicaid for psychological problems; programs 
to 
treat prison 
inmates with psychoactive drugs; shock 
treatment for child molesters at 
the Somers Correctional 
Facility in Connecticut; psychosurgery programs on inmates in 
Michigan and California; the testing of a vomiting-inducing drug 
in prisoners who broke rules in Iowa; and the injection of the 
terror drug Anectine on prisoners in California. 
The bond between the LEAA and NIMH reportedly was so 
tight that eventually the  scientists of NIMH  were  under the 
111 
direct control of LEAA. Eventually this collaboration changed 
the character of the LEAA itself, so that the organization was no 
longer fixated on martial law measures, but primarily involved in 
mind control funding for aversion therapy, psychosurgery, and 
behavior control through drugging. [2] 
In November 1974 
the U.S. Senate Subcommittee on 
Constitutional Rights, one of whose members was Congressman 
Leo Ryan who was murdered at Jonestown, began investigation 
into the federal funding of behavior modification programs. 
Senator 
Sam Erwin, who 
headed 
the 
subcommittee, 
interrogated Donald E. Santarelli, the head of the LEAA, about 
the kind of projects that were being funded, resulting in an 
announcement by the organization that they would discontinue 
providing cash for psychosurgery and other forms of mind 
control. Not that the pledge was heeded. At least 537 mind 
control programs, including operations involving psychosurgery 
continued to be funded. [3] 
LEAA was still in the business of mind control when Dr. Louis 
Jolyon ("Jolly") West, chairman of the Department of Psychiatry 
at the University of California at Los Angeles and director of the 
Neuropsychiatric Institute, proposed to California Governor 
Ronald Reagan the creation of a Center for the Study and 
Reduction of Violence. 
The original idea for violence research centers was birthed in 
the mind of CIA and FBI agent William Herrmann, employed by 
the Systems Development Corporation, 
and a 
counter- 
insurgency advisor to Governor Reagan. Herrman had worked at 
the Rand Corporation, the Hoover Center on Violence, and the 
Stanford Research Institute. During the Vietnam war Herrmann 
had worked in psy-ops in Vietnam and Cambodia, probably as a 
member of 
the Operation Phoenix assassination program, 
responsible for the death of thousands of Vietnamese. Herrman 
has also been identified as an international arms dealer who 
traded with Iran in 1980, and who may have been involved in 
the October Surprise. In 1995 Herrman was serving an eight- 
year prison term in England for an alleged CIA counterfeiting 
operation. His M.O., in short, reads as if he is a member of the 
Octopus as delineated by the murdered journalist Danny 
Casolaro. [4] 
In 1970, Hermann is reported to have acted as control agent 
to Colston Westbrook, a Black CIA psychological warfare expert 
who had been 
involved 
in Operation Phoenixquite a 
coincidence, that. Vietcong POWs are known to have been 
implanted   with    electronic   transceivers   during   Operation 
112 
Phoenix. West brook had formed the Black Cultural Association 
at Vacaville Medical Facility, a euphemistically-named prison in 
California that was the site of a Maximum Psychiatric Diagnostic 
Unit (termed a maxi-maxi in prison parlance) where extensive 
drug behavior modification research had been done. It is alleged 
that there was a mind control assassination program at Vacaville, 
where men were programmed to murder prominent Blacks, 
including Oakland School Superintendent Marcus Foster, and 
Black Panthers Huey Newton and Bobby Seale. [5] 
Donald DeFreeze, who between 1967 and 1969 had been 
employed by the L.A. Police Department's Public Disorder Unit, 
was the black organizer for the Black Cultural Association at 
Vacaville. Westbrook was the man who dubbed DeFreeze 
"Cinque Mtume," meaning "fifth prophet," and who designed 
the seven-headed cobra logo for the group that Cinque later 
headed up: the Symbionese Liberation Army. [6] 
Another Phoenix Program alumnus who backed the Violence 
Center in a big way was Dr. Earl Brian, Secretary of Health under 
Governor Reagan. Brian was involved in October Surprise, the 
illegalities and murders at the Cabazon Indian reservation in 
Indio, California, and the theft of the Inslaw PROMIS software, 
and was identified as a member of the "Octopus" international 
crime cabal by murdered journalist Danny Casolaro. 
The head of the violence control center would be Louis 
Jolyon West. West's background 
in mind control-related 
research goes back to the antediluvian days of MKULTRA. A CIA 
memorandum 
entitled 
"Interrogation 
Techniques," 
from 
January 14, 1953, includes the following note: 
"If the services of Major Louis J. West, USAF (MC), a trained 
hypnotist, can be obtained, and another man well grounded in 
conventional 
psychological 
interrogation 
and 
polygraph 
techniques, and the services of Lt. Col. [deleted], a well-balanced 
interrogation research center could be established 
in an 
especially selected location." [7] 
Aldous Huxley, writing 
in 1957, also mentioned West, 
indicating that he had been doing research with hypnosis and 
mescaline. In 1961 Huxley commented that West had been 
experimenting with sense deprivation and noted his state of the 
art research facilities. West is also known to have directed a 
CIA-funded LSD research program in the 1960s at 
the 
University of Oklahoma, and to have run a safehouse of 
unspecified function in Haight Ashbury at the height of the 
hippie scene. 
West was the psychiatrist who  examined Jack Ruby, the 
113 
assassin of Lee Harvey Oswald, ordering that Ruby be treated for 
mental problems, quite possibly as a means to shut Ruby up in 
his claims that a conspiracy was responsible for the killing of 
John Kennedy. [8] 
West was even involved recently in the "remote viewing" 
experiments of Project Grill Flame, conducted by Stanford 
Research Institute. Due to a certain amount of notoriety, one 
suspects, the man is currently going by the name "L.J. West," 
and can be seen acting as a hired gun promoting the 
government line on occasional television news programs. 
After the announcement of the plans for the Violence Center, 
West dashed out a letter to then-California Director of Health, 
J.M. Stubblebine.  It said: 
"Dear Stub, 
"I am in possession of confidential information that the Army 
is prepared to turn over Nike missile bases to state and local 
agencies for non-military purposes. They may look with special 
favor on health-related applications. 
"Such a Nike missile base is located in the Santa Monica 
Mountains, within a half-hour's drive of the Neuropsychiatric 
Institute. It is accessible, but relatively remote. The site is 
securely 
fenced, 
and 
includes 
various 
buildings 
and 
improvements, making it suitable for prompt occupancy. 
"If this site were made available to the Neuropsychiatric 
Institute as a research facility, perhaps initially as an adjunct to 
the new Center for the Prevention of Violence, we could put it 
to very good use. Comparative studies could be carried out 
there, in an isolated but convenient location, of experimental or 
model programs for the alteration of undesirable behavior. 
"Such programs might 
include drug or alcohol abuse, 
modification of chronic anti-social or impulsive aggressiveness, 
etc. The site could also accommodate conferences or retreats 
for instruction of selected groups of mental-health related 
professionals and of others (e.g., law enforcement personnel, 
parole officers, special educators) for whom both demonstration 
and participation would be effective modes of instruction. 
"My understanding is that a direct request by the Governor, 
or other appropriate officers of the State, to the Secretary of 
Defense (or, of course, the President) could be most likely to 
produce prompt results." 
Among the programs that West foresaw as taking place at the 
Violence Center were 
genetic, 
neurophysiological, 
and 
biochemical studies of violent persons, studies on so-called 
"hyperkinetic"   or "hyperactive" children, "hormonal aspects of 
114 
passivity and aggressiveness in boys," and surveys of "norms of 
violence among various ethnic groups." Also proposed was 
"implanting tiny electrodes deep within the brain" for the 
monitoring and control of violent subjects. West had gotten 
tentative approval for a grant of $750,000 from the LEAA for the 
Violence Center, 
the money reportedly raised by alleged 
Octopoid Dr. Earl Brian. [9] 
Reagan was so enthralled by the idea for the center that he 
included it in his January 11 State of the State address. Reagan 
said that the center "will explore all types of violent behavior, 
what causes it, how it may be detected, prevented, controlled, 
and treated." [10] 
So far as we know, West's Violence Center was never 
activated, at least in the grandiose scale he proposed. Because 
of unwanted attention from civil liberties groups and, in 
particular, the Subcommittee on Constitutional Rights involved 
in investigating CIA mind control abuse, LEAA changed its policy 
to exclude funding "for psychosurgery, medical research, 
behavior 
modificationincluding 
aversion 
therapyand 
chemotherapy." West was still seeking funding for the center in 
April 1974, but with Watergate in the news, the mood among 
politicians was such that they did not want to take any chances 
with potentially unpopular funding proposals. [11] 
NOTES: 
1. Pabst, Dr. William R., 
"A National 
Emergency: 
Total 
Takeover", 
Society for the Protection of Individual Rights and Liberties, undated article 
2. Schrag, 
Peter, Mind Control. 
(New York: 
Pantheon Books, 
1978); 
Krawczyk, Glenn, "The New Inquisition: Cult Awareness or 
the Cult of 
Intelligence?", Nexus magazine, December 1994/January 1995 
3. Martin and Caul, "Mind Control", the Napa Sentinal, 1991 
4. 
Krawczyk; Martin and Caul; Thomas and Keith, The Octopus. 
(Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1996) 
5. Krawczyk; Chorover, 
Stephan L., 
From Genesis 
to Genocide: The 
Meaning of Human Nature and the Power of Behavior Control, (Cambridge, 
Massachusetts: The MIT Press, 1979); Constantine, Alex, Virtual Government. 
(Venice, California: Feral House, 1997) 
6. Krawczyk 
7. 
Memorandum quoted 
in Krawczyk, Glenn, 
"Mind Control, 
Techniques 
and Tactics 
of 
the New World Order, Nexus magazine, 
December / January 1993 
8. Krawczyk, "The New Inquisition" 
9. Ibid. 
10. 
Schrag; Krawczyk, 'The New Inquisition" 
11. 
Schrag; Colodny and Gettlin, Silent Coup: The Removal of a 
President. (New York: St. Martin's Paperbacks, 1992) 
115 
 
Senator Robert F. Kennedy lying dead on the floor of the hotel kitchen. The clip-on tie 
of his body-guard Thane Cesar can be seen near his right hand. 
 
Sirhan Sirhan is taken into custody immediately after the shooting. 
Chapter 15: 
MIND CONTROLLED 
ASSASSINS 
From the earliest days, a portion of the resources of the OSS 
and, later, the CIA were turned toward the creation of what has 
come to be called the Manchurian Candidatetaken from the 
fictional book by Richard Condonotherwise known as the mind 
controlled assassin. As part of 
this 
research, Counter- 
intelligence Director James Jesus Angleton defined three goals 
in hypnosis programs run by the CIA: (1) the speedy hypnotic 
induction of unwitting subjects. (2) the ability to create long- 
lasting amnesia. (3) the implanting of long-lasting, useful 
hypnotic suggestions. [1] 
Dr. George Estabrooks, the chairman of the Department of 
Psychology at Colgate University, was involved in early OSS 
experiments in hypnosis. His boast was, "I can hypnotize a man 
without his knowledge or consent into committing treason 
against the United States." 
Estabrooks informed a group of officials in Washington that 
200 hypnotists with the right stuff could unleash an army of 
hypnotized agents in the U.S. during wartime. He laid out, in 
fact, a scenario in which the entire U.S. military could be taken 
over by a handful of mind controlled fifth columnists. 
Hypnotizing volunteer soldiers of reported low rank and 
education, Estabrooks showed how they could be programmed 
to retain complex verbal information. In confirmation of 
Estabrooks' thesis, subsequent testing by J.G. Watkins on army 
volunteers showed that these men could be, contrary to popular 
wisdom on the topic, hypnotized to commit acts that violated 
their own moral codes, not to mention military codes. 
One 
experiment 
that Watkins 
carried 
out 
involved 
hypnotizing army privates, and then telling them that an officer 
who was in the same room was an enemy infiltrator. Watkins 
told the hypnotized subjects that the officer would try to kill 
117 
them. Without exception, on command the soldiers violently 
attacked the officer. In one case, the subject pulled out a knife 
and tried to stab the officer. [2] 
In February, 1954 Morse Allen, 
the head of Project 
BLUEBIRD, continued this line of experimentation in creating a 
"disposable" assassin, to be activated with mind control and 
then "terminated with extreme prejudice." At about the same 
time the CIA funded research by Alden Sears at the University of 
Minnesota, and later at the University of Denver. Sears' focus 
was the installation of multiple personalities in his experimental 
subjects. [3] 
Sheffield Edwards was the security officer for the CIA's 
Project ARTICHOKE. During this period the CIA collaborated 
with the Federal Bureau of Narcotics (FBN), one of whose 
members, Charles Sirgusa, was involved in setting up safehouses 
for later MKULTRA experiments. In 1960 Edwards contacted 
Siragusa for help in locating paid assassins for the murder of 
certain foreign leaderswhether hypnosis would be employed 
was not specifically indicated. Siragusa was not willing to take 
part in the recruitment, so Edwards turned to Robert Maheu, a 
top Howard Hughes aide and ex-FBI agent. Maheu contacted 
Mafia members Sam Giancana and John Roselli to assist him in 
obtaining hired hands for, in this case, the elimination of Fidel 
Castro. 
The Castro assassination schemes were developed in the 
Technical Services Division (TSS) of the CIA, overseen by the 
head of MKULTRA, Dr. Sidney Gottlieb. In late 1961 the CIA's 
assassination programs, operating under the title ZR-RIFLE, 
were handed to William Harvey by Richard Helms, the man who 
had come up with the idea for MKULTRA in the first place. At 
the same time that TSS was involved in assassination and the 
recruitment of assassination squads, it was also involved in an 
expanded program of research into hypnosis. [4] 
Lieutenant Commander Thomas Narut, 
a U.S. Navy 
psychologist stationed at the U.S. Regional Medical Center in 
Naples, Italy, in 1979 admitted to Navy programs to create mind 
controlled assassins. Narut made this apparent gaffe at the 
NATO conference for psychologists on "Dimensions of Stress 
and Anxiety" in Oslo, Norway. 
The topic Narut spoke on at the conference was "The Use of 
a Symbolic Model and Verbal Intervention in Inducing and 
Reducing Stress," but his spiel was mostly about the benefits of 
doing research for the Navy. One thing he mentioned was that 
there was no shortage of enlisted men who could be studied, 
118 
with psych profiles and background available on all subjects. 
Afterwards, in a small group that included Peter Watson of 
the London Sunday Times, Narut was more candid about what 
the Navy was up to. He talked about his work with "combat 
readiness units," whose participants included commandos and 
undercover operatives at U.S. embassies worldwide, including 
"hit men and assassins." According to Narut, these men were 
desensitized by being strapped into a chair with their heads 
immobilized and eyelids clamped open, while they were forced 
to view violent true life splatter flicks, until finally the men were 
totally callous toward scenes of horrible carnage. Among the 
films shown were a brutal African circumcision, and a man 
having his fingers sawed off in a sawmill. Another technique of 
desensitization that was employed was propaganda aimed to 
make the customs and culture of another country appear as evil 
and less than human. Narut stated that successful programming 
of assassins took only a few weeks. 
Candidates 
for 
assassination 
training were 
taken 
from 
submarine crews and paratroops, but 
included convicted 
murderers from military prisons. Another source of mind 
control fodder for the assassination programs was soldiers who 
had been awarded for bravery. Narut said that the men selected 
were programmed at the Navy neuropsychiatric lab in San Diego, 
California, and also at the Naples, Italy medical installation. 
Although Narut admitted that he did not have a high enough 
clearance to know where all of the programmed assassins were 
sent, he did know that some had been stationed in the Naples 
embassythis would have provided for easy deployment 
throughout Europe. [5] 
After Narut's admissions were printed in the Sunday Times, 
the Pentagon issued an official denial that the Navy had ever 
conducted "psychological training" or the training of assassins. 
Although admitting that Narut was on Naval staff in Naples, they 
reported that they had been unable to locate him in order to 
obtain a response to the allegations. A short time later Narut 
gave a press conference in which he stated that the information 
he had offered had only been theoreticalthese were the kind of 
programs that the Navy might do in the future. Soon after, the 
U.S. Naval headquarters in London reported that Narut's rash 
statements had been made due to his "personal problems." 
This was almost certainly not true. Dr. Irwin Sarason, one of the 
organizers of the Oslo conference, admitted that a few years 
earlier he had been solicited by the Navy to participate in a 
project similar to the one Narut described.   [6] 
119 
Daniel Sheehan of the Christie Institute public advocacy 
group also verifies this kind of research: "We have talked to half- 
a-dozen individuals who have told a startlingly similar story about 
how, at a very young age, usually between twenty and twenty-five, 
they were contacted, usually within the context of military 
training, and told: 'Look, we've got a special deal for you. You're 
going to come into the service under the normal designation of 
being an infantryman but you're going to leave the service after a 
while and you're going to have special training, and you're going 
to be brought into a special program. They're sent to special 
places where they are trained by mercenaries and then they're 
told: 'You're going to be called upon from time to time to do 
some things for us.'" 
According to Sheehan, one young man was contacted at an 
army recruiting station and then turned over to an agent of the 
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms. His mission was to 
infiltrate a motorcycle gang and kill the leader of a rival gang, 
causing both of the gangs to fight and hopefully destroy each 
other. The man was also sent to a training camp in Hawaii, 
where training was being done for an assassination that was to 
take place in Central America. [7] 
Another man, a 43-year-old German psychologist and doctor 
of economic and social sciences who chooses to remain 
anonymous, believes that he has been, since a child, the subject 
of mind control procedures. These include Cameron-style 
"depatterning" 
treatments using electroshock and psychic 
driving, drug hypnosis, ELF programming, and a drug capable of 
inducing near-death experiences. 
One of the techniques he describes is aversive therapy using a 
"torture trouser," an electrical torture device that is "sort of a 
loin cloth made of leather and steel bonds by which an electrode 
is fastened to the genitals of the victim. For electric supply they 
use a cable or a battery so that you can freely move and if the 
torturer wants to torture you he sends an electric signal to the 
battery using a transmitter." 
He states that, "In 1972, they tried to use me as an 
undercover zombie who should infiltrate German terrorist 
troops... Who were they? They said they were the Mossad and 
the Shabak. I was kidnapped and brought to an interrogation 
camp in a desert... I strongly believe that I was a victim of an 
international secret service and psychiatry cooperation headed 
by the Pentagon in the name of 'national security'... 
"I clearly object to the suspicion that the organization behind 
this assault on human rights comes from outer space or has 
120 
something to do with t h e  Illuminati or another kind of 
conspiracy. I don't believe that aliens have visited our planet, 
but if aliens exist they are probably not so cruel as our human, 
all-too-human controllers... 
"It is my strong belief that the basic ideas of mind control 
and human robot production stem from German KZs. I don't 
know who the Werner von Braun of KZ psychiatry was who was 
hired by the U.S. intelligence agencies after the war, but the 
modus operandi of mind control makes me believe that initially 
a potent Nazi brain was hidden behind it..." [8] 
Another man apparently programmed as a mind controlled 
assassin was Colonel William Bishop, who made the following 
statement to researcher Gary Shaw in 1983: 
"That was how, after the Korean War, I got involved with CIA. 
I have been subjected to every known type of drug. The medical 
doctors connected with the agency found that certain drugs 
work quite well in conjunction with hypnosishypnotic power of 
suggestionwith some subjects. It did with me. I speak with 
absolute certainty and knowledge and experience that this is not 
only possible, but did and is taking place today. 
"I never understood why they selected me personally. There 
were any number of psychological or emotional factors involved 
in people's selection. Antisocial behavior patterns, paranoid or 
the rudiments of paranoia, and so on. But when they are 
successful with this programmingor, for lack of a better term, 
indoctrinationthey could take John Doe and get this man to 
kill George and Jane Smith. He will be given all the pertinent 
information as to their location, daily habits, etc. Then there is 
a mental block put on this mission in his mind. He remembers 
nothing about it. 
"Perhaps a month or a year laterrarely over a year, at least 
back in those daysthe phone rings. A code word will be read 
to him in a voice that John Doe recognizes. That will trigger the 
action. John Doe will commit the assassination, return home, 
and remember absolutely nothing of it. It is totally a blank 
space. 
"Now, there is a problem with this, and they never found a 
way that I know of to overcome it. From time to timeit 
happens to me nowI will see faces, names, places, gunfire, for 
which there is no rational explanation. I went back for 
deprogramming. In these sessions, they explain that this does 
happen from time to time, not to worry about it, just clear your 
mind and forget it. 
"I know men who gradually lost their sight, or some of their 
121 
hearing, or the use of their vocal cords. Some had chronic 
constipation. For entirely psychological reasons, not physical, 
because inadvertently these mental blocks developed. I myself 
became totally impotent. For obvious reasons, I don't care to go 
into this in any greater detail." 
Bishop died of heart failure a few days after authorizing the 
release of a tape recording that included the above statement. 
[9] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Chaitkin, 
Anton, 
"British 
Psychiatry: 
From 
Eugenics 
to 
Assassination," EIR, October 7, 1994 
2. 
Smith, Jerry, HAARP: Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy, (Kempton, 
Illinois: Adventures Unlimited Press, 1997) 
3. Chaitkin 
4. Russell, Dick, The Man Who Knew Too Much. New York: Carrol & 
Graf, 1992 
5. 
Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. (New York: Dell Paperback, 
1977): Bresler, Fenton, Who Killed John Lennon? (New York: St. Martin's Press, 
1989) 
6. Bowart 
7. Bresler 
8. 
Freethinking, The Newsletter of the Freedom of Thought Foundation, 
Volume 1, number 4, March 1995.  Letter sent to Walter Bowart 
9. 
Russell 
 
Model Candy Jones: Mind control 
victim or mind control hoax? 
122 
Chapter 16: 
SO LIKE CANDY 
The story of Candy Jones is ubiquitous in the literature of mind 
control, and has been repeated by virtually every researcher who 
has written a book on the subject. Here is Candy's story, related 
in a book authored by Donald Bain, The Control of Candy Jones: 
[1] 
During World War II Candy had been one of the most popular 
pin-up girls in America. Touring the Pacific with the USO she 
caught undulant fever and malaria and was hospitalized in 
Manila. There she met a medical officer identified in Bain's 
book by a pseudonym, "Gil Jensen." He would later be one of 
her contacts in the world of CIA mind control. 
In 1959 Candy started a modeling agency in the United 
States and, in regards to an office burglary, was contacted by an 
FBI man. Noting a microphone that she used for taping the 
voices of models, the FBI agent asked to borrow it, and Candy 
assented. Later the same FBI man convinced the woman to allow 
her modeling school to be used as an FBI mail drop. Candy 
Jones was later a courier for a piece of government mail that she 
took across the country. Shortly thereafter, she was recontacted 
by "Gil Jensen," the same man whom she had met in the 
Philippines. "Jensen" invited her to work for the CIA, and she 
accepted. 
In 1973 Candy Jones married "Long John" Nebel, a popular 
radio talk show host who specialized in stories of UFOs and 
other outre subjects. On their wedding night, Nebel watched 
Candy go through a transformation into another person, this one 
cruel and cold; but the mood passed. The next evening, 
however, the cruel mood returned, then again faded away. 
Jones was also plagued by insomnia, and Nebel hypnotized his 
wife, opening up a Pandora's box. Candy had apparently had an 
abusive childhood, and had developed an alter ego named 
Arlene. This was the "transformation" that Nebel had observed, 
Candy turning into Arlene. 
123 
During hypnosis Candy also revealed her contact with "Dr. 
Jensen," her regular hypnosis sessions with him, and the 
injections he had given her of what he had called "vitamins." 
She spoke of having to sign a government security oath, training 
in espionage work that she had undergone at a CIA camp, and 
her experiences as a split-personality courier, manipulated 
through hypnosis and drugs, and plying her twilight trade under 
a number of pseudonyms. She also recalled being tortured with 
electric shock by Chinese men in Taiwan over the contents of 
one of the messages she had delivered. 
Candy Jones spoke of being one among several female CIA 
zombies who were tortured at CIA headquarters in Langley, 
Virginia. During the course of her deprogramming by Nebel, 
Candy revealed that she had been programmed to commit 
suicide on December 31, 1972 in Nassau, Bahamas, after her use 
to the CIA was over. Nebel's marriage had circumvented the 
trip and saved Candy's life. According to the book by Bains, 
Candy was still struggling with her alter-ego Arlene at the time 
of the writing of the book. 
Investigators contacting 
the CIA seeking 
information on 
Candy Jones via the Freedom of Information Act have been 
turned out in the cold. Although the CIA does have a file on 
Jones, it will not release any portion of it. 
If the mind control programming of Candy Jones is true, then 
it is powerful testimony for many of the mind control atrocity 
stories to follow, stories such as told by Cathy O'Brien in Trance 
Formation of America. The trouble is that although the story of 
Candy Jones is cited in virtually every book on mind control ever 
written, in all probability it is a hoax. 
Author Paris Flammonde, who was a close friend of Long John 
Nebel, and who was the producer of Nebel's radio show for 
several years, is one of the persons who has said that Bains' The 
Control of Candy Jones is a hoax. In 1990 Flammonde wrote, 
"During a series of walks and lunches, John often spoke about, 
and we batted about ideas regarding a bizarre and commercial 
book about Candy. Briefly he toyed with consideration of my 
doing something along those lines (since I had ghosted a book 
for him earlier), but the thought was discarded for several 
reasons, the main one being that Candy did not especially care 
for me, contending to him that, even though I no longer had 
anything to do with the broadcast, he tended to let me 
'influence' him. 
"And I am happy to grant that the more I realized how 'far 
out'  he wanted  the  'fact  book' to  be,  the  more  completely 
124 
uninterested I became. In any event, the vast majority of the 
text is nonsense, and what little is true would be difficult to 
identify and impossible for the uninitiatedand profitless. The 
more vulgar, spiteful, and contemptible of the speculations are 
not worthy of commenteven by one who observed Candy to be a 
genuinely 
impossible 
individual 
at 
times, 
occasionally 
shudderingly coldblooded, and devoid of talkshow hosting 
talent." [2] 
UFO investigator Jim Moseley knew both Nebel (who died of 
cancer in 1978) and Candy Jones (who also died of cancer, in 
1989) for many years, and appeared on Nebel's WMCA radio 
show "hundreds of times" in relation to his research into UFOs. 
Moseley spoke out about his knowledge of the Candy Jones mind 
control case calling it "a crock of shit." He stated that his 
opinion had been confirmed by Sandy Teller, who had been 
Nebel's assistant for many years, and a friend of the man who 
had ghostwritten the Candy Jones volume. [3] 
As such, the story of Candy Jones, cannot be considered to be 
proven factual. 
NOTES: 
1. 
The title of this chapter is taken from the Elvis Costello 
song of the same name 
2. 
"Saucer Smear," ed. James Moseley, volume 37, 
number 4, 1990 
3. 
Nanninga, Rob, "The Control of Candy Jones," Internet 
posting, February 10, 1994; Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind 
Control. (New York: Dell Paperback, 1977); Bain, Donald, The 
Control of Candy Jones. Chicago: Playboy Press, 1976); "Saucer 
Smear," ed. James W. Moseley, 1990, volume 37, number 2 
125 
 
Above: Diagrams of implanting Delgado's "stimoceivers." 
126 
Chapter 17: 
MIND CONTROL IMPLANTS 
The first person we are aware of involved in research in direct 
brain stimulation was Swiss physiologist Walter Rudolf Hess, 
educated in Switzerland and Germany, and director of the 
Physiological Institute at Zurich from 1917 to 1951. His 
experiments 
included 
the 
insertion of 
fine 
electrically 
conductive wires into the brains of anaesthetized cats. To no- 
one's great surprise, given mild electrical stimulation the cats 
went berserk. [1] 
Jose Delgado, funded by Yale University, the Office of Naval 
Intelligence, the U.S. Air Force 6571st Aeromedical Research 
Laboratory, and other institutions, and linked to Spanish fascist 
groups by researcher John Judge, carried Hess' research a great 
deal farther. Delgado was the first 
to specialize in the 
implantation of electronic devices directly into the brain. [2] 
Delgado's early experiments in the 1950s involved rigidly 
locking the head of an animal or human in a metal clamp, and 
then plunging a long needle or needles into the brain. Once the 
needle was in place, electricity or chemicals were injected 
through it. Later experiments used what he termed "trans- 
dermal stimoceivers," tiny radio broadcasting/receiving units 
that were buried entirely into the brains of animals and humans, 
and carried electrical impulses to the brain, as well as 
broadcasting the subject's reactions back to a computer. 
Delgado described the capabilities of such instrumentation in 
the early stages of his research: 
"Microminiaturization 
of 
the 
instrument's 
electronic 
components permits control of all parameters of excitation for 
radio stimulation of three different points within the brain and 
also telemetric recording of three channels of intracerebral 
electrical activity. In animals, the stimoceiver may be anchored 
to the skull, and different members of a colony can be studied 
without disturbing their spontaneous relations within a group. 
Behavior such as aggression can be evoked  or inhibited.    In 
127 
[human] patients, the stimoceiver may be strapped to the head 
bandage, permitting electrical stimulation and monitoring of 
intracerebral activity without disturbing spontaneous activities." 
[3] 
Delgado stated further, "It is... already possible to induce a 
large variety of responses, from motor effects to emotional 
reactions and intellectual manifestations, by direct electrical 
stimulation of the brain. Also, several investigators have learned 
to identify patterns of electrical activity (which a computer 
could also recognize) localized in specific areas of the brain and 
related to determined phenomena such as perception of smells 
or visual perception of edges and movements. We are advancing 
rapidly in the pattern recognition of electrical correlates of 
behavior and in the methodology for two-way radio commun- 
ication between brain and computers... 
"The individual is defenseless against direct manipulation of 
the brain because he is deprived of his most 
intimate 
mechanisms of biological reactivity. In experiments, electrical 
stimulation of appropriate intensity always prevailed over free 
will; and, for example, flexion of the hand evoked by stimulation 
of the motor cortex cannot be voluntarily avoided. Destruction 
of the frontal lobes produced changes in effectiveness which are 
beyond any personal control." 
But far from being an incredible invasion of the subject's life, 
Delgado reassured by stating that some subjects were more 
concerned about the cosmetics of the matter: 
"Leaving wires 
inside of a 
thinking brain may appear 
unpleasant or dangerous, but actually the many patients who 
have undergone this experience have not been concerned about 
the fact of being wired, nor have they felt any discomfort due to 
the presence of conductors in their heads. Some women have 
shown their feminine adaptability to circumstances by wearing 
attractive hats or wigs to conceal their electrical headgear, and 
many people have been able to enjoy a normal life as outpatients, 
returning 
to 
the clinic periodically for examination and 
stimulation. In a few cases in which contacts were located in 
pleasurable areas, patients have had the opportunity to stimulate 
their own brains by pressing the button of a portable instrument, 
and this procedure is reported to have therapeutic benefits." [4] 
Delgado admitted that not all subjects reacted with such 
equanimity: "During depth explorations, it was demonstrated 
that crises of assaultive behavior similar to the patient's 
spontaneous bursts of anger could be elicited by radio stimu- 
lation of contact 3 in the right amygdala. A 1.2 milliamperes 
128 
excitation of tills point was applied while she was playing the 
guitar and singing with enthusiasm and skill. At the seventh 
second of stimulation, she threw away the guitar and in a fit of 
rage launched an attack against the wall and then paced around 
the floor for several minutes, after which she gradually quieted 
down and resumed her usual cheerful behavior." 
Delgado's experiments ultimately had very little to do with 
medicine and his touted "therapy". Delgado set up a one and 
one-half acre preserve on an island in the Bermudas, wherein 
the effects of stimoceivers could be tested in the manipulation of 
a gibbon colony and the interactions of their social hierarchies. 
"The old dream of an individual overpowering the strength of 
a dictator by remote control has been fulfilled, at least in our 
monkey colonies," Delgado wrote, "by a combination of 
neurosurgery and electronics, demonstrating the possibility of 
intraspecies 
instrumental 
manipulation 
of 
hierarchical 
organization..." He speculates that, "in the near future the 
stimoceiver may provide the essential link from man to 
computer to man, with a reciprocal feedback between neurons 
and instruments which represents a new orientation for the 
medical control of neurophysiological functions." [5] 
Social controller that he was, Delgado's main beef was with 
man's will, i.e. his freedom: "We may conclude that ESB 
[Electrical Stimulation of the Brain] can activate and influence 
some of the cerebral mechanisms involved in willful behavior. In 
this way we are able to investigate the neuronal functions related 
to the so-called will, and in the near future this experimental 
approach should permit clarification of such highly controversial 
subjects as 'freedom,' 'individuality,' and 'spontaneity' in factual 
terms rather than in elusive semantic discussions." 
Delgado's revolution, what he calls a "master control of 
human behavior," is apparently not intended to be a democratic 
one: "The contention that an ideal society should be 'well 
behaved' may be disputed by many and in any case requires a 
clarification... In some old plantations slaves behaved very well, 
worked hard, were submissive to their masters, and were 
probably happier than some of the free blacks in modern 
ghettos. In several dictatorial countries the general population 
is skillful, productive, well behaved, and perhaps as happy as 
those in more democratic societies." 
The  open publication of Delgado's book Physical Control of 
the Mind met with a decidedly cool reaction from the public, 
and this may have warned other researchers in the field to keep 
quiet about the   subject.    To  this day, Delgado's is the  only 
129 
popular book on the subject of 
implants and electrical 
stimulation of the brain (ESB). [6] 
Although Delgado went on to, in his mind, better things, 
namely the use of direct electromagnetic irradiation of the 
brain, research into radio-controlled direct cerebral stimulation 
was not discontinued. Dr. Stuart Mackay, a colleague of Delgado 
and author of the book, Bio-Medical Telemetry, stated, "Among 
the many telemetry instruments being used today are miniature 
radio transmitters that can be swallowed, carried externally, or 
surgically implanted in man or animals. Recent developments 
include pressure transmitters, ultrasonic and radio units for 
free-swimming dolphins, units for tracking wild animals, and 
pill-sized transmitters of many designs and functions that can 
operate 
continuously 
for 
several years. The 
scope of 
observations that can be made is too broad to more than hint at 
with a few examples. Transmitters introduced through normal 
body openings in the human can sense pH in the stomach, the 
site of bleeding along the gastrointestinal tract, radiation 
intensity, 
the pressure changes 
in 
the bladder due 
to 
micturition, the pressure of teeth grinding together during 
sleep, vaginal temperature, and the like. Human and subhuman 
species have been studied, as have aquatic and terrestrial 
animals, cold- and warm-blooded animals, and so on. Some 
transmitters need only send their signal for an hour, whereas 
others are expected to transmit continuously for a year or 
more... It is hoped that these few preliminary words will give a 
feeling for the scope of this activity... The possibilities are 
limited only by the imagination of the investigator." [7] 
During the 
latter days of MKULTRA research, a CIA 
memorandum, dated 22 November, 1961, announced, "Initial 
biological work on techniques and brain locations essential to 
providing conditioning and control of animals has been 
completed. The feasibility of remote control of activities in 
several species of animals has been demonstrated. The present 
investigations are directed toward improvement of techniques 
and will provide a precise mapping of the useful brain centers in 
selected species. The ultimate objective of this research is to 
provide an understanding of the mechanisms involved in the 
directional control of animals and to provide practical systems 
suitable for human application." 
Did the mind control shrinks ever succeed in hardwiring 
anyone with their implants outside of helpless patients locked 
away in asylums by and for the insane? Absolutely. 
The   Los Angeles Herald Examiner  for   March  21,    1979 
130 
describes one swell ease. Leonard Kille was an electronics 
engineer and co-inventor of the Land camera. In 1966 Kille 
rightly came to believe that his wife was having an affair with 
another man, and his distress over the matter was interpreted 
by psychiatrists as a "personality pattern disturbance." 
Kille was thought to be "dangerous" and was referred to CIA 
shrinks Vernon Mark and Frank Ervin. It is not known whether 
funding parameters played a part in their decision, but Mark and 
Ervin came to the conclusion that the best solution for Kille's 
problems was an electronic brain implant. Although Kille at first 
thought the solution excessive, his wife threatened divorce if he 
didn't take the cure. Predictably, after Kille got his brain wired 
she divorced him anyway and married the man she had been 
having an affair with. 
Kille had four electrical strands implanted in his brain, each 
strand studded with about 20 electrode stimoceivers. The 
electrodes were used to diddle Kille's brain with current, 
adjusting his emotions at will. Dr. Peter Breggin of the Center to 
Study Psychiatry investigated Kille's case after he had been 
implanted, and found that the man alternated between a 
vegetative state and nightmares that he would again be operated 
on and be implanted with additional 'trodes. 
In 1971 an attendant at the Veteran's Administration hospital 
happened upon Kille, who had placed a wastebasket on his head 
to "stop the microwaves." The Veterans Administration doctors 
had not been told that Kille had been implanteda matter of 
national security, perhapsand so assumed that he was stark 
raving. The VA doctors ordered additional "treatments" on 
Kille that left him paralyzed from the waist down. [8] 
Robert Naeslund is another victim of Delgado's technology. 
He believes 
that 
in 1967, while undergoing surgery in 
Stockholm, Sweden, he was implanted with mind control 
devices. Naeslund reports that the implant was placed there by 
Dr. Curt Strand, injected through a nasal passage. Naeslund 
contacted the Swedish Board of Health and Welfare protesting 
the non-consensual experimentation, but when the doctors 
heard his story he was predictably declared mentally ill and 
locked away in a mental hospital. 
After securing release from the hospital, Naeslund showed a 
number of Swedish doctors x-rays of his head that even to a 
layman plainly exhibit small unnatural objects in his head, but 
the doctors to a man declared the x-rays to be normal. It was 
not until 1983 that Professor P.A. Lindstrom, at the University of 
California in San Diego examined the x-rays and wrote,  "I  can 
131 
only confirm that some foreign objects, most likely brain 
transmitters, have been implanted at the base of your frontal 
brain and in the skull. In my opinion, there is no excuse for 
such implantations. I fully agree with Lincoln Lawrence who, in 
his book [Were We Controlled?] on page 27, wrote, 'There are 
two particularly dreadful 
procedures which have been 
developed, those working and playing with them secretly call 
them R.H.I.C. and E.D.O.M.Radio-Hypnotic Intracerebral 
Control and Electronic Dissolution of Memory.'" 
After Lindstrom attested to the fact that there were foreign 
objects in Naeslund's head, ten other doctors came forward 
verifying their existence. 
In 1985 Naeslund delivered a petition with 50 signatures to 
the Swedish Director of Public Prosecutions, informing him of 
the implanting of mind control devices in Sweden and 
demanding that the practice be stopped. Naeslund was also one 
of several persons responsible for placing an advertisement in 
30 Swedish newspapers, exposing the situation of mind control. 
Apparently his activism brought Naeslund back to the attention 
of whomever was responsible for the implants. This time they 
had something different in store for the man. 
Naeslund writes, 
"At 
about 
the 
same 
time 
the 
first 
advertisement was published, I noticed a radiation or frequency 
which seemed to rise up from below my flat. In the mornings it 
felt as though my face, shoulders and back had been sunburned. 
If I laid a sheet of paper on the floor, it would, after only a 
matter of hours, begin to roll itself up from both ends and all 
battery-operated equipment rapidly were quickly drained of 
power. The waves increased until I was forced to move out into 
a friend's flat. 
"I hired another flat at Kocksgatan 38 in Stockholm where, 
for the first two weeks, everything was fine. By the first of May, 
however, the trouble started again. The effects were much the 
same; the feelings of burning heat and noticeable burns on the 
face after just an hour and the spreading of the sensation into 
the palate, throat and lungs. Paper rolled itself up whether 
hanging on the wall or lying on the floorbut now I also 
experienced how my blood circulation was being affected. I 
wrote of my last days in the flat: 'The radiation has increased for 
the last two weeks and now, the 29th of May, it is completely 
unthinkable to sleep here. It is possible to be in the flat for at 
most two hours, but after that one has to leave because the pain 
in the lungs, the dehydration, the dry cough, and general 
weakness.' 
132 
"Due to critical conditions caused by SAPO's [Swedish Secret 
Police] radiation, I was forced to abandon my efforts to expose 
their electromagnetic terrorism. It was to be five years before I 
resumed the fight." 
Unable to locate a doctor in Sweden who was willing to 
remove the implants in his head, Naeslund travelled to Djakarta, 
Indonesia. "On August 4, 1987," he remembers, "I visited St. 
Carolus Hospital, Ji Salemba, Djakarta, and I met Professor 
Hendayo to whom I showed my x-rays, as well as reports from 
various doctors. He, obviously, could see the implanted foreign 
objects and more x-rays taken the same day confirmed the fact, 
so Dr. Hendayo agreed to operate. I stayed at the hospital until 
the following day. They took blood tests, etc., and informed me 
to come back on August 11th. 
"On the morning of the 12th, I was shown to the operating 
room. Right outside of the door, I met Dr. Hendayo. He told me 
that 
something had happened which would cause 
the 
postponement of the operation. He would not say why. 
Considering how important this was to me, I insisted that he 
keep his part of the agreement and do the operation. His 
behavior and attitude that morning was much different than 
earlier. The complaisance and friendliness of the previous 
meeting were gone, replaced by irritation and stress. But he 
changed his mind and agreed to perform the operation. As soon 
as we entered the operating ward, two people entered from 
another room; they were Western middle-aged men. One of 
them had a syringe and gave me the sedative without a word or 
any preparation. 
"In the middle of the operation I awoke with a horrible pain 
in my head. My arms and legs were secured with straps. One 
person held my head steady, while another held open the 5 cm. 
incision in my forehead with some sort of instrument. A third 
person held an object, resembling a branding iron used on 
animals, which he burned into my head. During the 45 seconds 
of the operation in which I was awake, I experienced the feeling 
that my head was being blown to bits. I screamed in pain and 
tried to free my arms and legs. I fell unconscious from the pain 
and shock. The next thing I knew, it was 2 a.m. and I could feel 
my brain on fire.   This was 18 hours after the operation. 
"The next morning I went 
to 
the hospital's 
radiology 
department and asked the doctor to x-ray my head. The picture 
showed the injury and that there was a foreign object in the 
damaged area. I went to the chief physician and told him what 
had happened.   Afterward, I visited Dr. Hendayo and he told me, 
133 
"It wasn't my idea to do this... I had no choice... You should have 
listened to me and postponed the operation... Your country's 
secret police was involved..." 
"The reason the operation turned out the way it did is quite 
clear. Prof. Hendayo was, at first, in favor of the operation. But 
the Swedish Secret Police (SAPO) followed me via mind control 
and they knew every step I took. When Dr. Hendayo promised 
to operate on me, SAPO also knew. In order to stop me, they 
informed their CIA colleagues in Indonesia, who forbade the 
doctor to help me, or they threatened to expose them. That was 
why the doctor could not say why he wanted to postpone the 
operation. SAPO/CIA had obviously wanted to warn me and show 
that there were other powers behind the decision. Now, five 
years later, I have physical pain in the area which was damaged. 
In addition, my mental and psychological abilities have been 
greatly altered. The difficulty in finding a doctor who will 
operate on me is the great secret behind the use of mind 
control telemetry and doctors' 
international solidarity with 
colleagues who use people for experiments. These transmitters 
have changed my life in many ways and torment me through 
their constant use." 
In 1992 Naeslund contacted an activist organization, 
the 
International Network Against Mind Control, and participated in 
drafting a letter protesting such experimentation to British 
Prime Minister John Major. The day after the letter was sent, 
Naeslund believes that his apartment was again zapped: 
"The first signs of radiation from electromagnetic weapons 
were noticed during the night of 11th October, the day after the 
letter was faxed worldwide. I was awakened at 3 a.m. by a 
blockage of the blood circulation in my hands, feet, forearms and 
parts of my legs, hands and feet swelled up and became numb. 
My face and back became sunburned as if I had been sunbathing 
on a hot summer's day. This was to be repeated night after 
night and it must be assumed that the electromagnetic waves 
were ultraviolet in nature, a radiation which affects the skin's 
pigmentation and which are known to cause cancer. The 
radiation continued during the following day and night and even 
though I tried to be at home as little as possible, it became quite 
clear that they still had the power to vary the spectrum and 
intensity of the radiation which they were using against me. 
From the first day, I experienced noticeable changes in my lungs 
and windpipe which resembled the symptoms following the 
radiation of 1985. The windpipe and respiratory passages 
became parched, my voice hoarse, and my lungs painful.   I also 
134 
suffered from acute amnesia whenever I crossed the threshold 
to my flat. By the third day, I considered it my safest move to 
leave my flat and so I went away for a week. 
"On returning, I found myself in a radiation chamber of 
considerably greater power than the one I had left in which it 
was possible to generate a multitude of destructively painful 
symptoms by varying the spectrum and intensity. I was kept 
awake at nights and sent into a kind of trance during the days, 
but by far the most frightening effect was that on the lungs 
which even after the first night had been severely impaired. 
When, after two days, I also began to suffer from backache and 
an almost crippling immobility, and when even the shortest 
possible time in my flat began to be unbearable, I felt that it was 
time to desist risking my life and moved in with friends. Since I 
had to return occasionally to my flat, I was able to establish that 
the radiation continued to penetrate my flat and on one 
fortunate occasion I was able to identify its source. The 
deteriorating winter found me at home one evening taking in 
some flowers from my balcony when I noticed in the block 
opposite, in the window of the flat directly under my own, was 
some apparatus, partially visible between the angled slats of a 
Venetian blind. It was directed up at my flat. It was emitting no 
light but its surface was lustrous. 
"During the night I collected some infrared film and some 
binoculars so that I could study it more closely. As early as the 
previous summer, being more often out on the balcony, I had 
noticed that there was never any light in that flat, just as there is 
none nowadays. The day after, I called on the flat at 
Verkstadsgatan 22 and rung the doorbell above the name 
Broman. No one answered, not surprisingly since I heard from 
the neighbors that he had passed away some months back. The 
same day, I had the film developed; the picture I obtained 
revealed the apparatus with startling clarity. 
"From here SAPO was terrorizing me and enfeebling my 
health with their destructive radiation, and so together with 
some friends I contrived to break into the flat and seize the 
apparatus. However, by 8 p.m. the same evening when I was 
home monitoring the situation, I noticed that the apparatus was 
gone. They had been there and removed it and with it the 
radiation.   I was able to return home." 
Naeslund continues to be active in exposing covert mind 
control worldwide. [9] 
Another probable victim of mind control implants is Glen 
Nichols who in 1959 at the age of 12 was informed that he had a 
135 
hearing problem and needed to have a hearing aid. Objections 
from friends and family prevented that from being done until 
1962, when he was implanted with a miniaturized radio in his 
ear canal in the guise of receiving a hearing aid. "Then they 
would use very low volume subliminal messages to control me," 
Nichols 
protests. 
"They would 
give me post-hypnotic 
suggestions that I had ear infections and I must not clean inside 
my ear canals or I would suffer permanent hearing loss. 
Occasionally I would clean inside my ear canals and find a metal 
device that would be explained away by those around me." 
Nichols believes that he also experienced periods of torture 
and mind erasure, and that in 1967 another Delgado-style 
electronic transceiver was implanted next to an eardrum. He 
was told that he had hurt his ear playing football. Nichols thinks 
that another implant was later inserted in his other ear, noting 
that he has several small scars above and behind both his ears. 
"For some reason," Nichols states, "in addition to the surgically 
implanted transceivers, at times additional miniature receivers 
were also inserted in my ear canals. I can recall having one 
found in my ear by a California State University, Northridge, 
health center medical doctor in 1971. I also found another one 
in my ear about 1988." 
In another 
incident, "I can recall having an electrode 
inserted into my frontal brain through my nostril when I was 
about 33 in 1980. I experienced intense pain, confusion and 
disequilibrium. I was told I had a sinus infection. I explored the 
source of my pain and found a small bulb stuck to the roof of my 
nasal cavity. The doctors I contacted said it was an infection and 
not to touch it. I persisted and removed it myself with tweezers. 
It looked like a two-pronged electrode, with two sharp wires 
stuck up into my brain with the bulb hanging down." 
By 1989 Nichols, living in Westlake Village, California, had 
completed his schooling and was a licensed counselor and 
psychotherapist, working with a large number of patients from 
the defense industry. Nichols had come to the realization that 
he was a victim of mind control, with memories of conditioning 
sessions and abuse returning to consciousness. 
Nichols suspected that he was also experiencing electronic 
irradiation of some sort and obtained a radio frequency counter 
to check levels of emissions, which turned out to be extremely 
high around his apartment building. Nichols has also been vocal 
in decrying mind control experimentation, disseminating the 
account of his victimization over the Internet. [10] 
Remy Chevalier is a journalist who writes on topics including 
136 
alternative energy   sources   and    political   conspiracy. In 
correspondence with the author, he offers: 
"I was abducted back in the late 60's by tall guys in full body 
white jump suits wearing big black goggles. For years I couldn't 
afford dental work until finally one of my teeth broke. I had no 
choice, I had to go. The dentist went to work and restored my 
mouth, taking out the old mercury fillings and replacing them 
with this new composite they use now that matches the color of 
your teeth. On the worse one, the one he had to grind down to 
fix a crown, he discovered something inside he'd never seen 
before. He and the assistant pondered for a few minutes 
wondering what the hell it was. I jokingly said, 'Maybe it's an 
alien implant,' and after I saw the look on his face, I added: 'Just 
kidding!' He had to pulverize the strange thing to keep working 
so we'll never know for sure. But since then I can stress my 
body much more than I ever could. Before I'd get these awful 
headaches if I lifted too much weight. Now I can go till muscle 
failure without my head killing me. I'd be in much better 
physical shape today if I could have worked out the way I do now 
ten years ago. Whether that was the mercury or an implant that 
hindered me physically, we'll never know, but at 45 it's a bit late 
for me now to cry over spilled milk. One thing's for sure, my 
head was messed with. When, for how long, and by whom, are 
still questions I don't have answers for." [11] 
Another case of probable mind control is that of President 
Issayas Afeworki of the African country of Eritrea. Afeworki had 
conducted a victorious war against Israeli-supplied Ethiopia. 
Certainly this would have been adequate reason for the brain 
tinkers to take note of him. In the summer of 1993, according 
to one of his counselors, "he fell ill with a mysterious disease. 
Physicians called in from the U.S. said [Afeworki] had a rare 
'brain fever' that could be treated only in a state-of-the-art 
Israeli clinic. Afeworki was rushed onto a military jet and flown 
to Israel. 
According to the same counselor, "When he returned home a 
month later, he was a strangely changed man." Afeworki's 
policies toward Ethiopia, and for that matter, Israel changed 
into total cooperation. 
According to an Algerian delegate, "We are told not to worry 
about this Eritrean flip-flop, but we do worry, and will worry 
more and more until we find out just what happened to 
President Afeworki in that Israeli neurology clinic where he 
became such a thoroughly changed man." [12] 
Another case is that of James Petit, who in 1984 claimed to 
137 
the press that he was a drug and arms smuggler for the CIA, 
with his employment by the Agency confirmed by his attorney 
and an attorney representing a co-defendant 
in a drug 
trafficking case. After crashing his drug shipment plane in 
Columbia in 1982, Petit says that he was taken to the burn 
center at the U.S. Army Institute of Surgical Research, in San 
Antonio, Texas. His stay was confirmed by a spokesperson for 
the hospital. Petit believes that while he was a patient there, 
that electronic implants were injected into his neck, face, arms, 
and ears. 
"After my release from the hospital," says Petit, "I was having 
such extreme pain it was unbelievable. It was directly due to the 
CIA transmitters." X-rays taken of Petit's head showed a bottle 
shaped object located behind his left ear. [13] 
By 1994, the London Times estimated that in the previous 
decade there had been 15,000 cases of persons being implanted 
with electronic brain devices. It is impossible to know if the 
Times estimate is at all accurate, since it is unlikely that they 
would be privy to statistics of secret testing. Certainly, most 
anti-mind control activists would say that the figure was a gross 
underestimate. 
NOTES: 
1. Packard; 
"Hess, Walter Rudolf, Encyclopedia Americana. 
(New York: 
Americana Corporation, 1963); "Hess, Walter Rudolf; Funk & Wagnalls New 
Encyclopedia. New York: Funk & Wagnalls Inc., 1973 
2. Delgado, Jose, Physical Control of 
the Mind. 
(New York: Harper & 
Row, 1969); Judge, John,  "The Secret Government," Dharma Combat number 10 
3. Delgado 
4. Ibid. 
5. Ibid.; Packard 
6. Delgado 
7. Mackay, Dr. Stuart,  Bio-Medical Telemetry 
8. Constantine 
9. 
An Open Letter 
to 
the Swedish Prime Minister Regarding 
Electromagnetic Terror By Robert Naeslund, copy in the author's possession 
10. Nichols, Glen, "The victims begin to speak out: 'I am a victim of mind 
control,'" The Omega Report, July and September/October 1994 
11. Chevalier, Remy.  Correspondence with the author, September, 1997 
12. Mann, Martin, 
"African 
Leader 
as 
'Manchurian 
Candidate'?," 
The 
Spotlight. February 17, 1997 
13. National Examiner, April 30, 1984 
138 
Chapter 18: 
FUTURE SHOCK 
AND THE JFK HIT 
If any event this century was calculated as a "future shock" 
programming of the American populace, it must be the 
assassination of John F. Kennedy. Although a majority of 
Americans believe that the murder of Kennedy was performed 
by a conspiracy, there are few who would suggest that it was an 
act of pure mind control. 
The seminal research suggesting this interpretation of the 
assassination is that of "William Torbitt," reported to have been 
the pseudonym for deceased Texas lawyer David Copeland. 
Copeland was a prosecuting attorney in the early 1950s, later 
serving as a civil and criminal lawyer. He had been a close 
supporter of 
the Lyndon Johnson/Lloyd Bentsen political 
steamroller in Texas until 1963, when he severed his ties with 
the group for reasons that will become apparent. In 1970 
Copeland wrote Nomenclature of an Assassination Cabal 
circulated widely in photocopy, detailing information that he 
had gathered while investigating the murder of President John 
F. Kennedy. Nomenclature has only recently been brought out in 
paperback from Adventures Unlimited under the title NASA, 
Nazis & JFK, 27 years after the fact. 
While revealing much of the information relating to the thesis 
of the present chapter, Copeland was not aware of certain facts 
that I believe would have allowed him to see the broader overall 
picture. According to Copeland, "The killing of President 
Kennedy was planned and supervised by Division Five of the 
Federal Bureau of Investigation... Actually, Division Five acted 
dually with the Defense Intelligence Agency which was acting on 
behalf of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in the Pentagon." 
FBI Director and 33rd degree Freemasonthe 
ranking 
Freemason in Washington, D.C. at the timeJ. Edgar Hoover was 
according to Copeland, one of the conspirators.   Vice President 
139 
Lyndon Johnson was another. Not surprisingly, William Sullivan, 
former assistant FBI director, has stated that Hoover and 
Johnson "mistrusted and disliked all three Kennedy brothers. 
President Johnson and Hoover had mutual fear and hatred for 
the Kennedys." [1] 
According to Copeland, "L.M. Bloomfield, a Montreal, Canada 
lawyer bearing the reputation as a sex deviate, the direct 
supervisor of all contractual agents with J. Edgar Hoover's 
Division Five, was the top coordinator for the network planning 
the execution. A Swiss corporation, Permindex, was used to 
head 
five 
front organizations 
responsible 
for 
furnishing 
personnel and supervisors to carry out assigned duties." 
Almost buried within the Nomenclature text is information 
that I consider among the most important revelations. He 
reports that prior to the assassination, in 1963, there was a top 
secret meeting at the Tryall Compound in Jamaica of Sir William 
Stephenson, Britain's top intelligence agent. At the meeting 
was Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield of the British Special 
Operations Executive (SOE), an element of British intelligence 
allegedly created to infiltrate American intelligence; Colonel Clay 
Shaw, formerly of the OSS; Ferenc Nagy, who had been a cabinet 
minister in the pro-Nazi Horthy government of Hungary, and 
later the prime minister of that country; Georgio Mantello, a.k.a. 
George Mandel, former trade minister for Mussolini; and White 
Russian emigrees Jean de Menil and Paul Raigorodski. Shaw, 
Nagy, Montello, and Bloomfield were all officials of Permindex. 
According to Copeland, the matter discussed at the meeting was 
the assassination of JFK. [2] 
The Kennedy family 
themselves were products of "The 
Conspiracy." During Prohibition "Papa Joe" Kennedy worked 
with Newark, New Jersey's Reinfeld Syndicate, half of which 
was owned by the Bronfman bootlegging gang of Canada. After 
the war, Kennedy was given a British distiller's 
license 
personally approved by Winston Churchill, with the Kennedy 
fortune administered by 
the 
the Lazard Brothers, Ltd., 
Rothschild affiliates and one of Europe's most influential 
families. As American ambassador to Great Britain, Kennedy 
attached himself to the pro-Nazi Cliveden set, where Round 
Tablers and Fabians congregated. Kathleen Kennedy, the sister 
of John, Edward, and Robert, married the Marquess of 
Hartington, son and heir to the Duke of Devonshire, the head of 
worldwide Freemasonry, and of course prominent among the 
British ruling elite. Harold Macmillan, who became British 
prime   minister during the John Kennedy presidency, was a 
140 
member of the Duke's family. 
While in Britain Joseph Kennedy was inducted into the Most 
Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem. Joseph and John 
Kennedy were trained in the Fabian-founded London School of 
Economics under the personal tutorage of Harold Laski, a Fabian 
Society controller. 
John Kennedy apparently crossed the conspiracy, and died 
because of it. Robert Kennedy's much touted war on the Mafia 
was in fact mostly a personal vendetta against Jimmy Hoffa, and 
a targeting of lower level operatives. Men like Meyer Lansky 
remained untouched. But in a number of foolhardy moves 
Kennedy began to buck the directives of the British, winding 
down U.S. presence in Southeast Asia, opening up a dtente with 
the Soviet Union, and putting out feelers for secret talks with 
Castro. 
Although Copeland, in Nomenclature, implicates a complex 
weave of conspirators, including members of the Mafia, the 
fascist Solidarist movement, the FBI, NASA, and other groups, 
what he may have missed are what appear to me to be the 
highest levels of planning. Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield had 
been recruited into the SOE in 1938, and while under 
commission in that organization, had been assigned to the 
American OSS, then detailed into the counterespionage Division 
Five of the FBI. At the time of John Kennedy's assassination, 
Bloomfield was still an officer in Division Five. 
After the war, Bloomfield had resumed his career as an 
attorney in Montreal, Canada in the law firm of Phillips, 
Vinefield, Bloomfield, and Goodman. He was attorney and 
controller for the Bronfman family fortune who in these latter 
days affected an air of propriety for those who didn't know their 
beginnings. 
The Bronfman family is the owner of Seagrams, the largest 
liquor company in North America. During Prohibition the 
Bronfmans made their fortune in bootlegging, furnishing the 
networks of men like Arthur Flegenheimer, a.k.a. Dutch Schultz, 
Arnold Rothstein, Meyer Lansky, Benjamin "Bugsy" Siegel, and 
Charles "Lucky" Luciano with their British-distilled product. 
After the repeal of Prohibition, the Bronfmans became street- 
legal, with members of the family being elected into the highest 
levels of the Most Venerable Order of St. John of Jerusalem and 
intermarrying with the Rothschilds. [3] 
Bloomfield was also a high-ranking official in the United 
Nations, providing legal advice to that august body. He found his 
way into that position by being a representative of the  Round 
141 
Table-established 
International Executive Board of UK- 
International Law Association, an offshoot formed in 1873 and 
charged with developing a one-world code of law. Bloomfield 
was also a high-ranking member of the Most Venerable Order of 
St. John of Jerusalem, and the annual chairman of the Histadrut 
campaign in Canada, that owns over one-third of the Gross 
National Product of 
Israel. Among his many positions, 
Bloomfield took on the role of consul-general in charge of the 
Western Hemisphere and Liberia, one of the largest centers in 
the world for the transfer of black market monies. 
By 1958 Bloomfield had established Permindex, incorporated 
in Switzerland and purporting to be a trade exposition company, 
but in fact an international assassination bureau of the Special 
Operations Executive. All of the participants in the Kennedy 
plot at the Tryall Compound were officials and investors in 
Permindex. 
One of the chief operatives of Permindex was Colonel Clay 
Shaw of the OSS. Shaw, like Bloomfield, was a homosexualthis 
mentioned to make the connection to the long term homosexual 
orientation of many premier operatives at the highest level of 
the conspiracy. Shaw himself has testified that he was the OSS 
liaison officer to the headquarters of British Prime Minister 
Winston Churchill. Shaw returned to the U.S. after the war and 
took over the directorship of the International House/World 
Trade Center, leaving it to found the International Trade Market 
in New Orleans. Later, Shaw would become a director of 
Permindex, and the ITM would become a subsidiary of Centro 
Mondiale Commerciale, an arm of that assassination bureau. In 
all probability, all of these companies were fronts for the Special 
Operations Executive, that had long adhered to a policy of 
working through commercial fronts. 
At the time of this writing, there are over 50 World Trade 
Centers around the world, run from the World Trade Center 
Association of Clay Shaw, and connected by computer and 
satellite. 
On March 16, 1967, Perry Raymond Russo testified before a 
criminal district court panel in New Orleans, that he had been 
present during a conversation between Claw Shaw, David Ferrie, 
and a person calling himself "Leon Oswald." Ferrie, an agent of 
Division Five, talked about the necessity of three shooters and a 
"triangulation of fire," and that a scapegoat could be used to 
enable the actual assassins to escape. According to Copeland, in 
Nomenclature of an Assassination Cabal the person going by the 
name "Leon Oswald" was in fact William Seymour, an agent for a 
142 
private detective agency called Double-Chek, reportedly used as 
a cut-out for Division Five and CIA operations. 
According to Nomenclature, seven riflemen were used to 
shoot Kennedy, a Mexico-based assassination squad whose 
Oaxaca-based organization had been put together in 1943 by FBI 
Director J. Edgar Hoover and SOE Commander Sir William 
Stephenson. 
Copeland 
seems 
to 
have 
intuited 
that 
there was 
a 
programming behind the assassination, although not apparently 
making the connect of who was responsible. He said, "It should 
be pointed out that during a few years following John Kennedy's 
murder, the crime rate in the United States more than doubled. 
Public opinion surveys during the time reflected about 80% of 
the people did not believe the Warren Commission report. The 
general public felt someone or some group had been behind the 
murder of John F. Kennedy and the guilty ones had not been 
punished. Such an attitude on the part of the public leads to a 
gradual breakdown of law, order and morals of society." 
What Copeland did not see was that that breakdown was 
engineered by the very forces responsible for the mind control 
of America and the destruction of its way of life. The Kennedy 
assassination was a British intelligenceread Tavistockhit, and 
its purpose was to shock the American consciousness into a 
near-comatose state for reprogramming, the standard Tavistock 
modus operandi. 
Specific techniques of mind control may have also been 
employed in the Kennedy assassination at the microcosmic level. 
Lee Harvey Oswald in September, 1957, arrived at the Atsugi 
Naval Air Base to work as a radar operator with a security 
clearance, odd for a man so forthcoming about his pro- 
Communist views that he was dubbed "Oswaldovitch" by his 
fellow soldiers. Atsugi, aside from being the launch base for the 
top secret U-2 spy plane, also housed the Joint Technical 
Advisory Group, where MKULTRA LSD experimentation is said 
to have taken place. [4] 
Once 
in Atsugi, Oswald engaged 
in more 
than 
radar 
monitoring. At a Tokyo nightclub called the Queen Bee, Oswald 
became intimate with a hostess who was believed to be a Russian 
spy, and contracted gonorrhea. Oswald's medical record states 
that the disease was contracted "in line of duty, not due to own 
misconduct." Obviously, Oswald was at the time functioning as 
an agent of the military, probably performing surveillance on the 
believed Russian spy at the Queen Bee. [5] 
Kerry Thornley, perhaps Oswald's closest friend at the Atsugi 
143 
base, in correspondence with the author recalls an attempt to 
recruit himself, Oswald, and a third man into a possible 
intelligence operation.   Thornley writes, 
"In the late 1970s I was contacted by David Bucknell, who 
said he was in Marine Air Control Squadron Nine with Oswald 
and me. When he mentioned that his nickname was 'Bucky 
Beaver,' I recalled Bucknella large man with buck teeth who 
wore his utility cap all the way down on his head, giving it a 
dome shape instead of the common stretched, flat-top shape. 
"Bucknell asked me if I remembered an attempt to recruit us 
(Bucknell, Oswald, me) to military intelligence. I did not. Then 
he asked if I remembered approaching he and Oswald one day 
and being told by Oswald that 'This is a private conversation.' 
That I recalled clearly. Bucknell said it happened as we were on 
our way to the recruitment lecture. 
"Indeed, I remembered the incident occurred as all three of 
us were walking in the same direction toward 'Mainside' on the 
base and away from the radar outpost. Bucknell said that 
minutes earlier, on the outpost, the names of Oswald, Bucknell 
and Thornley had been called over the P.A. system and that we 
were told to report to the squadron office. In the squadron 
office, we were ordered to report to base security over at 
'Mainside' of L.T.A., the satellite of El Toro Marine Base where 
we were stationed. 
"Bucknell said he and Oswald were running a loan sharking 
operation and their private conversation concerned whether or 
not they were now being called in for questioning about that. 
Oswald doubted it, because I had been called up at the same 
time and knew nothing about the operation. 
"Bucknell says when we arrived at base security we were 
seated in a small auditorium or lecture room with a number of 
men from other outfits. Up in front, according to Bucknell, was 
a Marine captain and a Hispanic man in civilian clothes with a 
flat-top haircut. Bucknell was surprised to see that the Captain 
was acting as an 'errand boy' for this civilian, whom the Captain 
finally introduced as 'Mister B.' 
"'Mister B.' said, 'We have reason to believe that Castro's new 
revolutionary government has been infiltrated by Soviet agents.' 
(This would have been in late May or early June of 1959, just 
after the New Year's Day Revolution, before Castro 'went 
Communist.' I recalled someone making that statement in a 
lecture I attended, but did not remember the context). 
"We had all been called together, said Mr. B., because we 
were reputed to be admirers of Fidel Castro. As I understand it, 
144 
and dimly recall it, the pitch was that Castro needed our help in 
getting rid of these agents. We were being asked to volunteer 
for a counter-espionage program! 
"I'm sure I would have volunteered. To the best of my 
recollection, I was ostensibly turned down because I was already 
slated for a tour of duty in the Far East, to begin in June, and the 
training program was in the U.S.But not before I signed some 
papers authorizing using me for intelligence purposes. 
"Bucknell made detailed notes of this extraordinary event the 
day after it occurred, and when we met in San Francisco in the 
late 1970s he read me those notes. 
"Volunteers were interviewed on a one-on-one basis after the 
recruitment 
lecture. Bucknell 
says he had a maternal 
grandfather named E.H. Hunt, who he listed on the recruitment 
form as a reference. Mister B. looked startled and said, 'Who is 
this E.H. Hunt?' Bucknell explained. Mister B. said, 'Oh!,' and 
laughed. (E. Howard Hunt was second in command under Nixon 
on the Bay of Pigs operation.) 
"Bucknell was never contacted again in relation to this 
program.   Neither was I. 
"Bucknell says that the Marine Air Control Squadron's covert 
security was handled by Army Intelligence, and we now both 
suspect that Oswald may already have been an Army Intelligence 
agent pretending to be a Marxist at the time of Mr. B.'s 
recruitment 
attempt, 
which may 
have 
enhanced 
his 
qualifications for Mr. B.'s program. 
"At about the time all this happened, I began having vivid 
audio hallucinations, usually just before falling asleep." [6] 
Two weeks prior to Oswald's defection to the Soviet Union, 
Robert E. Webster, formerly with the Navy, renounced his 
American citizenship. Like Oswald, Webster would later do a 
turnabout and return to the United Stateshis return greased by 
"affidavits from Rand." 
Webster had been at a trade exhibition in Moscow with the 
Rand Development Corporation. When Webster renounced his 
citizenship, he was accompanied by two Rand executives, Henry 
Rand and George Bookbinder, both of whom had been with the 
OSS. The Rand Corporation had been involved with American 
mind control research since at least 1949, when it issued a 
report on Soviet hypnosis experiments and proposed an 
American counter-offensive. 
Although there is no direct evidence linking Webster or 
Oswald, who inquired about Webster at the time of his own 
return to the U.S., to Rand mind control experiments, it is plain 
145 
that if Oswald and Webster had been American spies pretending 
to defect, then they probably would have received hypnotic 
programming to counter the inevitable interrogation in Moscow. 
It is also fascinating to learn that the address of Webster's 
apartment building was in Marina Oswald's address book, and 
that she is known to have said that her husband defected after 
employment at an American exhibition that took place in 
Moscow.  This was obviously not Oswald, but Webster. [7] 
The pseudonymous 
"Lincoln Lawrence," 
in Were We 
Controlled, recalls a "deadly rumor" that Lee Harvey Oswald had 
been admitted to the Third Clinical Hospital's Ear, Nose, and 
Throat division in Minsk, Russia. Lawrence says that after 
Oswald was anaesthetized, a tiny radio receiver was implanted in 
Oswald's head 
that could 
trigger at will post-hypnotic 
suggestions that had already been induced. The same device 
could be used to erase his memory of events. 
Whether or not Oswald was implanted, the "deadly rumor" 
seems to have reached the ears of CIA Director McCone, who 
penned a memo to Secret Service head James Rowley on March 
3, 1964. McCone's memo stated that Oswald had possibly been 
"chemically or electronically 
'controlled'... a sleeper agent. 
Subject spent 11 days hospitalized for a 'minor ailment' which 
should have required no more than three days hospitalization at 
best." [8] 
One person who reacted with shock about Lincoln Lawrence's 
allegation that Oswald had been implanted with a control device 
was Marguerite Oswald, Lee's mother. She 
told Dallas 
assassination researcher Mary Ferrel, "I've got to find out who 
wrote this book, because he knew my son." Marguerite Oswald 
would not explain to Ferrell how she knew this, but Dick 
Russell, author of The Man Who Knew Too Much, speculates, 
"Marguerite would sometimes stand behind Lee's chair as he 
played some board game and rub his back and head. And she 
said the texture of his hair had changed, it wasn't soft like it 
used to be. Suddenly it came to me: What if, when she was 
doing that, she felt a little scar up inside the hairline." 
Another person concerned about Oswald's appearance was 
his brother Robert. According to Epstein, in Legend, "The most 
marked change was his hair. Not only had it thinned almost to 
the point of baldness on top, but the texture had changed from 
soft to kinky. Struck by this loss of hair, Robert couldn't help 
wondering what happened to his brother during the intervening 
years in the Soviet Union... [and] later speculated that it might 
have been caused by medical or shock treatments." [9] 
146 
Herman Kimsey, an Army counter intelligence operative and 
CIA official who claimed an insider's knowledge of the Kennedy 
hit, was quoted in Hugh McDonald's Appointment in Dallas as 
saying, "Oswald was programmed to kill like a medium at a 
seance. Then the mechanism went on the blink and Oswald 
became a dangerous toy without direction." Three weeks after 
Kimsey offered these revelations to McDonald, he died of a heart 
attack, at age 55. [10] 
One of CIA pilot and hypnotist David Ferrie's associates, in 
Bowart's Operation Mind Control, is quoted as having suggested 
that Oswald had been hypnotized by Ferrie to murder the 
president. Ferrie was a CIA contract agent and the high priest 
of a small religious group called the Apostolic Old Catholic 
Church of North America that, according to researcher Loren 
Coleman, engaged in animal sacrifice and the drinking of blood. 
Coleman states, "During Lee Harvey Oswald's last weeks in New 
Orleans, he attended many ritualistic parties in private homes 
and apartments with David Ferrie." [11] 
If hypnotism was used to program Oswald, hypnotism may 
have been employed for his ultimate "deprogramming" through 
death by another assassin. On the scene immediately prior to 
the John F. Kennedy assassination was William Crowe, whose 
stage name was Bill DeMar. Crowe was employed as a stage 
hypnotist at Jack Ruby's Carousel Club on the week of the 
assassination. Jack Ruby, of course, was the man who shot Lee 
Harvey Oswald. [12] 
Another mind-controlled assassin may have participated in 
the Kennedy hit. In 1967 the Phillipine National Bureau of 
Investigation (NBI) arrested 24-year-old Luis Angel Castillo on 
suspicion of planning to assassinate President Ferdinand Marcos 
in league with a group of Philippine guerrillas. Castillo's 
passport identified him as Antonio Reyes Eloriaga, a Philippine 
resident returning after expulsion from America for car theft 
and exceeding the time limit on his visa. The Manila Times 
reported that, while in America, Castillo had used at least five 
aliases. 
At his request, Castillo was given truth serum and hypnotized. 
The hypnotist reported, "Initially, the subject indicated an 
admixture of desired susceptibility to hypnosynthesis but deep- 
seated resistance due to the presence of a posthypnotic block. 
This block appeared 
to have been connected with 
the 
presencenightmarishof a Mrs. Kreps. The total removal of 
this block may pave the way for maximum results." [13] 
The hypnotist discovered that Castillo could be inducted to 
147 
four different levels of hypnosis, which he termed Zombie states 
I-IV, with each level possessing a different personality. Zombie I 
went by the name Antonio Loriaga, and he was involved in anti- 
American espionage. Zombie II was an unidentified CIA agent. 
Zombie III was an agent who was suicidal over having his cover 
revealed. Zombie IV may have been Castillo's true identity, 
Manuel Angel Ramirez, a 29-year-old native of the Bronx. 
Although he had little memory of his childhood, his later life had 
apparently been as an hypnotically-programmed operative for 
the Special Operations Group of the CIA. 
Castillo revealed to the NBI that he had been contacted for 
training in espionage when he was a private in the Cuban militia, 
and received his initial training from Americans and Cubans near 
the Bay of Pigs. 
Castillo also revealed that he had been programmed for 
another assassination, this one involving a man riding in an open 
car in Dallas, Texas, on November 22, 1963. 
According to Castillo, the earlier-mentioned Mrs. Kreps, who 
had a German accent, was one of several persons who 
hypnotically programmed him in Dallas. He also recognized the 
names of several persons at the time being investigated for the 
assassination of John Kennedy by District Attorney Jim Garrison, 
and was able to provide a detailed account of his participation in 
the plot. 
After the NBI contacted the FBI, the story was squelched. 
Castillo was returned to the U.S., and imprisoned for 37 months 
for robbery. After his release, Castillo apparently dropped off 
the face of the earth, and has not been located since. [14] 
NOTES: 
1. Sullivan, William,  
 Quoted in "The Nazi Connection to the John F. 
Kennedy Assassination," by Mae Brussell, The Rebel, November 22, 1983 
2. Brussell 
3. Editors of 
the Executive 
Intelligence Review, Dope, 
Inc. 
(Washington, 
D.C.: EIR, 1992) 
4. Krupey, G. J.  "The High and The Mighty: JFK, MPM, LSD and the CIA", 
Steamshovel Press magazine, number 11, 1994 
5. Krupey 
6. Thornley, Kerry,  correspondence with the author, August 30, 1997 
7. Russell, Dick,   The Man Who Knew Too Much. (New York, Carrol & 
Graf, 1992); Dickson, Paul,  Think Tanks. (New York: Ballentine Books, 1971) 
8. Lawrence, Lincoln, pseud., Were We Controlled? (New Hyde Park, New 
York: University Books, 1967); Russell 
9. Cited in Russell 
10. 
Constantine, Alex,   Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A.   (Portland, 
Oregon: Feral House, 1995); Russell 
148 
11. 
Constantine;   Coleman,   Loren,  "The   Occult, MIB's,  UFO's  and 
Assassinations", The Conspiracy Tracker, December 1985 
12. 
Russell 
13. 
Bowart, Walter,     Operation Mind   Control.     (New York:   Dell 
Paperback, 1977) 
14. 
Ibid. 
 
A page from Sirhan's diary. 
149 
 
Mind control and the girl in the polka-dot dress: 
Sirhan Sirhan in prison. He doesn't remember 
anything. 
 
David Chapman: John Lennon's mind control killer? 
Chapter 19: 
"RFK MUST DIE" 
Another assassination that many experts believe was the 
product of a mind controlled "Manchurian candidate" was that 
of Robert F. Kennedy. Shortly before the murder of Kennedy, 
Sirhan Sirhan was seen in the Ambassador Hotel "staring 
fixedly" at the teletype machine. According to the teletype 
operator, "he came over to my machine and started staring at it. 
Just staring. I'll never forget his eyes. I asked him what he 
wanted. He didn't answer. He just kept staring. I asked him 
again. No answer. I said that if he wanted the latest figures on 
Senator Kennedy, he'd have to check the other machine. He 
still didn't answer.   He just kept staring." 
One eyewitness said that Sirhan was "enormously composed" 
during the commission of the crime. Reminding one of the 
stories of madmen exhibiting tremendous strength, another 
witness said that when people were attempting to subdue Sirhan 
during the shooting, "the little man's strength was fantastic." 
After Sirhan was taken into custody, LAPD officers found out 
that he had the interesting ability to tell 
timeto the 
minutewithout a clock. Again, this is reminiscent of the 
extended senses of the hypnotized or otherwise mind controlled 
subject. [1] 
For his own part, Sirhan said that he did the shooting 
"without trying," and described his condition as being that of a 
"puppet." Sirhan has stated on several occasions that there are 
many aspects of the case that have not been revealed. He also 
has wondered whether he was mind controlled, suggesting one 
witness to the assassination in particular, who he thought could 
"Maybe... lead to someone who was playing with my mind." 
When questioned by the public defender assigned to him in 
the case, Sirhan said, "I don't remember much about the 
shooting, sir, did I do it? Well, yes, I am told I did it. I 
remember being at the Ambassador [Hotel]. I am drinking Tom 
Collinses. I got dizzy. I went back to my car so I could go home. 
But I was too drunk to drive. I thought I'd better find some 
coffee.    The next thing I remember I was being choked and a 
151 
guy was twisting my knee." [2] 
If Sirhan was in fact programmed, it could have been done in 
1967 when he disappeared for three months, not informing his 
family where he was. After he had returned home, it was noted 
that he had become fascinated by the occult. [3] 
And then there is the question of accomplices. Security 
guard Thane Cesar, in close proximity to Kennedy during the 
shooting, is believed by many researchers to have participated in 
the assassination. Cesar informed Ted Charach, co-producer of 
the movie The Second Gun, that he had attended "American- 
Nazi conclaves." Cesar was also employed at the CIA-connected 
Lockheed, and one retired engineer from the company said that 
Cesar worked in an area of the company run by the CIA. 
Immediately after the Kennedy shooting a woman named 
Sandra Serrano saw a Caucasian woman in a white dress with 
black polka dots, and a young man, tentatively identified as 
Mexican-American, and wearing a white shirt and gold sweater, 
running down the stairs that provided exit from the hotel. The 
woman in the polka dots said, "We've shot him! We've shot 
him." Serrano asked, "Who did you shoot?", and the woman 
responded, "We shot Senator Kennedy." 
Thomas Vincent DiPierro, the son of one of the maitre d's 
who was working at the Ambassador, said that he had seen 
Sirhan immediately before the shooting and that he had been in 
the company of a woman in a polka dot dress. 
A third witness also saw Sirhan, an half hour before the 
murder of Kennedy, with a woman in a polka dot dress and a 
tall, thin man with dark hair. After Kennedy was shot, the 
witness saw the woman and the tall man running from the scene 
of the crime. 
Another witness saw Sirhan on June 3, after a visit to the 
Ambassador Hotel, in the company of a woman and two other 
men. 
Another witness said that she had seen a man who looked 
like Sirhan on June 3. The man was in a blue 1959 Ford. The 
car pulled to the curb and the Sirhan look-alike jumped out and 
began arguing with two other men in the front seat. The man's 
jacket flew open and the witness saw a gun in his waistband. 
Although the witness could not identify who was talking, she 
heard the words "Kennedy," and "Get in the car, we have to get 
him tonight," as well as "Don't want to," and "Afraid." 
One of the busboys at the Ambassador told police about two 
men who had come to the hotel on the day before the shooting, 
attempting to obtain coats like those worn by the waiters, while 
152 
a waitress in nearby Alhambra, California said that on the 
morning of June 4 she had seen a man she took to be Sirhan 
drawing a mapsome kind of floor plan. 
Reminding one of Lee Harvey Oswald's gun practice, in which 
he made himself conspicuous, Sirhan practiced shooting at a 
target range on June 4, where he signed in with his name and 
address. This in itself was odd, because the rangemaster did not 
usually monitor whether the shooters signed in or not. The 
rangemaster remembered that shortly after Sirhan had arrived, 
an attractive blonde in the company of a man had also arrived. 
Sirhan walked over to them and said, "Let me show you how to 
shoot." The woman's response was, "Get away from me, 
goddamnit, someone will recognize us." [4] 
Sirhan was recognized buying bullets for the .22 caliber 
handgun he allegedly used to murder Kennedy. In his company, 
according to the clerk at the gunstore, were Sirhan's brother 
Munir and another man he was unable to identify. 
A young man named Crispin Curiel Gonzalez was arrested in 
Juarez, Mexico, carrying notes showing that he knew Sirhan and 
that Sirhan had planned to murder Kennedy. Gonzalez was later 
found hanging in his cell in Juarez. Questioned about the 
incident by author Robert Blair Kaiser, Sirhan responded, "That 
kid didn't have to die.   He didn't do anything." 
Kaiser asked Sirhan, "Who would have wanted to get him out 
of the way?" 
According 
to Kaiser, 
"Sirhan paused 
reflectively 
for a 
moment, then smiled.   Then he changed the subject." 
After the murder of Kennedy, police searched Sirhan's room 
and found a large amount of Rosicrucian (in this case AMORC, 
not 
the historical Rosicrucians) and other occult reading 
material. Sirhan is alleged to have also been acquainted with a 
member of The Process group, a Scientology offshoot, and to 
have attended parties at the home of Roman Polanski and 
Sharon Tate, who also may have been linked to The Process. 
Robert F. Kennedy dined at the Polanski mansion the day before 
he was assassinated. [5] 
Sirhan left behind several notebooks filled with jottings 
indicating his strange state of mind prior to the shooting. A 
transcript of one page follows: 
"May 18, 9:45 a.m. -68. My determination to eliminate RFK 
is becoming more the more of an unshakable obsession... RFK 
must dieRFK must be killed Robert F. Kennedy must be 
assassinated RFK must be assassination Ed RFK must be 
assassinated before   5   June 68   Robert  F. Kennedy must be 
153 
assassinated I have never heard please pay to the order of of of of 
of of of of of this or that please pay to the order of..." 
Psychiatrist Dr. Bernard Diamond of UCLA, who examined 
Sirhan and would later examine Mark David Chapman, asked 
him about certain entries in his notebooks while he was 
hypnotically tranced. 
Diamond asked, "Is this crazy writing?" 
"YES YES YES," Sirhan responded in writing. 
"Are you crazy?" 
"NO NO." 
"Well, why are you writing crazy?" Diamond continued. 
"PRACTICE PRACTICE PRACTICE." 
"Practice for what?" 
"MIND CONTROL MIND CONTROL MIND CONTROL." 
Seven years after the murder, Sirhan's voice during initial 
interviews with psychologists was analyzed using a Psychological 
Stress Evaluator (PSE), measuring micro tremors in the voice 
denoting stress. One of the originators of the PSE, Charles 
McQuiston, described by Walter Bowart as a "former high- 
ranking U.S. Intelligence Officer," stated that, "I'm convinced 
that Sirhan wasn't aware of what he was doing. He was in a 
hypnotic trance when he pulled the trigger and killed Senator 
Kennedy... Everything in the PSE charts tells me that someone 
else was involved in the assassinationand that Sirhan was 
programmed through hypnosis to kill RFK. What we have here 
is a real live 'Manchurian Candidate.'" [6] 
Dr. John W. Heisse, Jr., president of the International Society 
of Stress Analysis, concurred with that appraisal: "Sirhan kept 
repeating certain phrases. This clearly revealed he had been 
programmed to put himself into a trance. This is something he 
couldn't have learned by himself. Someone had to show him and 
teach him how. I believe Sirhan was brainwashed under 
hypnosis by the constant repetition of words like 'You are 
nobody. You're nothing. The American dream is gone' until he 
actually believed them. At that stage someone implanted an 
idea, 'Kill RFK,' and under hypnosis the brainwashed Sirhan 
accepted it." 
Another expert, Dr. Herbert Spiegel, a medical hypnotist, 
agreed: "It's very possible to distort and change somebody's 
mind through a number of hypnotic sessions. It can be 
described as brainwashing because the mind is cleared of its old 
emotions and values which are replaced by implanting other 
suggestions... This technique was probably used with Sirhan. 
From my own research,  I think that Sirhan was subjected to 
154 
hypnotic treatment." [7] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Kaiser, Robert Blair, "R.F.K. Must Die!" (New York: Grove Press, 
1970); Bresler, Fenton, Who Killed John Lennon? (New York: St. Martin's 
Press, 1989) 
2. 
Ibid. 
3. 
Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship 
in 
the U.S.A. 
(Venice, 
California: Feral House, 1995) 
4. Kaiser 
5. Terry, Maury, The Ultimate Evil. 
(New York: Bantam Books, 1987); 
Judge, John, "Poolside with John Judge", Prevailing Winds, undated 
6. Bowart, Walter, Operation Mind Control. 
(New York: Dell Paperback, 
1977); Bresler 
7. Bresler 
155 
 
Top: Patty Hearst as Tania.   Bottom: Colton 
Westbrook: Did he create the SLA? 
Chapter 20: 
HAPPINESS IS 
A WARM GUN 
Mark David Chapman, the murderer of rock music star John 
Lennon, may have been a mind controlled assassin. Wielding a 
Charter Undercover .38 Special, Chapman fired five hollow point 
fragmenting bullets into Lennon's back as he walked into The 
Dakota apartment block in New York city. 
There 
is much 
evidence 
to 
suggest 
that American 
intelligence agencies considered Lennon a menace, and this 
could have well provided a reason for his murder. John Lennon 
attracted the attention of the FBI for the first time in January 
1969, when a Special Agent in Charge reported to J. Edgar 
Hoover on a demonstration in New Haven, Connecticut. The 
demonstration had been spurred by the suspension of the 
campus newspaper for the publication of nude photos of John 
and Yokoreprints of the front and back covers of the "Two 
Virgins" record album, at that time available in record stores 
throughout the country. 
In the years that followed, during Lennon's many shots at 
political activism, the FBI's file on the rock star-cum-culture 
hero would grow to at least 288 pages, although entire years of 
reports of surveillance on Lennon have never been released. 
By 1972 the CIA was in on the act. Lennon had been very 
vocal in his disapproval of the war in Vietnam, and was seen as 
one of the most effective forces capable of rallying American 
youth in large-scale opposition to the war. On the 23rd of 
February of that year, a CIA agent filed the following report: 
"Some American participants at the Soviet-controlled World 
Assembly for Peace and Independence of the Peoples of 
Indochina, held 11-13 February 1972 in Paris/Versailles, 
attempted unsuccessfully to include a call for international 
demonstrations to take place at the time of the Republican 
National Convention... 
157 
"John LENNON, a British subject, has provided financial 
support to Project 'YES' [an organization started by Yoko], which 
in turn paid the travel expenses to the World Assembly of a 
representative of leading anti-war activist (and Chicago Seven 
defendant) Rennie DAVIS... In Paris this representative in the 
World Assembly met at least once with officials of the Provisional 
Revolutionary Government of South Vietnam; it is not known if 
the Republican Convention was discussed." 
Lennon believed, and with good reason, that by 1972 he was 
under constant surveillance. In late 1972, Lennon told Paul 
Krassner, "Listen, if anything happens to Yoko and me, it was 
not an accident." 
Facing deportation from the U.S. ostensibly due 
to a 
marijuana conviction in Great Britain, Lennon fought back, 
claiming the deportation was really due to his politics and 
disapproval of the war in Vietnam. 
On 21 April, 1972, E.L. Shackleford, a supervisor in the New 
York FBI office, sent a memo to one of his agents, one only 
partially available to us due to large blacked-out segments: 
"In view of successful delaying tactics to date, there exists 
real possibility that subject [John Lennon] will not be deported 
from US in near future and possibly not prior to Republican 
National Convention. Subject's activities being closely followed 
and any information developed indicating violation of Federal 
laws will be immediately furnished to pertinent agencies in 
effort to neutralize any disruptive activities of subject." 
As of May, 1972, Lennon had gotten the message, apparently 
from Leon Wilde, his immigration lawyer, that if he didn't want 
to be deported from the U.S., nor to jeopardize his position in 
his attempt to gain custody of Yoko's daughter Kyoko, that he 
would have to maintain a lower political profile. Lennon bowed 
to the pressure. In that month he went on the Dick Cavett 
television show and announced that he was canceling a planned 
"revolutionary road show" and pulling back in terms of political 
involvement. Lennon was reportedly "sick at heart" over the 
decision he was forced to make. 
According to political activist John Sinclair, about whom 
Lennon wrote a song, "Cancelling the tour plan was wise. I 
know how much it meant for them to stay herepartially 
because of the thing with the kid.   I understood perfectly." 
In September of 1973 the U.S. Department of Justice 
admitted that Lennon's phone had been illegally tapped. The 
DOJ was not exactly clucking disapproval, only saying that the 
tap  had  happened  and indicating  the   desire  to   obtain the 
158 
transcripts. 
After a lengthy retirement from the public eye, by 1980 
Lennon seemed to be doing a turnabout. He had a new record 
album out, and was interested in returning to prominence, as 
well as getting back into political activism. Lennon had already 
bought the plane tickets to fly to San Francisco to support 
striking Japanese American workers. Lennon may have been 
seen as the only man in the world capable of re-igniting the 
militancy of the 60s. [1] 
Lennon would soon encounter the penultimate nebbish with a 
gun: Mark David Chapman. Chapman was from Georgia, and 
began working for the YMCA in 1969, first as a full-time camp 
counselor and then as an assistant camp director. In CIA 
defector Philip Agee's book Inside the Company: CIA Diary, he 
indicates the YMCA as a CIA front organization. Curiously, 
Chapman's 
employment 
record 
is missing 
from 
the 
headquarters of the organization. 
In 1971 Chapman had a religious conversion to Christianity. 
In 1975 he travelled to Beirut in the employ of the YMCA in 
their International Camp Counselor Programhis first choice 
being the Soviet Union, even though he was a vehement anti- 
communist. Chapman's visit to Beirut coincided with the period 
of time that Edwin Wilson and Frank Terpil were running a 
training school for assassins there. [2] 
Returning from Beirut, he worked at a YMCA camp for 
Vietnamese refugees in Fort Chaffee, Arkansas. Chapman 
worked as an Area Coordinator, in charge of a seven-block area 
of the camp, with one American and fifteen Vietnamese 
assistants. One of the enigmas of Chapman's life is his longtime 
friend, known by the pseudonym "Gene Scott" in Fenton 
Bresler's account, who visited Chapman while working at Fort 
Chaffee. 
One of Chapman's co-workers told journalist Craig Unger, "As 
soon as Gene arrived, Mark's behavior changed. Mark cleaned 
his nails for Gene, he put on his clean clothes for Gene, he made 
telephone calls for Gene. And there was Gene's gun. Mark was 
so non-violent. He hated guns. I still remember them sitting in 
the office of the YMCA center at Fort Chaffee, playing with this 
gun, looking at it, talking about it. It just wasn't like Mark. 
They started rough-housing, then Gene gave Mark this look. He 
froze." 
In his account of Chapman, Fenton Bresler writes that, 
"several people to whom I have spoken in Decatur and 
elsewhere believe that the two men, who have known each other 
159 
since Columbia High School days, have complex undertones to 
their apparently still-continuing friendship. Certainly Mark 
idolized Gene, older by a few years and a handsome Rambo-like 
character who has never married: he is today a Georgia sheriff's 
officer." According to Bresler, "he was the man who gave Mark 
the hollow-point bullets, not knowing (as he said) that he would 
use them to shoot John Lennon." 
In 1976 Chapman reportedly ended his job with the YMCA, 
and took a job as a security guard at the insistence of "Gene 
Scott." Chapman moved to Hawaii in 1977, and stayed in the 
YMCA hostel in Honolulu. Chapman also contacted the suicide 
hotline there, and went to the Waikiki Mental Health Clinic. 
Hawaii has been noted as the location of a mind control 
assassination 
training center 
in 
the account of 
several 
intelligence agency defectors. 
In 1978 Chapman travelled around the world with a letter of 
introduction as a YMCA staff member, staying in YMCA hostels, 
the trip reportedly financed by a loan from the credit union of a 
hospital he worked at. This loan, to a relatively new employee, 
seems suspicious and follows in the tradition of many other 
"lone nut assassins" who, while non-employed or under- 
employed never lack for travel expenses. 
Chapman returned to Hawaii. He was married in 1979 and 
shortly after, one in a string of obsessions, became fixated on the 
book Catcher in the Rye, identifying with the book's protagonist, 
Holden Caulfield. Some researchers have suggested that the 
book may have been used as a "trigger" for a programmed 
Chapman, although this is only speculation. In Honolulu 
Chapman purchased the gun that he would use to kill Lennon. 
Travelling to New York, Chapman checked into the Waldorf- 
Astoria, then after a few days moved into a YMCA hostel. 
Chapman found that he could not buy bullets legally in New York. 
He travelled to Atlanta, where hollow points were furnished by 
his friend "Gene Scott" at Chapman's insistence that he needed 
to protect himself in the Big Apple. Chapman returned to New 
York only to be told by the doorman at The Dakota that Lennon 
and his wife were out of town. Chapman flew back to Hawaii, 
throwing away his copy of Catcher in the Rye. 
In Hawaii, according to a psychiatrist, Chapman was receiving 
"command hallucinations" telling him to kill John Lennon. 
These could have been hypnotically programmed, or even 
broadcast electronically. Chapman called a different mental 
health clinic than the one he had dealt with before, and was 
turned away with a referral to still another clinic.    Chapman's 
160 
own account of the period describes an interior struggle lasting 
several months, "a struggle between good and evil and right and 
wrong. I just gave in. It was almost as if I was on some kind of 
special mission that I could not avoid." 
A few weeks after his return from the mainland, Chapman 
returned to the States, again seemingly having money to burn. 
During his trips to the mainland Chapman carried large amounts 
of cash, although there has never been a satisfactory explanation 
of how he came by the money. 
Chapman did not immediately fly to New York, but stopped 
off in Chicago for three days that are not accounted for. His 
plane ticket, according to Fenton Bresler, was later doctored to 
show that Chapman had flown non-stop to New York. This fact 
is substantiated by photocopies of two versions of the same 
ticket, one for Chicago, the other indicating a direct passage to 
New York. Who falsified the ticket remains an open question, 
but the existence of two versions of the ticket is compelling 
evidence for a conspiracy in the murder. 
When Chapman did reach New York he went to the YMCA 
hostel located nearest to The Dakota. After checking at the 
hotel to find out that the Lennons were not in and that no one 
knew when to expect them back, Chapman that evening took a 
cab to west 62nd Street, where he went inside an apartment 
building for five minutes, and then to East 65th Street and 2nd 
Avenue, where he went into another apartment building for a 
few minutes. These visits have never been explained. Chapman 
was then dropped off in Greenwich Village. Chapman was 
carrying a satchel that has not been accounted for. 
The next morning Chapman checked out of the YMCA hostel 
and booked himself into the more expensive Sheraton Center 
Hotel. In his hotel room he made a "shrine" on top of a bureau, 
with mementos of his lifea Bible, his expired passport, a Todd 
Rundgren audio tape, and other itemsas well as a photo from 
the Wizard of Oz with Judy Garland. 
Chapman hung around outside The Dakota for a full day 
without seeing Lennon, then returned the following day. As a 
gesture, he bought another copy of Catcher in the Rye and 
inscribed it "To Holden Caulfield from Holden Caulfield. This is 
my statement." When Lennon and his wife emerged from The 
Dakota around 5 p.m., Chapman got the star's autograph. The 
couple returned at 10:50 p.m. As Lennon walked toward the 
apartment building a reportedly "smirking" Chapman fired five 
bullets into his back. Then Chapman threw down his gun and 
began to read the paperback he had carried. 
161 
Chapman described the murder in this fashion: 
"If you ever get the chance, go to The Dakota building. I just 
love that building... to think that's where it happened. There 
was no emotion, there was no anger, there was nothing, dead 
silence in the brain, dead cold quiet. He walked up, he looked 
at me, I tell you the man was going to be dead in less than five 
minutes and he looked at me, I looked at him. He walked past 
me and then I heard in my head said, 'Do it, do it, do it,' over 
and over again, saying "Do it, do it, do it, do it,' like that. I 
pulled the gun out of my pocket, I handed over to my left hand, I 
don't remember aiming. I must have done, but I don't 
remember drawing the bead or whatever you call it. And I just 
pulled the trigger steady five times." 
One of 
the police officers who 
interrogated Chapman, 
Lieutenant Arthur O'Connor, described the apparent state of 
mind of the murderer: "I saw him within half an hour of his 
arrest. I was the first one to interrogate him. He was in a daze. 
He was composed yet not there. He gave me the impression he 
had done something: it was something he had to do and he'd 
done it." 
Later O'Connor said, "It's possible Mark could have been used 
by somebody. I saw him the night of the murder. I studied him 
intensely. He looked as if he could have been programmed... 
That was the way he looked and that was the way he talked. It 
could have been drugsand no, we did not test for drugs! It was 
not standard procedure. But looking back, he could have been 
either drugged or programmedor a combination of both." 
According to newspaper reports at the time, Chapman had in 
his possession at the time of the murder a cassette player and 
tapes with "about fourteen hours of Beatles tapes." Except that 
according to the arresting officer, Steve Spiro, Chapman did not 
have a cassette player or tapes on him when arrested. Either 
the cassette player was invented by an imaginative reporter, or it 
vanishedand if it vanished, might it have had something 
recorded other than Beatles' music? 
After shooting Lennon, Chapman was in a "daze" for days. 
Chapman pleaded guilty to the murder in court after hearing 
"the voice of God" telling him to do so. Dr. Dorothy Lewis, who 
examined Chapman, said 
that "Mr. Chapman had been 
experiencing auditory hallucinations while at the hospital unit at 
Rikers Island and these experiences clearly influenced his 
decision to plead guilty... I question whether he was competent 
subsequently to plead guilty [since] it seemed to me that his 
fluctuating mental   status made   it   impossible   for   him   to 
162 
understand the ramifications of such a decision or to assist his 
attorney in his own defense." 
Chapman's guilty plea ended the investigation. The case was 
closed. As in the case of Sirhan Sirhan, James Earl Ray, Lee 
Harvey Oswald, David Berkowitz and others, there would be no 
trial.   Not so messy that way. [3] 
NOTES: 
1. Bresler, Fenton, 
 Who Killed John Lennon? (New York: St. Martin's 
Paperbacks, 1989) 
2. Goulden, Joseph C,   The Death Merchant.   (New York: Simon and 
Schuster, 1984) 
2. Bresler; 
Judge, 
John, 
"Poolside with 
John 
Judge", Prevailing Winds, 
undated interview 
163 
 
 
Chapter 21: 
BOMBED 
Timothy McVeigh, the man convicted of blowing up the Murrah 
Federal Building in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, with its resultant 
toll in human lives, may have been another mind controlled 
murderer. This possibility is first noted in the statements of 
friends and acquaintances of McVeigh who say that his 
personality dramatically changed after a counseling session that 
took place after the Persian Gulf War, when he attempted to 
enter Special Forces. Turned down, McVeigh is said to have 
become disgruntled and left the army. 
Still, "He didn't seem terribly depressed," fellow enlisted 
man William Dilly said of McVeigh's mental state at the time. 
Also, after McVeigh left the army, he joined the National Guard, 
hardly the action of a man disillusioned with the military. 
Few make the connection that McVeigh's alleged accomplice, 
Terry Nichols, 
also 
left 
the 
army under mysterious 
circumstances. Lana Padilla, Nichols' ex-wife, questioned the 
family emergency that reportedly caused Nichols to drop out of 
the military: "I've always wondered just why he was released, 
less than a year after enlisting, and always been told it was 
because he had to take care of [his son] Josh. But this theory 
never washed with me because he'd had Josh with him all 
along..." [1] 
Like Lee Harvey Oswald and John Hinckley, who shot Ronald 
Reagan, Timothy McVeigh may have had "doubles" of himself 
active prior to the bombing. This might have been to confuse 
his trail, but also possibly to incriminate him. According to the 
Los Angeles Times, "The investigators said authorities theorize 
that [McVeigh's companion] John Doe 2 could be two people, 
and that McVeigh and his alleged conspirators could have used 
different men to accompany him in order to serve as 'decoys' 
and confuse investigators trying to trace his movements." [2] 
The New York Times noted, "Mr. McVeigh lived in the 
Kingman [Arizona] area for a year until he was evicted from a 
trailer park last June.   The owner of the trailer park said Mr. 
165 
McVeigh had lived there from February to June 1994. Residents 
of the Canyon West Mobile Park drew a picture of an arrogant 
loner who worked as a security guard for a now-defunct trucking 
company, lived with his pregnant girlfriend, expressed deep 
anger against the federal government and often caused trouble 
for his neighbors." 
Not in the headlines but only relegated to a tiny blurb on a 
back page of a few papers was the news that the owner of the 
trailer park later changed his mind. He said that the man had 
not been Timothy McVeigh after all. "They were the same 
height, the same age, they looked alike," he stated, also 
mentioning that both men had recently been released from the 
army. [3] 
McVeigh complained that while in the army he had been 
implanted with a microchip in his buttocks. One acquaintance 
said that McVeigh believed he was being mind-controlled 
through the chip. After McVeigh was arrested, one of the few 
things that he complained about was the discomfort the chip 
was causing him. 
After leaving the military, McVeigh soon had ajob with Burns 
International Security Services, dispatched to the Calspan 
organization in Buffalo, New York. Calspan is engaged in a 
number of top secret projects, working in areas such as 
aeronautics, electronic warfare, microwave technology, and 
electronic telemetry. Monitoring by microchip is, by definition, 
electronic telemetry. 
Additional possible substantiation of mind control comes 
from McVeigh's army acquaintance Todd A. Regier, who said he 
was "kind of cold. He wasn't enemies with anyone. He was kind 
of almost like a robot. He never had a date when I knew him in 
the army. I never saw him at a club. I never saw him drinking. 
He never had good friends. He was a robot. Everything was for a 
purpose." [4] 
Walter "Mac" McCarty, a gun instructor who believed that 
McVeigh and Fortier were trying to involve him in a plot in 
Kingman, Arizona, also has strange things to say about the 
mindset of the men who allegedly did the Oklahoma City 
bombing: "He [McVeigh] was upset about things happening in 
this country to the point of being disoriented... I know 
brainwashing when I see it, those boys had really gotten a good 
case of it." [5] 
Is 
it possible 
that 
like Lee Harvey Oswald, as many 
researchers believe, McVeigh left the army for the purpose of 
being recruited into  a more  secret military unit engaged in 
166 
domestic workparticularly for the infiltration of the right-wing 
patriot underground? This is substantiated by a letter that 
Timothy McVeigh sent to his sister Jennifer, claiming that he 
had been working in a military Special Forces group involved in 
criminal activity. The contents of that letter, to my knowledge, 
have never been mentioned in either the mainstream electronic 
or print media. [6] 
Recall the words of Daniel Sheehan of the Christic Institute: 
"We have talked to half a dozen individuals who have told a 
startlingly similar story about how, at a very young age, usually 
between twenty and twenty-five, they were contacted, usually 
within the context of military training, and told: 'Look, we've got 
a special deal for you. You're going to come into the service 
under the normal designation of being an infantryman but you're 
going to leave the service after a while and you're going to have 
special training, and you're going to be brought into a special 
program. They're sent to special places where they are trained 
by mercenaries and then they're told: 'You're going to be called 
upon from time to time to do some things for us.'" 
NOTES: 
1. Padilla and Delpit, By Blood Betrayed. (New York: Harper Paperback, 
1995) 
2. "Feds charge Terry Nichols in bombing", Los Angeles Times, May 10, 
1995 
3. 
"Timothy James McVeigh: Tracing One Man's Complex Path to 
Extremism", New York Times, April 25, 1995; Kifner, John. "Arizona Trailer 
Park Owner Remembered the Wrong Man", New York Times, April 25, 1995 
4. McFadden, Robert D., New York Times, May 14, 1995 
5. Schaffer, Mark, "Gun class sheds new light on McVeigh", 
the Arizona 
Republic, May 28, 1995 
6. Myers, Lawrence W., "OKC Bombing Grand Jurors Claim 
'Cover-Up', 
Media Bypass magazine, November 1995 
 
 
167 
 
Charles Manson: Leader of a mind 
control cult? 
 
Robert DeGrimston Moore, founder of The Process. 
 
Chapter 22: 
BERSERKERS 
In recent years there have been an increasing number of 
instances of "berserkers," people who go crazy and commit 
murder. A common thread links many of these cases: their 
belief that they are mind-controlled. 
The San Francisco Chronicle for March 17, 1984, featured a 
story titled "Incident near White House: Gunman's bizarre 
claims," detailing the arrest of a man near the White House who 
claimed that he had been injected with a "crystalline implant" 
that broadcast messages telling him to kill the president. A far- 
fetched claim, until one remembers that the technology for such 
implants does exist, and has apparently been in use for decades. 
[1] 
Another case with a familiar ring to it is that of Emmanuel 
Tsegaye, a 33-year-old bank teller in Bethesda, Maryland, 
described as "rarely violent to others," who killed three fellow- 
employees at the Chevy Chase Federal Savings Bank. In the past 
he had been placed in psychiatric facilities, and had received 
undefined treatments at St. Elizabeth's Hospital, a facility 
infamous for CIA experimentation. Tsegaya said, in a letter to 
the judge who committed him, "I used to hear... voices both 
from space and as... exact repeated words... I used to hear a 
person speaking from [the] distance about the things I was 
speaking." Describing his state of mind after an attempted 
suicide, Tsegaye wrote, "I was depressed, mentally and 
physically weak... from the voices I used to hear and inadequate 
sleeps." [2] 
On May 5, 1991, Carl Campbell went to a bus stop in the 
parking lot of the Pentagon, and fired five gunshots into the 
chest and abdomen of Navy Commander Edward J. Higgins, who 
worked as an arms control specialist for the Department of 
Defense. Campbell was examined by psychologists who reported 
that Campbell had been haunted by voices, and believed he had 
been injected with a microchip by the CIA.   Although Campbell 
169 
was charged with first degree  murder, he was ruled mentally 
incompetent to stand trial. [3] 
On December 2, 1993, Alan Winterbourne, a computer 
systems engineer, went on a killing rampage at a Ventura 
County, California, unemployment office. Winterbourne had been 
employed in classified scientific work, and had resigned after 
complaining of harassment by workers and that his phone was 
tapped. Winterbourne's problems had begun after he had 
written a letter to his congressman requesting a federal 
investigation of illegalities that he believed were taking place at 
Northrop. Before his murderous spree he had told his sister, 
"they're working on terrible things at Northrop that would kill 
millions of innocent people.   Things you can't imagine." [4] 
William Tager, now in prison for killing an NBC stagehand 
outside the Today show studio in 1994, believed that messages 
were being broadcast directly to his brain from the media. In 
1986 he is reported to have been one of two men who physically 
beat newsman Dan Rather, asking him repeatedly, "Kenneth, 
what's the frequency?" Tagerand his accompliceapparently 
believed that Rather knew the electronic frequency of his 
believed mind control bombardment. [5] 
Shortly after 9 a.m. on December 14, 1995, 26-year-old 
Ralph Tortorici took hostage a history class at the State 
University at Albany, New York. Tortorici shot one student in 
the leg. After capture by the police, Tortorici yelled to 
bystanders "Stop government experimentation!" as he was being 
led away. Tortorici believes that the CIA has implanted a 
microchip in his brain. [6] 
The case of Robert Joe Moody is an unusual one in the 
annals of mind controlled murder. Moody was arrested for the 
murder of Michelle Malone, age 36, and Pat Magda, 56. Moody 
had been part of a sexual threesome with Malone and his 
girlfriend, Dora Lee, while Magda was his next-door neighbor, as 
well as being the wife of an Air Force officer. 
Moody claimed, even before his arrest, 
that he was 
commanded by extraterrestrial aliens, or rather, what he calls 
"Extrasensory Biological Entities", to murder the two women so 
that he would accomplish his "ultimate mission," to be lethally 
injected and be resurrected by the alien entities. In an attempt 
to explain why he was representing himself in court in October 
1995, Moody said, "I have never denied my participation in 
that... [but] it wasn't voluntary... I had no conscious control of 
what was going on." 
Mind   control researcher Walter Bowart, who has written 
170 
about the Moody case, believes that even though the man has 
been found competent to stand trial he is a Multiple Personality 
Disorder case, switching from personality to personality during 
interviews. During the jury trial, according to Bowart, Moody's 
various personalities fought with each other. 
Of extreme interest is the fact that Moody was trained with 
the Navy Seals, had received a Top Secret clearance, and that 
during his time as a Seal, he had experienced "missing time." 
Moody also told the court that the EBEs had originally contacted 
him while he was serving as a weather observer for military 
aircraft. This took place, Moody says, shortly after he had read a 
top secret government document of the crash of a flying saucer 
craft with alien bodies. Might this have been the bogus MJ-12 
document, and if so, who gave it to Moody? 
According to Bowart, Moody may have been set up for 
execution earlier than his conviction. Bowart states, "There 
even was one uncomfortable moment when Prosecutor David 
White placed one of the murder weapons, a large butcher knife, 
in an opened bag on Moody's desk for his inspection. 
"I could imagine Moody taking it, making a sudden menacing 
gesture before being shot down in the crossfire of the three 
deputies in the courtroom." 
Prosecutor White focused on the EBE's 
in his closing 
statements, presumably concerned that Moody might receive an 
acquittal by reason of insanity. White asked, "Did the aliens 
need the money to buy plutonium to fuel their spaceships?" 
White's contention was that Moody was making up the aliens in 
order to feign insanity for the jury. "The aliens are innocent!" 
the prosecutor concluded.   He may have been on to something. 
As Walter Bowart said, "Many were disappointed that the 
aliens were not called to testify." 
The jury found Moody guilty on two counts of first degree 
murder. [7] 
171 
NOTES: 
1. Krawczyk, Glenn, 
"Mind Control & 
the New World Order," Nexus 
magazine, February/March 1993 
2. Constantine; 
Alex, 
Psychic 
Dictatorship 
in 
the 
U.S.A. 
(Venice, 
California: Feral House, 1995); The Washington Post, February 17, 1989 
 
3. Constantine 
4. Ibid. 
 
5. Hidell, 
Al, 
"Paranotes," 
"Dan 
Learns 
the 
Frequency," 
Paranoia 
magazine, Spring, 1997 
6. 
"Hoffman 
II, Michael A., 
"The 
Invocation 
of 
Catastrophe: 
The 
Unabom Ritual 
in Alchemical Process," 
Independent History and Research 
newsletter, All Hallows Eve, 1995 
7. Bowart, W.H.. "The Aliens are Innocent!: The Trial and Conviction of 
a 'EBE Possessed' Serial Killer," MindNet Journal, volume 1, issues 8a, 8b, 8c, 
obtained on the Internet 
 
 
172 
Chapter 23: 
CREATING CULTS 
R.D. Laing, author of the popular The Politics of Experience and 
an associate of the Tavistock Institute, probably knew what he 
was talking about when he stated in an interview in Omni 
magazine, 
"In the late 'sixties it became apparent to the elite with 
responsibilities for 'control of the population' that the old idea 
of putting people in the proverbial bin and keeping them there 
for lifewarehousing peoplewasn't cost-effective. The Reagan 
administration in California was one of the first to realize this. 
So they had to rethink just what the name of the game was. 
That has led to a schism between what is said to the general 
public and what is practiced by the executive in control of 
mental health. The same problem prevails across Europe and 
the Third World. 
"To see what is happening, look at the textbook or manual 
called DSM-III: The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual on Mental 
Disorders (third edition, published by the American Psychiatric 
Association). Translated into economic and political terms, 
mental disorder means undesired mental states and behavior. 
The criteria for mental disorder in DSM-III include any unusual 
perceptual 
experience, 
magical 
thinking, 
clairvoyance, 
telepathy, sixth sense, sense of a person not actually present. 
You're allowed to sense the presence of a dead relative for three 
weeks after their death. After that it becomes a criterion of 
mental disorder to have those feelings. 
"...these are not exceptional examples out of DSM-III. The 
overall 
drift 
is what 
contemporary modern psychiatry, 
epitomized by this DSM manual translated into eighteen 
languages, is imposing all over the worlda mandate to strip 
anyone of their civil liberties, of habeas corpus; and to apply 
involuntary incarceration, chemicalisation of a person, electric 
shocks, and non-injurious torture; to homogenize people who 
are out of line.     Presented  as a medical operation, it  is an 
173 
undercover operation." [1] 
With increased scrutinization by Congress and the American 
people in the late 1970s the CIA and possibly other intelligence 
agencies moved their experimentation out of the laboratories 
and went 
underground. One 
of 
their 
strategies 
for 
experimentation as well as social manipulation was in the 
creation of mind control cults. 
I do not maintain that all off-the-wall mystical or religious 
groups practicing mental manipulation were 
formed by 
intelligence agencies as test tubes for their projects. Examining 
various groups, however, solid connections to intelligence 
agencies are apparent in many of them. The apparency is that 
many of these groups have been formed in this way, while others 
have been infiltrated and influenced.   A few examples: 
Charles Manson's 
leering 
facewith or without 
the 
homemade swastika tattoo on his foreheadis one of the 
defining images of the 1960s. It is perhaps one of the 
" Changing Images of Man." Presented by the media as a 
madman holding his small band of followers under his sway in 
the desert, sallying forth to murder the rich and the famous, 
there is much to suggest that this is not the whole of the story. 
Manson was released from a California prison in 1967, and 
under the stipulations of his parole reported to Roger Smith at 
the Haight Ashbury Medical Clinic in San Francisco, a facility 
sponsored by NIMH. The Haight Ashbury district itself was 
termed a "human guinea pig farm" by one CIA agent. Dr. Louis 
Jolyon West, for one, was running a mysterious safe house in the 
Haight in the Summer of Love. 
While in prison Manson was connected to the AMORC 
Rosicrucians, the same group that Sirhan Sirhan had ties to. 
Manson was also in touch with members of The Process, an 
apocalyptic Scientology spinoff group, and he dubbed his own 
group the Final Church using Process terminology. In San 
Francisco Manson lived at 636 Cole Street while the Process 
group lived at number 407, close to the center of activity in the 
Haight. Manson's reported plan to unleash the apocalyptic 
"Helter Skelter" revolution also seems to have been copped 
straight from Process theology, but there is a familiar ring. The 
"process" of The Process is identical to that of Tavistock, the 
return of the blank slate, the tabula rasa through violence. 
David Berkowitz, convicted for the Son of Sam murders, later 
linked Manson to the L.A.-based wing of the Satanic cult he was a 
member of, reportedly termed "the Children." Manson is also 
alleged to have been connected to Scientology, as well as to a 
174 
coven in New Orleans whose members supposedly included 
Janis Joplin and the University of Texas tower sniper Charles 
Whitman. [2] 
Manson's base of operation was at the Spahn Movie Ranch, 
later bought out by the owners of the ranch next door, the 
German Krupp family, who were key to the arming of the Third 
Reich. [3] 
Mansonas well as alleged RFK assassin Sirhan Sirhanare 
reported to have attended drug orgies at the Polanski/Tate 
mansion. Actress Sharon Tate was the daughter of an Army 
Intelligence officer, and her husband, Roman Polanski, directed 
the satanic-themed film Rosemary's Baby. Polanski later fled the 
United States after a statutory rape accusation. British warlock 
Alex Saunders claims that he personally initiated Sharon Tate 
into witchcraft. Jay Sebring, another of the victims, according 
to Sammy Davis Jr.'s biography, Why Me?, had acted as a high 
priest at a satanic simulated sacrifice. Sebring had visited the 
Spahn Ranch in the company of a woman in a wig identified as 
"Sharon." 
Robert F. Kennedy is reported to have eaten dinner at the 
Polanski place the day before his assassination, a connection that 
may resonate with the Sirhan role in the murder. 
The mansion where the five murders were committed on 
August 9, 1969, at 10050 Cielo Drive, was sublet by Roman 
Polanski from Terry Melcher, who was friends with Manson. 
Three days before the murder, a drug dealer was publicly 
whipped at Cielo. According to actor Dennis Hopper, "They had 
fallen into sadism and masochism and bestialityand they 
recorded it all on videotape, too. The L.A. police told me this. I 
know that three days before they were killed twenty-five people 
were invited to that house for a mass whipping of a dealer from 
Sunset Strip who'd given them bad dope." 
On August 5, shortly before the murders, Manson was at the 
Esalen Institute in Big Sur, California. Esalen, remarkably 
enough, is a New Age capitol assisted in its founding in 1962 by 
Aldous Huxley, and involved in sponsoring various kinds of 
meditational training and speakers. Process founder Robert 
DeGrimston is reported to have spoken at Esalen. One of the 
victims of the Tate murders was Abigail Folger, the coffee 
heiress.   She had attended sessions at Esalen. 
According to an Esalen newsletter, "Esalen started in the fall 
of 1962 as a forum to bring together a wide variety of 
approaches to enhancement of the human potential... including 
experiential   sessions   involving  encounter   groups,   sensory 
175 
awakening, gestalt awareness training, and related disciplines. 
Our latest step is to fan out into the community at large, running 
programs in cooperation with many different 
institutions, 
churches, schools, hospitals, and government." In other words, 
"societry," to use the terminology of another organization. 
At the murder site, Tate was hung upside down in the image 
of the Hanged Man Tarot card, a popular way for dispatching 
occultic traitors. 
Were there puppeteers other than Charlie standing behind 
the Manson family murders? David Berkowitz, convicted for the 
Son of Sam killings, said that Manson "volunteered to do the 
killings" for someone else. One of the names that consistently 
comes up in investigations of the Manson family is The Process, 
but investigator Ed Sanders, who wrote a book on the Manson 
family, said, "There were so many investigations going on out 
there after the murders that I began to wonder if the Process 
was a front for some intelligence operation." 
An ex-Processan provides more solid information: "You know, 
a lot of people say The Process is a fascist organization. It's 
actually half-true. It was founded by the German Democratic 
Party, a neo-Nazi group in Germany as a front to raise money 
over here in the States. But since that time it's grown more or 
less independent of the German group. I know a number of 
American Nazis and fascists who won't have anything to do with 
The Process. They say they don't want to be a part of a group 
that's run by Europeans."[4] 
An operation apparently sprung from the dragon's teeth of 
the CIA and the Louis Jolyon West Violence Center project was 
the Symbionese Liberation Army. Colston Westbrook was a Black 
CIA psychological warfare expert who had participated in 
Operation Phoenix in Vietnam, and was a part of Pacific 
Engineering Company, a subsidiary of Pacific Corporation, 
reportedly the largest CIA cut-out in the world. Time Magazine 
at the time simplified things by abbreviating his credentials to 
being simply a "linguist." Apparently based upon that job 
description, Westbrook got a job teaching "Black Lexicon" at UC 
Berkeley, then whipped up what was called the Black Cultural 
Association at the infamous Vacaville Medical Facilityactually a 
prisonin California. The program was organized by Donald 
DeFreeze, who had been a member of the Los Angeles Police 
Department's Public Disorder Unit between 1967-69. 
DeFreeze, 
according 
to 
researcher 
Alex 
Constantine, 
"described his incarceration on the prison's third floor, where 
he was corralled by CIA agents who drugged him and said he 
176 
would become the leader of a radical movement and kidnap a 
wealthy person. After his escape from Vacaville (an exit door 
was left unlocked for him), that's exactly what he did." 
Westbrook reportedly gave DeFreeze the handle "Cinque 
Mtume," and worked up the cobra logo for the SLA. The same 
logo was also used by alleged police agent Ron Karenga and his 
US Organization. [5] 
After DeFreeze escaped from Vacaville he ended up on the 
doorsteps of the Vietnam Veterans Against the War and the 
Venceremos Brigade, offering his services as a hit man. This is a 
standard method of establishing an identity in underground 
cadres, by stepping forth as the "baddest of the bad." 
Joseph Remiro and Nancy Ling Perry, members of the SLA, 
were political conservatives, according to researcher Mae 
Brussel, "with a kill-a-Commie-for-Christ background." Both 
were also drug addicts, a useful part of their profile. Bill and 
Emily Harris, also members, had no discernible background in 
radical politics, but came from the University of Indiana, a 
school used in the recruitment of the CIA. They had worked as 
a narc team for the Indiana State Police. The majority of 
individuals linked to the SLA by the police, in fact, had no 
earlier connection to radical politics, although several had 
worked with Colston Westbrook and Donald DeFreeze at 
Vacaville. [6] 
On February 4, 1974, the SLA kidnapped Patricia Hearst, heir 
to 
the Hearst newspaper 
fortune. She was 
reportedly 
brainwashed and recruited as a member of the group, and was 
utilized in several very visible fund-raising events held at banks. 
She was arrested on September 18, 1975. 
During the period that Hearst was eluding the police, there 
were one or more Hearst doubles in action. Researcher John 
Judge said in an interview, "There was a pick-up of somebody 
who said that she wasn't Patty Hearst but she looked exactly like 
her and she had gone to school up in Cleveland. A cop picked 
her up, and she had a scar in the same place, and everything was 
identical, but she wasn't Patty Hearst. Then an FBI agent 
supposedly came into the scene and said that if she ever got 
picked up again all she had to do was tell them to call this FBI 
agent and he would clear herso it was a perfect way for Patty to 
move if there was an accidental pick-upthey had created a 
phony double." [7] 
The media inflated stories of the SLA into what seemed to be 
the beginnings of a racial waralthough it may have actually been 
planned that way.  Then the cavalry arrived.   On May 17,  1974, 
177 
the headquarters of the SLA in Los Angeles was surrounded by 
150 LAPD officers, 100 FBI, 100 Sheriffs Department officers, 
15 highway patrolmen, and 25 motorcycle officers providing 
traffic control. The cops flamed the place, with six SLA 
members killed. 
After 
the burning of 
the SLA headquarters, CIA-funded 
psychiatrists Martin Orne, Louis Jolyon West, and Robert Jay 
Lifton provided psychological pre-trial examinations of Patty 
Hearst. Another psychiatrist called upon to testify in the Hearst 
trial was Margaret Singer, who had studied returned Korean War 
prisoners at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in 
Maryland, worked with West at his Hashbury safe house, and 
who provided a book blurb on Raven, by Tim Reiterman and 
John Jacobs, a report on the Jim Jones' People's Temple that 
conveniently overlooked information linking the group to the 
CIA. 
Orne and Singer later turned up as directors of the False 
Memory Syndrome Foundation, a group whose board is primarily 
made up of CIA and military doctors. The purpose of the group 
is to disprove claims of cult mind control.   [8] 
Here is Hearst's account of what happened after her arrest: 
"When the first of the psychiatrists came to see me on 
September 30, just eleven days after my arrest, I simply 
crumbled under his scrutiny. I cried, murmuring and mumbling 
out replies that were not answers to his questions. He thought I 
was refusing to cooperate with him. This was Dr. Louis Jolyon 
West, Chairman of the Department of Psychiatry at UCLA, 
Director of the Neuropsychiatric Institute, Psychiatrist-in-Chief 
of UCLA Hospitals, a licensed M.D., Chairman of the Council on 
Research and Development of 
the American Psychiatric 
Association, psychiatric consultant to the Air Force, author of 
books and studies on prisoners of war, an internationally 
recognized expert in his field. I thought he had a creepy 
hypnotic voice. A tall, heavy-set man who appeared to be kindly, 
I suspected 'Jolly' of being too smooth, too soothing to be 
trusted." [9] 
Another of the shrinks to examine Hearst after her capture 
was Dr. Martin Orne, a CIA/Navy doctor involved during the 
1960s in mind control experiments underwritten by the Human 
Ecology Fund and the Scientific Engineering Institute, both CIA 
fronts. At one point Orne boasted that he received routine 
briefing on all CIA behavior modification experiments. Orne is 
also one of the original members of the False Memory Syndrome 
Foundation, a   group   of   psychiatrists, many  of   them   with 
178 
backgrounds linked to the CIA, whose mission is to prove that 
cult mind control and ritual child abuse does not exist. [10] 
The sound track for the '60s is of course provided by the 
Grateful Dead LSD and rock and roll organization. Until the 
death of leader Jerry Garcia, the Dead were arguably the most 
influential "cult" in operation. The first member of the Grateful 
Dead to take LSD, Robert Hunter, did so under the auspices of a 
"government sponsored" Stanford University drug study. An FBI 
internal memo from 1968 also mentions the employment of 
Jerry Garcia of the Grateful Dead as an avenue "to channel youth 
dissent and rebellion into more benign and non-threatening 
directions." It is obvious that with their "laid-back," non- 
politically 
involved stance, 
that 
the Grateful Dead have 
performed a vital service in distracting many young persons into 
drugs and mysticism, rather than politics. Whether they knew 
they were performing the service is a matter of argument. [11] 
Another 
repository of deadheads was 
Jonestown, 
the 
dystopic community established by evangelist Jim Jones in 
Guyana, South America. Most of us are familiar with the tragedy: 
nearly 1,000 members of the People's Temple are reported to 
have committed suicide there by drinking cyanide on the orders 
of Jones. But there is more to this apparent mass suicide than 
meets the eye in the triangle. Jonestown, without a doubt, was 
an MKULTRA project. 
Suspicious associations of Jim Jones go back many years, to 
the man's boyhood, and his lifelong friendship with Dan 
Mitrione. Mitrione trained in the CIA-financed International 
Police Academy. He may have been the source of Jones' 
unexplained funding when in 1961 Jones travelled to Brazil. 
Mitrione, "working closely with the CIA at that point", 
accompanied him. At the time, Jones explained to his Brazilian 
neighbors that he was employed by Navy Intelligence, and both 
his food and the large house he and his small group lived in 
were provided by the U.S. Embassy. According to a local 
resident, Jones "lived like a king." At the time, Jones was 
making regular trips to Belo Horizonte, the headquarters of the 
CIA in Brazil. In 1963 Jones returned to the States, with an 
unexplained windfall of $10,000, sufficient to launch his next 
operation. [12] 
In Ukiah, California, Jones established the first People's 
Temple. The Happy Havens Rest Home was also set up in the 
same location, guarded by electric fences, guard towers, dogs, 
and armed guards dressed in black. Persons attempting to leave 
the compound were sometimes forcibly restrained.   There were 
179 
at least  150   foster children   living at  the  camp,   along with 
elderly persons, prisoners, and psychiatric patients. 
At that 
time the People's Temple 
linked up with 
the 
Mendocino State Mental Hospital, and members of the group 
were trained in medical techniques there. It is reported that in 
a short while the entire staff of the mental hospital were 
members of Jones' People's Temple. 
California virtually handed 
the Mendocino State Mental 
Hospital to Jim Jones on a silver platter. According to 
researcher Michael Meiers, "The Mendocino Plan was a pilot 
program of the federal government designed to evaluate the 
feasibility of deinstitutionalizing the mentally ill. Dennis Denny, 
Mendocino's Director of Social Services, has speculated that the 
Mendocino Plan was the sole reason that Jim Jones moved to 
Ukiah." During the period that Jones was in Ukiah, Jones' 
group conducted behavior modification experiments on both the 
patients in the mental hospital, and on Jones' congregation. 
Jones used sensory deprivation on some of his congregation 
during this period, and it is said that Jones' expertise in the 
technique was passed on to Donald DeFreeze of the Symbionese 
Liberation Army, who would later use the method on Patty 
Hearst. [13] 
In Ukiah, Jones is reported to have been in touch with CIA- 
connected World Vision, an evangelical anti-Communist church 
union that includes far-right church groups like Carl McIntyre's 
International Council of Christian Churches. World Vision is said 
to have employed Mark David Chapman, the murderer of John 
Lennon. John Hinckley, Sr., the father of the man who shot 
Ronald Reagan, is a friend of Reagan's Vice President George 
Bushsignificant for the possible motiveand ran a World Vision 
mission in Denver, Colorado. Another of Hinckley Sr.'s sons was 
to have dinner with Neil Bush on the day of the attempted 
assassination. 
Hinckley, Jr. was a prime candidate 
for mind control 
assassination programming. He was the recipient of mood- 
altering drugs from his hometown psychiatrist, and was on 
Valium when he shot Reagan. His "double," a man named 
Richardson, who followed Hinckley in Colorado and wrote love 
letters to Jody Foster, was a follower of Carl McIntyre. Hinckley 
also claimed to have met with David Berkowitz, the "Son of 
Sam" murderer, while in Colorado. [14] 
In Ukiah Jim Jones hobnobbed with all the pillars of the 
community, and allied himself with Walter Heady, the leader of 
the local John Birch Society.   Members of the People's Temple 
180 
organized voting drives for Richard Nixon, worked with the 
Republican Party, and Jones was appointed chairman of the 
county grand jury. 
A number of persons who would soon be influential in the 
People's Temple joined the group in Ukiah. According to 
researcher John Judge, "Most of the top lieutenants around 
Jones were from wealthy, educated backgrounds, many with 
connections to the military or intelligence agencies. These 
were the people who would set up the bank accounts, complex 
legal actions, and financial records that put people under the 
Temple's control." [15] 
Among the most important of Jones' known supporterswho 
knows what scoundrels might have been lurking behind the 
scenes?were the aristocratic Layton family, who financed 
Jones with large sums of money, and are related to wealthy 
British and German families. Dr. Lawrence Layton was Chief of 
Chemical and Ecological Warfare Research at the infamous 
Dugway Proving Grounds in Utah, working later at the Navy 
Propellant Division, as Director of Missile and Satellite 
Development. Layton's stockbroker father-in-law represented 
the German I.G. Farben monolith. The parents of George Philip 
Blakey, the husband of the former Debbie Layton, also had large 
holdings in Solvay Drugs, a division of I.G. Farben. Blakey is 
reported to have been a CIA operative and to have run 
mercenaries out of Jonestown, supplying forces to the CIA- 
backed UNITA in Angola. Blakey is reported to have made the 
original $650,000 deposit on the land in Guyana that was to 
become Jonestown. [16] 
Another prominent alleged member of the People's Temple 
was Timothy Stoen, the Assistant District Attorney of San 
Francisco. Jones utilized his people to organize a voting drive 
for Mayor Moscone, and was rewarded by being put in charge of 
the San Francisco Housing Commission, a fact never mentioned 
in the mainstream press. Many of Jones' followers obtained jobs 
at the city Welfare Department, and were able to use those 
positions to gain recruits for the Temple. 
Seven mysterious deaths connected to the People's Temple 
were reported in the local press, and increased scrutinization by 
the media and politicians apparently led Jones to pull up stakes 
and move his operation to Guyana. Guyana was not Jones' initial 
choice as a site for relocation. He had earlier decided on 
Grenada, and deposited $200,000 in the Grenada National Bank 
in 1977. After the Jonestown massacre, $76,000 remained in 
the bank. 
181 
The Jonestown location is a rich source of minerals and had 
earlier been the site of a Union Carbide bauxite and manganese 
mine. There had been earlier plans to bring in large numbers of 
workers to the area, going back as far as 1919. In current 
years, the area has been repopulated by 100,000 Laotian Hmong 
people. [17] 
After the Guyanese location for the People's Temple was 
decided upon, it was prepared for habitation by members, with 
the cooperation of local officials and the U.S. Embassy. The 
Information Services Company states that "The U.S. Embassy in 
Georgetown Guyana housed the Georgetown CIA station. It now 
appears that the majority and perhaps all of the embassy officials 
were CIA officers operating under State Department covers." 
Among embassy officials verified as being agents of the CIA 
are U.S. Ambassador John Burke, who attempted to stop 
Congressman Leo Ryan's investigation of Jonestown; Dan 
Webber, who was at the site of the massacre the following day; 
and Chief Consular Officer Richard McCoy, on loan from the 
Defense Department and reportedly "close" to Jones. [18] 
The Jonestown compound 
in Guyana consisted of an 
hierarchical structure with an elite composed of all white male 
camp guards who received special privileges, and who were 
allowed to leave the camp freely and to carry money. Some of 
the white guards had been employed as mercenaries in Africa 
and elsewhere. The guards survived the Jonestown tragedy. 
The rest of the camp was 90% women, and 80% Black, and they 
existed under slave labor conditions, working 16 to 18 hours 
daily, with miserable rations. When Black members of the 
Temple arrived from the United States, they were bound and 
gagged before being taken to the compound. Once inside 
Jonestown, perceived infractions led to forced drugging, public 
rape, torture, and beatings. [19] 
Jeannie Mills, a member of the People's Temple, reported 
that she had seen films taken inside a Chilean torture camp, 
either Colonia Dignidad or another located at Pisagua, while at 
Jonestown. These camps have documented connections to the 
CIA as well as to Fourth Reich Nazis, with visits reported from 
the negatively notable such as Dr. Josef Mengele and Martin 
Bormann. 
The Jonestown mass suicide (or murder) was probably set off 
by the arrival in Guyana of Congressman Leo Ryan, who was 
perhaps the most active investigator in Washington of CIA 
abuses, and arguably number one with a bullet on the CIA's 
lengthy hate list.     Among other accomplishments, Ryan had 
182 
Introduced the Hughes-Ryan Amendment 
to 
the National 
Assistance Act, transferring the overseeing of the CIA from the 
Armed Forces Committeeknown for looking the other way in 
matters relating to the CIAto the International Relations 
Committee of the House and Senate.   [20] 
Ryan had uncovered information linking the CIA to the 
creation of mind control cults, including the Unification Church 
of Reverend Sung Myung Moon, and the Symbionese Liberation 
Army. In response to stories of atrocities at Jonestown, Ryan 
decided to investigate for himselfand that determination 
sealed his fate. 
After travelling to Jonestown and attempting to return to the 
States, Ryan, several reporters, and a Jonestown defector were 
killed on an airstrip at nearby Port Kaituma, with the mass 
Jonestown deaths taking place shortly afterward. Observers 
reported that Ryan's group was killed by armed men who acted 
like "zombies." 
Cheering was heard 45 minutes after the mass death at 
Jonestown, and those persons have never been accounted for. 
For that matter, practically no one at Jonestown has been 
accounted for. Robert Pastor, an aide to Zbigniew Brzezinski, at 
the time national security advisor to Jimmy Carter, sent orders 
to the U.S. military to remove "all politically sensitive papers 
and forms of identification from the bodies."   [21] 
Dr. Mootoo, a Guyanese pathologist, was the first medical 
person on the scene, and the first to examine the bodies of the 
victims. Mootoo determined that there were fresh needle 
marks on the left shoulder blades of 80-90% of the bodies. 
Some of the victims had been shot or strangled. The gun that 
Jones had reportedly used to commit suicide lay 200 feet away 
from his body. Mootoo concluded to the Guyanese grand jury 
that all but three of the victims had not committed suicide, but 
were murdered. When autopsies were performed at Dover, 
Delaware, the forensic doctors were not informed of Dr. 
Mootoo's findings. 
The body identified as Jim Jones did not have Jones' chest 
tattoos, and was so decomposed that it was not recognizable. 
Fingerprints on the body were checked twice, for no apparent 
reasoncould 
it have been 
that 
they did not match 
Jones?while his dental records were not consulted. [22] 
The recovery of the bodies to the United States was botched, 
with all identification removed, and a delay of a week before they 
were transported. Rotting made autopsies impossible. Due to 
the decomposition only 17 of the bodies could be identified in 
183 
Delaware.    Although the  Guyanese had initially identified   174 
bodies, that information was destroyed. 
There were at least 200 survivors of Jonestown, and they 
were never contacted by the press. Jeannie and Al Mills, two 
survivors who were planning on writing a book about Jones and 
the cult, were murdered, while another survivor was murdered 
in Detroit, with the perpetrator never captured. According to 
John Judge, "Yet another was involved in a mass murder of 
schoolchildren in Los Angeles." The acknowledged survivors of 
Jonestown were represented legally in the U.S. by Joseph 
Blatchford, who had been accused of being involved in the CIA 
infiltration of the Peace Corps. 
At the time of the Jonestown massacre, CIA agent Richard 
Dwyer, Deputy Chief of Mission for the U.S. Embassy in Guyana, 
was present. In a tape recording made immediately prior, Jones 
can be heard saying, "Get Dwyer out of here." 
At the end, Jones had accumulated assets estimated to be 
between $26 million and $2 billion. The government receiver- 
ship determined a figure of $10 million. Much of this money 
unaccountably disappeared. 
Joe Holsinger, Congressman Leo Ryan's attorney and friend, 
said that a few hours after the murder of Ryan he had heard 
from a White House official that "we have a CIA report from the 
scene." Holsinger wrote, "The more I investigate the mysteries 
of Jonestown, the more I am convinced there is something 
sinister behind it all. There is no doubt in my mind that Jones 
had very close CIA connections. At the time of the tragedy, the 
Temple had three boats in the water off the coast. The boats 
disappeared shortly afterwards. Remember, Brazil is a country 
that Jones is very familiar with. He is supposed to have money 
there. And it is not too far from Guyana. My own feeling is that 
Jones was ambushed by CIA agents who then disappeared in the 
boats. But the whole story is so mind-boggling that I'm willing 
to concede he escaped with them." [23] 
Not surprisingly, Louis Jolyon West wrote an article offering 
the sanitized version of Jonestownsans conflicting evidence or 
CIA involvement.   [24] 
Another cult with curious, somehow non-religious under- 
pinnings is the Unification Church of Reverend Sun Myung 
Moon, the power behind literally hundreds of fronts and 
businesses internationally. Among the acquisitions of the UC are 
the University of Bridgeport in Connecticut, which cost Moon a 
cool $50 million, and the Washington Times newspaper, which 
he admitted had set him back "close to one billion dollars." 
184 
Before its 
incorporation in the U.S., Moon was closely 
connected to the South Korean Central Intelligence Agency 
(KCIA), with four of Moon's followers in positions of prominence 
in the intelligence organization. 
Bo Hi Pakone of Moon's top aideswas a liaison to U.S. 
intelligence agencies for the KCIA. In 1962 he travelled to the 
U.S. where he met with CIA Director John McCone, Defense 
Secretary Robert McNamara, and Defense Intelligence Agency 
Director General Joseph Carroll. Pak was also known to make 
frequent trips to the National Security Agency at Fort Meade, 
Maryland. 
Moon has 
received 
large contributions 
from right-wing 
politicians in Japan, and in 1970 Moon's Japanese organization 
hosted the rightist World Anti-Communist League annual 
conference. [25] 
The Church of Scientology is a group with incredible sway 
over the minds of its adherents. The founder of the group, L. 
Ron Hubbard, was reportedly a member of Naval Intelligence 
during World War II, as well as being a friend and participant in 
magickal workings with Jack Parsons, the head of the California 
Ordo Templi Orientis group of Aleister Crowley. In one of his 
recorded lectures, Hubbard describes Parsons as being the most 
brilliant man he ever met. Hubbard seems to have been a 
sincere Crowleyite, regardless of the protestations of the church 
hierarchy. According to his son, Ron DeWolf, "He was very 
interested in... the creation of what some people call the Moon 
Child. It was basically an attempt to create an immaculate 
conception, except by Satan rather than by God... getting a 
satanic or demonic spirit to inhabit the body of a fetus. This 
would come about as a result of black-magic rituals, which 
included the use of hypnosis, drugs, and other dangerous and 
destructive practice... He thought of himself as the Beast 666 
incarnate... the Antichrist. Aleister Crowley thought of himself 
as such... When Crowley died in 1947, my father decided that 
he should wear the cloak of the beast and become the most 
powerful being in the universe." [26] 
It is quite possible that Hubbard continued to be connected 
to U.S. intelligence after World War II. According to former CIA 
officer Miles Copeland, "arrangements" were made between the 
Agency and Scientology as well as the group Moral Re- 
Armament. The CIA's covert support for MRA is confirmed by 
the late CIA agent Jim Wilcott. Certainly there cannot have been 
too much animosity between the CIA and Scientology, judging 
from    the   Agency's   Project    Grill   Flame   remote    viewing 
185 
experiments, in which 14 Scientologists graded "Clear" and 
above participated. 
According to a source quoted by Daniel Brandt, in the early 
1960s Hubbard was given an award by the American Ordnance 
Association. According to this source, Hubbard "was on a 
friendly basis with top generals and admirals and their military- 
industrial associates." [27] 
The Finders group appears to be another cult created as a 
pet project of American so-called intelligence. Since 1987, the 
Finders have been on a roll, expanding their real estate holdings 
with properties estimated to be worth more than $2.2 million. 
The Washington City Paper reports that "the Finders constantly 
walk the streets, following people home and taking extensive 
notes and pictures." 
Researcher Daniel Brandt was contacted by members of the 
Finders in 1984. They told him that they were members of the 
"Information Bank," and provided gratis a computer program 
that Brandt needed. One of the men who approached Brandt 
was later caught rifling the files of Washington, D.C. researcher 
Kris Jacobs. At that time he claimed he was from the National 
Journalism Center. In another encounter, the same person 
showed a business card with the legend "Hong Kong Business 
Today". 
According to Brandt, who visited the warehouse headquarters 
of the Finders in Washington, D.C, "It was clear... that most 
group members were world-class travelers, which included 
travel to numerous Eastern Bloc countries. It was all a game to 
them. This was a small groupperhaps 40 adultsbut they had 
no visible income to support their far-flung activities." 
The founder of the group is retired USAF Master Sergeant 
Marion David Pettie. He reportedly started the outfit as early as 
the 1950s, originally calling the group the Seekers. His wife, 
Isabel, was a support secretary for the CIA in Frankfurt, 
Germany, from 1957-61. Pettie's son George, according to one 
report, "served in the CIA's drug activities in Air America during 
the Vietnam War." 
"A 
three-page 
non-government memo of 
undetermined 
origin" cited by Daniel Brandt provides additional information 
about Pettie. According to the memo, Pettie began his career in 
contact with a number of OSS agents, and was the chauffeur to 
General Ira Eaker. He was a protege of Charles Marsh, who ran 
a private 
intelligence agency, and 
received 
training 
in 
counterintelligence 
in Baltimore and Frankfurt, Germany. 
Pettie's  control agent was Colonel Leonard N. Weigner of Air 
186 
Force intelligence and the CIA, and his case officer was Major 
George Varga, who passed on instructions from Weigner until 
Varga died in the 1970s. Pettie resignedor should it be 
"resigned"?from the military only to don bellbottoms and 
beads and plunge headlong into the counterculture. 
One oft-cited incident involving the Finders took place in 
1987, in Tallahassee, Florida, when the local police department 
was alerted to suspicious activities, and apprehended two men 
transporting six children. According to the report of the police 
officers, 
"The police had received an anonymous 
telephone call 
relative to two well-dressed white men wearing suits and ties in 
Myers Park, [Tallahassee], apparently watching six dirty and 
unkept [sic] children in the playground area. A Mr. HOULIHAN 
and AMMERMAN were near a 1980 blue Dodge van bearing the 
Virginia license number XHW-557, the inside of which was later 
described as foul-smelling, filled with maps, books, letters, with 
a mattress situated to the rear of the van which appeared as if it 
were used as a bed. The overall appearance of the van gave the 
impression that all eight persons were living in it. The children 
were covered with insect bites, were very dirty and most of the 
children were not wearing underwear and all the children had 
not been bathed in many days." 
One of the arresting officers voiced suspicions about the 
children being used in pornography in Mexico. A search 
warrant was 
issued 
for 
the Finders' Washington, D.C. 
headquarters, and police entered the building on February 5, 
1987. Special Agents for the Department of the Treasury 
Ramon Martinez and Lynwood Rountree said in their report 
that, "During the course of the search warrants, numerous 
documents were discovered which appeared to be concerned 
with international trafficking in children, high tech transfers to 
the United Kingdom and international transfer of currency." 
The computer/cult connection will rear its head again. 
The report continued, "Further inspection of the premises 
disclosed numerous files relating to activities of the organization 
in different parts of the world. Locations I observed are as 
follows: London, Germany, the Bahamas, Japan, Hong Kong, 
Malaysia, Africa, Costa Rica and Europe. There was also a file 
identified as Palestinian. Other files were identified by member 
name or 'project' name. The projects, appearing to be operated 
for commercial purposes under front names for the FINDERS. 
There was a file entitled 'Pentagon Break-In' and others which 
referred   to   members   operating  in   foreign   countries.      Not 
187 
observed by me but related by an MPD [Metropolitan Police 
Department] officer, were intelligence files on private families 
not related to the Finders. The process undertaken appears to 
have been 
a 
systematic 
response 
to 
local 
newspaper 
advertisements for baby-sitters, tutors, etc. A member of the 
Finders would respond and gather as much information as 
possible about the habits, identity, occupation, etc. of a family. 
The use to which this information was to be put is still unknown. 
There was also a large amount of data collected on various child 
care organizations. 
"The warehouse contained a large library, two kitchens, a 
sauna, hot tub and a video room. The video room seemed to be 
set up as an indoctrination center. It also appeared that the 
organization had the capability to produce its own videos. There 
were what appeared to be training areas for children and what 
appeared to be an altar set up in a residential area of the 
warehouse. Many jars of urine and feces were located in this 
area." 
According to researcher Wendell Minnick, 
the author of 
Spies and Provocateurs: An Encyclopedia of Espionage and 
Covert Action, a telex was found in the 1987 raid that ordered, 
"the purchase of two children from Hong Kong to be arranged 
through a contact 
in 
the Chinese embassy 
there." 
In 
substantiation, at the time of the raid a Chinese graduate in 
anatomy from Georgetown University, Wang Gen-xin, was living 
with the Finders. 
A Washington, D.C. police detective named Bradley was 
contacted by one of the officers involved in the search of the 
Finders' headquarters, at which time it was agreed that the 
documents seized would be reviewed within a few days. An 
internal "Memo to File," dated April 13, 1987, and written by 
one of the Customs agents participating in the raid reported 
what ensued: 
"On April 2, 1987, I arrived at MPD at approximately 9:00 
AM. Detective Bradley was not available. I spoke to a third party 
who was willing to discuss the case with me on a strictly 'off the 
record' basis. I was advised that all the passport data had been 
turned over to the State Department for their investigation. The 
State Department in turn advised MPD that all travel and use of 
the passports by the holders of the passports was within the law 
and no action would be taken. This includes travel to Moscow, 
North Korea and North Vietnam from the late 1950s to mid 
1970s." 
The   same memo  also stated, "CIA made one  contact and 
188 
admitted to owning the Finders organization... but that it had 
"gone bad."... [I was advised] the investigation into the activity of 
the Finders had become a CIA internal matter. The MPD report 
has been classified Secret and was not available for review. I was 
advised that the FBI had withdrawn from the investigation 
several weeks prior and that the FBI Foreign Counterintelligence 
Division had directed MPD not to advise the FBI Washington 
Field Office of anything that had transpired. No further 
information will be available. No further action will be taken." 
[28] 
David Berkowitz, convicted of the "Son of Sam" New York 
murder series, was a "son of Uncle Sam" and, evidence 
suggests, the member of "the Children," an international satanic 
murder cult with links to the military. Terry Patterson, an army 
buddy of Berkowitz, stated that when Berkowitz joined the army 
he entered a special program reportedly 
for "profiled" 
candidates of an unspecified character, and was given 
hallucinogenic drugs, he admits, by the "brass." 
Berkowitz may have known the source of his programming, as 
well. In the first handwritten missive he sent to the New York 
police he wrote, "I am the 'Son of Sam.' I am a little 'brat'," the 
possible implication being that he is an army brat. He also 
wrote, "I am on a different wave length than everybody 
elseprogrammed to kill." [29] 
Berkowitz joined the New York Police auxiliary while in high 
school, and it is reported that he was tipped off from within the 
department when the police became aware that he was theor 
one of theSon of Sam murderers. Retired NYPD detective Sgt. 
Joseph Coffey has stated that he was ordered to destroy a letter 
that was sent to Berkowitz by Police Commissioner Michael 
Codd, and that he carried out the order. Berkowitz has said that 
three members of the Yonkers police department were mem- 
bers of the cult responsible for the Son of Sam murders. [30] 
A letter from Berkowitz that was withheld from scrutiny for 
four years by the police states, "I David Berkowitz have been 
chosen since birth, to be one of the executioners of the cult." 
Berkowitz estimated the cult to have several thousand members. 
He linked the killing of Arlis Perry, butchered in a satanic ritual 
at Stanford University in California, to members of the group in 
Los Angeles. Perry had only moved to California from South 
Dakota a few weeks before, and the killing was reportedly done 
by the L.A. group as a favor to a chapter in Bismarck, North 
Dakota. The Los Angeles group supposedly counted Charles 
Manson as a member before his arrest. 
189 
John Carr, nicknamed "John 'Wheaties'", the Son of Sam 
(Carr), in one of the anonymous Son of Sam letters, associated 
with Berkowitz, and fits the description of one of the Son of Sam 
murderers. Berkowitz has confirmed the man's involvement in 
the crimes. Arlis Perry was murdered on Carr's birthday. Can- 
is alleged to have been involved in satanism since high school, 
and was in the Air Force until being discharged a few months 
before the beginning of the Son of Sam murders. He was a staff 
sergeant and stationed in Minot, North Dakota, with the 
headquarters of the satanic group he was associated with in 
Bismarck. He travelled back and forth between North Dakota 
and Yonkers, New York, where Berkowitz lived, with trips 
coinciding with several of the "Son of Sam" killings. 
Berkowitz was also identified by a witness as being in North 
Dakota, and John Hinckley, who attempted to assassinate Ronald 
Reagan, has stated that he met Berkowitz in Colorado. John 
Carr was receiving psychiatric counseling during the period of 
the Sam murders. After the slayings, a body identified as Carr's 
was found at his home in South Dakota, allegedly murdered for 
"knowing too much," but identification on the corpse was 
questionable. 
Carr's brother Michael was an executive in Scientology and 
had received therapy for a drug habit in New York. Berkowitz 
insisted that Michael Carr was a member of the New York cult, 
and involved in the murders. He also said that Michael and John 
were members of "an offshoot, fringe" group connected to 
Scientology. It is possible that this was The Process, the 
apocalyptic cult formed by disaffected Scientologists Robert 
DeGrimston and Mary Ann McLean DeGrimston. Charles 
Manson knew members of The Process, and may have been a 
member. 
Michael Carr died in a car accident at the height of the Son of 
Sam investigation. The side window of Carr's sister's policeman 
husband John McCabe was shot out the next night, as it was 
driven by another officer taking McCabe's usual route. McCabe 
had phoned in sick so that he could identify Michael Carr's body. 
At almost the same time, two friends of John Carr were forced 
off the road in a car in Minot. A Yonkers mailman who had been 
threatened by the New York group committed suicide a month 
after Berkowitz' 
arrest. And 
there were other murders 
apparently linked to the coverup of the Son of Sam killings. 
Abundant evidence proves that there were several persons 
involved in the "Son of Sam" murders, apparently all of them 
linked   to   a   single   satanic  cult,   although no   others   than 
190 
Berkowitz were arrested for the crimes. [31] 
Maria Devi Khrystos claimed that she was the reincarnation 
of Christ, and predicted the end of the world on November 10, 
1993. She planned to commit suicide with her estimated 
12,000 followers in the White Brotherhood in St. Sophia's 
Square in Kiev, the city they called the New Jerusalem. 
According to the London Daily Mail, "She is young and 
sexually attractive, with large, dark, kohl-smudged eyes and full 
lips. Her posters, in which she wears long white robes, holds a 
staff and has two fingers raised in a Christ-like gesture of peace, 
are plastered across Russia from Vladivostok to the western 
borders and throughout 
the other Slavic states, Ukraine, 
Byelorussia and Moldova." 
Born Marina Tsvyguna in 1960 in the Ukraine, she worked as 
a newspaper and radio reporter, as well as an organizer for 
Komsomol, the Soviet youth organization. She abandoned her 
husband and son when she met Yuri Krigonogov, whom she later 
married. Krigonogov goes by the name Ioann Vamy ("John is 
with you") and is reported to resemble Rasputin in his facial 
features. He had formerly been a member of the Hare Krishna 
movement, but after being expelled from that group he formed 
the Center for Higher Yoga in Kiev in 1990. That group was 
turned into the White Brotherhood after he met Khrystos. 
Suggesting that the CIA is not the only intelligence agency 
implicated in the creation of cults, Krigonogov worked for four 
years at the Kiev Institute for Cybernetics, in a secret KGB 
laboratory, researching drugs for psychological warfare. He is 
said to have learned hypnosis while working at the lab. 
According to the Associated Press, "There is little doubt that 
Khryvonohov [Krigonogov] writes the pastiche of prophecy, 
political ravings and instructions in civil disobedience that 
constitute the group's theology." 
Alexander Naumov of the Ukrainian Ministry of the Interior, 
speaking of the recruits for the White Brotherhood, said "They 
are the top of the class, the gold medalists at school. They come 
from good families, they are intelligent and receptive to ideas, 
and at the same time used to behaving themselves and doing as 
they are told." 
White Brotherhood members are reported to live in squats, 
or abandoned buildings, migrating from one location to another 
to escape detection. When apprehended the followers of 
Khrystos, some of them as young as four years old with many in 
their early teens, have gone on hunger strikes. The members, 
according  to the  reports  of people  in  Kiev,  all have glazed 
191 
expressions with out-of-focus eyes, and a slight smile. 
"What is frightening is that they are well trained to cope with 
hunger strikes," said Dr. Anatoly Gabriel of the Number One 
Hospital of Kiev. "They switch into well-rehearsed mass 
meditation to overcome their hunger pains." 
Some psychiatric professionals in Kiev believe that there is a 
secret code composed of words or music that the followers of 
Khrystos are programmed to respond to, but they also confess 
they are unable to undo the programming. 
When individuals join the group they go through a ceremony 
in which they are 'cleansed' with what is called 'Jordan Water.' 
Attempting to understand the makeup of the concoction, 
scientists in Kiev mixed red blood cells with the liquid and 
found that it caused mutations and the destruction of the cells' 
ability to create antibodies. They have speculated that Krigo- 
nogov was using his expertise in biowarfare to concoct a 
chemical that aided in brainwashing. 
As Doomsday approached Khrystos and 60 followers were 
arrested by troops as they camped inside St. Sophia's Cathedral. 
"Today, Maria Devi has fulfilled her prophecy," said Khrystos. 
"Two years ago, I spoke of my final sermon at St. Sophia. Today 
you have captured God's house of worship, taking her as 
prisoner, arresting the living God." 
Three leaders of the White Brotherhood were sentenced to 
prison terms on February 9, 1996, in Kiev. Members of the 
group wept openly in the courtroom as Khrystos received a four- 
year sentence for the seizure of public propertyfor invading the 
cathedral. Her husband received a seven-year sentence for the 
same charge and for inciting, causing public disorder, and 
resisting arrest. A third group leader, Vitaliy Kovalchuk, who 
terms himself Apostle Peter II, received six years on similar 
charges. 
Khrystos and Kovalchuk were freed from prison on August 
18, 1997, by presidential amnesty commemorating the first 
anniversary of the Ukraine constitution. There is no information 
on whether Khrystos has re-scheduled the end of the world at 
this time.   [32] 
In the fall of 1994 in chalets in Granges, Switzerland, and 
Morin Heights, Quebec, Canada, 53 members of the Sovereign 
Order of the Solar Temple were found dead. Sixteen members 
are reported to have later committed suicide, in France in 1995. 
The leader of the Solar Temple, Luc Jouret, was born in the 
Belgian Congo in 1947, leaving with his parents during 
decolonization.   Jouret attended the Free University in Belgium, 
192 
and is reported to have graduated in the mid-'70s with a degree 
in medicine, although his medical credentials were later 
challenged in Canada. While in school he reportedly attracted 
the interest of Belgian police for Maoist activities. 
After leaving school, Jouret became interested in alternative 
medical therapies, including homeopathy. In 1976 he visited 
the Philippines to study the techniques of spiritualist healers, 
and in the early 1980s moved to the Lake Leman area between 
France and Switzerland to work as a homeopathic physician, 
reportedly gaining a wide following in Europe. 
In the early 1980s Jouret began lecturing, catering to the 
New Age movement in France. He established an organization 
named Club Amenta (later the Club Atlanta), with branches in 
Switzerland, France, Canada, and Martinique. Jouret's "Club" 
was associated with the neo-Templarian tradition of Bernard- 
Raymond Fabre-Palaprat, who claimed during the French 
Revolution to be in possession of documents confirming the 
continuation of the historical Knights Templar. One of the 
organizational offshoots of Fabre-Palaprat's Templars was the 
Sovereign Order of the Solar Temple, founded by Jacques Breyer 
in 1952. That group generated another offshoot, the Renewed 
Order of the Temple, formed in 1968. 
The Renewed Order was founded by rightwing political 
activist Julien Origas, and it was apparently Origas' Renewed 
Order that Luc Jouret joined in 1983. Jouret left the Renewed 
Order in 1984 to found Club Amenta. 
According to documents mailed to the press before the mass 
deaths of the Solar Temple group, "the Grail, Excalibur, the 
Candalabra of the Seven Branches and the Ark of the Covenant 
were revealed to the living witnesses, the final and faithful 
Servants of the Eternal Rose+Croix. Following which false 
slanders and every kind of treason and scandal, judiciously 
orchestrated by different existing powers, sounded the knell for 
a last attempt to regenerate the Plans of Conscience." 
In 1984 Jouret founded the Club Archedia, for the more 
dedicated members of his group, with another, a yet more 
rarified and secret level being the International Chivalric 
Organization, Solar Tradition (the French acronym being 
OICTS), also known as the Solar Tradition, and later, the Solar 
Temple. 
Jouret 
is 
said 
to 
have 
been 
a 
friend 
of 
Third 
PositionEuropean fascistleader Claudio Mutti. Mutti was 
jailed in 1980 for a Bologna, Italy, railroad station bombing. A 
Sufi, Mutti is a proponent of the philosophy of the fascist/mystic 
193 
Baron Julius Evola. 
Joseph Di Mambro, a leader in the Solar Temple, met Jouret 
in the 1980s, in Geneva, Switzerland. Di Mambro ran his own 
New Age group, called the Golden Way Foundation, as well as a 
more secretive inner order called "the Pyramid." Di Mambro is 
also said to have been an associate of an alleged organizer of the 
Nazi Black International, Francois Arnoud. 
Through Di Mambro were allegedly developed links with the 
SAC private intelligence group in France and the P-2 Masonic 
order headquartered in Italy. According to French-Canadian 
journalist Pierre Tourangeau, Jouret's endeavors were financed 
in part by European and South American gun-running, with 
millions of dollars of profits laundered through the Bank of 
Credit and Commerce International. 
At about the same time as his meeting with Di Mambro, 
Jouret also became associated with Julien Origas. Origas is 
alleged to have been a Nazi collaborator during World War II, was 
the French Grandmaster of the neo-Templar Renewed Order of 
the Temple, and an associate of Arnoud's Black International 
Nazi group. Origas was a confidante of Raymond Bellio, a friend 
of Francois Arnoud and a writer on qabalism. After the death of 
Origas in 1983 the membership of the Renewed Order of the 
Temple was transferred in the main to the Solar Temple. 
In early 1986 Di Mambro made contact with an Australian 
Third Position leader in Geneva. In his first trip to Australia in 
1986, Di Mambro is said to have held secret talks with 
"individuals known to be linked to extreme Nazi-Maoist 
activities in Australia." Over the next few years Di Mambro and 
Jouret would collectively make 11 trips to Australia, open 
several bank accounts, and start a book publishing company. 
In 1993, Jouret and other members of the group in Canada 
were brought to trial on illegal weapons charges. Jouret pleaded 
guilty, then departed for France. According to one of the 
documents mailed to the press before the mass death, "...the 
year 1993 was marked in Quebec by the political-judicial scandal 
perpetrated against the Order of the Solar Temple and ARCHS. 
Amongst numerous members as well as the principal people in 
charge, Mr. Jean-Pierre Vinet and Dr. Luc Jouret were the 
victims of slander and false accusations of the most sordid kind 
for many months, such as: debauchery, individual or collective 
manipulation, swindling, illegal drug dealing, possession of 
weapons, etc... 
"Let us remember that more than 80 agents of the Security 
Guard   of    Quebec   were    mobilized   to    launch   a    general 
194 
investigation of 
the 
activities 
of 
the 
above-mentioned 
organizations. During this whole affair, the attitude of the 
Security Guard of Quebec was particularly questionable, ambi- 
guous and cowardly. The investigation and the different police 
operations (the use of armored cars, machine guns, untimely 
arrests...) carried out with a great deal of publicity, have cost 
Quebec and Canadian taxpayers more than $6 million. If it were 
not for its tragic and pitiful aspect, one would want to laugh at 
the absurdity of the affair. 
"Throughout 
the 
investigation, 
unscrupulous 
reporters 
excelled in perfidious manipulations consisting of misinforming 
the public. We specifically mention Mr. Pelchat, whose 
responsibilities were great during this somber and nauseating 
spectacle. 
"Since no proof existed, government and police officials 
strove to fabricate an evil scenario of a 'plot of terrorists whose 
subversive activities were financed by dangerous sects...'" 
After the mass death of the Solar Temple, variously claimed 
to be suicide or murder, the Swiss magazine L'Hebdo stated that 
between $127 million and $253 million had been deposited in 
Australian bank accounts by the Solar Temple. These funds 
were allegedly withdrawn from the accounts prior to the mass 
death, but are otherwise not accounted for. [33] 
In the well-to-do suburb of Rancho Santa Fe near San Diego, 
California, between March 23-25, 1997, 39 members of the 
Heaven's Gate UFO cult ate phenobarbital-laced pudding, chased 
it with vodka, put plastic bags over their heads, and died. The 
group was founded by Marshall Herff Applewhite, the son of a 
Presbyterian minister who became a family man while working 
as a music professor at the University of Alabama in the 1960s. 
Applewhite left his family and the college amid accusations of a 
homosexual affair, and migrated to the University of St. Thomas 
in Houston, Texas. Applewhite left there in 1970 due to "health 
problems of an emotional nature." Allegedly suffering from 
depression and hearing voices in his head, he checked into a 
hospital, asking for a cure for his homosexuality. According to 
Applewhite's sister he had experienced a heart attack and a 
near death experience at this timesome have suggested that, 
given his later career as a New Age messiah, this is the time that 
Applewhite may have been contacted by an unspecified 
intelligence agency and activated as a cult leader. 
During this period Applewhite met Bonnie Lu Trusdale 
Nettles, a New Ager who left her husband and four children for 
Applewhite.   They dubbed each other "Bo" and "Peep," but also 
195 
called themselves The Two, from the Book of Revelations. They 
began 
recruiting 
followers 
for HIM, Human 
Individual 
Metamorphoses, promising inductees that they would be leaving 
on a UFO soon. 
The philosophy was 
a 
typically byzantine New Age 
formulation: There are two universes, one governed by physical 
laws, space and time, the other referred to as the Non-Temporal 
Universe, the Next Level, God, the Spiritual Ground, and the 
Holodeck (from Star Trek: The Next Generation), where the 
Energy God Being (EGB) exists. The Next Level is structured 
like a massive Earth corporation, with a complex pyramidal 
organization chart. Beings on the Next Level do not eat, but take 
their nourishment straight from the EGB. 
At a certain time in the past, Lucifer, a vice president of the 
Next Level, and some of his followers broke away and tried to 
form their own corporation. The Luciferians, according to the 
HIM philosophy, are the guys who pilot the UFOs we see in the 
sky, and are engaged in performing medical experiments and 
cloning on human beings. The master plan of the EGB is to 
harvest souls from the temporal universe every 2,000 years. 
Representatives act as recruiters, and then the enlistees are 
beamed to the Next Level. 
The group forbade intoxicants and sexsome of the members 
even going so far as to be castrated to avoid carnal desires. 
Contact with families was discouraged, and the members were 
monitored closely, reportedly checking in with the leader every 
12 minutes during waking hours. 
When the promised UFO didn't show, most of the the HIM 
recruits defected, with the core of the group, about 50 
members, staying together and moving from one place to 
another around the country. 
Apparently Applewhite and Nettles changed 
their names 
every month or so to confuse the Luciferians who were hot on 
their trail. At some point The Two began calling themselves 
"Do" and "Ti," from the musical scale. In 1985 Ti died from 
liver cancer. 
By 1993 the cult had taken on a more public face, and started 
calling themselves Heaven's Gate, announcing themselves with 
an ad in USA Today declaring, "UFO Cult Resurfaces with Final 
Offer." The ad promised "the last chance to advance beyond 
human." 
In 1996 Heaven's Gate started a business designing Internet 
Web pages, called "Higher Source Contract Enterprises." They 
designed cut-rate Web pages for groups varying from a San Diego 
196 
polo club to a Christian music group. Living in a $7,000-a- 
month mansion, the group is said to have become increasingly 
fearful of the government. 
Learning about a UFO trailing the Hale-Bopp comet from the 
Art Bell radio show, the collective decided that was the sign that 
they were going to be taken up from Earth. As the comet 
approached 
the group prepared 
to 
shed 
their 
"earthly 
containers." 
Curiously, some of the members talked about having a Chip of 
Recognition implanted in their skull, whereby they were able to 
recognize Luciferians when they came into contact with them. 
Whether this was a metaphor of 'spiritual sight,' or an actual 
physical implant has not been determined. It is unlikely that 
autopsies of the members of the group included skull x-rays. 
A telling connection to Heaven's Gate was the murder of Ian 
Stuart Spiro, his wife, and three children, on November 1, 
1992. His family were killed in their home in San Diego, while 
Spiro was later found dead in the desert. Spiro was extensively 
connected to the CIA and British intelligence, and is reported to 
have been involved in a wide range of spy-biz, including Iran- 
Contra and the October Surprise. At the time of his murder 
Spiro was assisting "Danger Man" Michael Riconisciuto in the 
collection of documents 
substantiating 
the 
Inslaw case, 
documented by myself and co-author Kenn Thomas in The 
Octopus. Spiro, who lived only a short distance away from the 
Heaven's Gate compound in San Diego, is alleged to have been a 
member of the group. [34] 
NOTES: 
1. Laing, R.D. cited 
in "The New Inquisition," Glenn Krawczyk, Nexus 
magazine, October/November 1994 
2. Judge; Vankin, 
Jonathan, Conspiracies, 
Cover-Ups & Crimes: 
From 
Dallas to Waco. (Lilburn, Georgia: IllumiNet Press, 1996); Terry, Maury, The 
Ultimate Evil. (New York: Bantam Books, 1989) 
 
3. Judge, 
John, 
"Poolside with 
John 
Judge," 
published 
by 
Prevailing 
Winds, undated; Terry, Maury, The Ultimate Evil. (New York: Bantam Books, 
1989) 
4. Austin, 
E. 
Edwin. 
"The Nazi-Cocaine Connection", 
The Conspiracy 
Tracker, issue 10; Raschke, Carl, Painted Black. (New York: Harper & Row, 
1990); Judge; Blood, Linda, The New Satanists. (New York: Warner Books, 1994); 
The Editors of Executive Intelligence Review, Dope, Inc. (Washington, D.C. 
Executive Intelligence Review, 1992); Taylor, R.N. "The Process: A Personal 
Reminiscense", in Apocalypse Culture. Adam Parfrey, ed. (Venice, California: 
Feral House, 1990); Terry 
5. Judge; Brussel, Mae. 
"Why Was Patty Hearst Kidnapped?," Paranoid 
Women Collect Their Thoughts, ed. Joan D'Arc, (Providence, Rhode Island: 
197 
Paranoia Publishing, 1996); "Strange Message from Patty",  Time  Magazine, 
April 15, 1974 
6. Judge; Brussel 
7. Judge, John 
8. Constantine, Alex, 
"The 
False Memory Hoax," 
Paranoia magazine, 
Winter 1995/1996; Constantine, Alex, Virtual Government. (Venice, California: 
Feral House, California, 1997) 
9. Krawczyk, Glenn. "The New Inquisition: Cult Awareness or the Cult of 
Intelligence?" Nexus magazine, December 1994 / January 1995; Hearst, Patricia, 
Every Secret Thing, cited in Krawczyk 
10. 
Constantine, Alex. "The False Memory Hoax" 
11. Lee and Shlain, Acid Dreams. (New York: Grove Press, 1985); Hidell. 
Al. "Paranotes," Paranoia magazine, Winter 1995/1996 
12. Meiers, Michael. Was 
Jonestown 
a CIA Medical 
Experiment? A 
Review of the Evidence. Cited in Krawczyk, 'The New Inquisition"; Judge 
13. 
Judge, John. "Evangelical Assassins?" The Conspiracy Tracker. 
issue 8, undated; Vankin 
14. Judge 
15. Ibid.; Day 51:The True Story of Waco, a video produced and directed 
by Richard Mosley 
16. Judge 
17. Information Services Company, July, 1980.  Cited by Judge 
 
18. Judge, 
John. 
"The Black Hole of Guyana," Secret 
and Suppressed, 
Jim Keith, ed.  (Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1993) 
19. Judge; Krawczyk, Glenn. 
"The New 
Inquisition: Cult Awareness or 
the Cult of Intelligence?", Part 2, Nexus magazine, December 1994/January 
1995 
20. Brandt, Daniel. 
"Cults, Anti-Cultists, 
and 
the Cult 
of 
Intelligence", 
Namebase NewsLine, number 5, April-June 1994 
21. Judge, "Poolside with John Judge" 
22. Ibid.; Harris, William. "Jim Jones Still Alive in Brazil?", The Globe, 
12 May 1981, cited in Krawczyk 
23. Krawczyk 
24. Judge, 
"Poolside with 
John 
Judge", published by Prevailing Winds, 
undated; Coleman, Loren. "The Occult, MIB's, UFO's and Assassinations," The 
Conspiracy Tracker, December 1985; Guffey 
25. Brandt, Daniel, 
"Cults, Anti-Cultists, 
and 
the Cult 
of 
Intelligence," 
NameBase NewsLine, Number 5, April/June 1994 
26. DeWolf, Ron. Cited in The New Satanists by Linda Blood (New York: 
Warner Books, 1994) 
27. Brandt 
28. 
Alexander, A.B.H. "Sex, Drugs, the CIA, Mind Control and Your 
Children," The Probe, volume 3, number 2, 1997; Brandt, Daniel. "Kooks or 
Spooks?," NameBase Newsline, April-June 1994; Minnick, Wendell. 
"The 
Finders: The CIA and the Cult of Marion David Pettie," undated article, 
available on the Internet 
29. 
Hoffman III, Michael A., Secret Societies and Psychological 
Warfare. (Dresden, New York: Wiswell Ruffin House, 1992); Terry 
30. 
Hoffman; Terry 
31. 
Hoffman II, Michael A. "The Double Initial Murders", The 
Conspiracy Tracker, issue 9 
32. 
"Worldwide Special: On the Apocalyptic Vision of the Leader of a 
198 
Bizarre Religious Cult as She Waits for the World to End", London Daily Mail, 
November 11, 1993; Kolomayets, Marta. "God in Kiev Jail Says World Ends 
Sunday", Associated Press, November 
1993; Kolomayets, Marta. 
"White 
Brotherhood 
leaders 
sentenced", Ukrainian Weekly, 
February 
18, 
1996; 
Gutterman, Steve. "Leader of apocalyptic cult released, Kiev Post, August 20, 
1997 
33. Constantine, Alex, 
"The False Memory Hoax"; Douzet, Andre. 
"The 
Treasure Trove of the Knights Templars," Nexus magazine, volume 4, number 3, 
April/May 
1997; Daugherty, 
James. 
"Solar Temple/Japanese Gassing/Nazi 
Link," posted to alt.conspiracy discussion group on the Internet; Introvigne and 
Melton. "The Solar Temple: A Preliminary Report on the Roots of a Tragedy," 
Gnosis magazine, Winter 1995 
34. "Web of Death," Newsweek magazine, April 7, 1997; Vasil, Ruben, and 
Love. "Close Encounters with the Fourth Reich," The Ever-Greener, November 8, 
1994 
199 
 
WARNING 
Erection of these large cellular towers is currently being 
carried out under HIGH TONE and XENO 
in private 
business capacities under Black Ops cover. They emit 
cellular 800 MHZ waves. Due to the great proliferation 
of 
towers 
in key population areas, 
they will have a 
devastating 
effect. 
These 
towers may be 
associated 
with the very secretive Alaskan HAARr project. 
200 
Chapter 24: 
DEATH RAYS 
In the twentieth century a new technology has been developed 
that is startling in its power and implications. This is focused 
electromagnetic broadcasting, one application of which is in 
weaponry. These weapons are part of the new "non-lethal" 
arsenala misnomer, since this weaponry might just as well be 
called a death raytouted by the military as a humane way for 
conducting war in the years to come. It may also be a way of 
conducting "peace"of the 1984 and Brave New World mind- 
controlled variety. 
Certainly 
this possibility has not been overlooked, as 
evidenced by the following quote from Zbigniew Brzezinski, in 
his Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era: 
"It may be possibleand temptingto exploit for strategic- 
political purposes the fruits of research on the brain and on 
human behavior. Gordon J.F. MacDonald, a geophysicist special- 
izing in problems of warfare, has written that artificially excited 
electronic strokes 'could lead to a pattern of oscillations that 
produce relatively high power levels over certain regions of the 
earth... In this way, one could develop a system that would 
seriously impair the brain performance of very large populations 
in selected regions over an extended period.' No matter how 
deeply disturbing the thought of using the environment to 
manipulate behavior for national advantages to some, the 
technology permitting such use will very probably develop 
within the next few decades." [1] 
Early electromagnetic weapons experiments were conducted 
by the Japanese during World War II. Information on these 
"death rays" was revealed when Japanese scientists were 
interrogated. According to reports of the scientists the death ray 
was never used on humans, but was tested on animals. [2] 
In 1960 there were rumors of a fantastic new Soviet super 
weapon employing Nikola Tesla electromagnetic technology. 
With subsequent revelations about Soviet research in these 
areas, it seems that these rumors were true. [3] 
During the 1960s high levels of electromagnetic radiation 
were detected at the American embassy in Moscow.   It was de- 
201 
termined that the face of the embassy was being systematically 
swept with electromagnetic emissions by the Soviets. One guess 
was that a microwave beam was used to activate electronic 
equipment hidden within the building; another guess was more 
macabre: that the beam was being used to disrupt the nervous 
systems of American workers in the embassy. Giving weight to 
the latter supposition, many of the employees of the embassy 
became ill. Ambassador Walter Stoessel suffered a rare blood 
disease likened to leukemia, and experienced headaches and 
bleeding from the eyes. At 
least 
two other employees 
contracted cancer. According to researcher Alex Constantine, 
rather than informing embassy personnel of what was going on, 
the CIA chose to study the effects of the irradiation. 
Dr. Milton Zaret, called in to investigate what was termed 
"the Moscow Signal," reported that the CIA wondered "whether 
I thought the electromagnetic radiation beamed at the brain 
from a distance could affect the way a person might act," and, 
"could microwaves be used to facilitate brainwashing or to break 
down prisoners under investigation." Zaret's conclusion about 
the Moscow Signal was that, "Whatever other reasons the 
Russians may have had, they believed the beam would modify the 
behavior of personnel." [4] 
Author Len Bracken, who was present in Moscow at the time, 
has stated to the author in correspondence that the microwave 
radiation was beamed from a shack on a building across from the 
embassy. In 1977 the microwave shack caught fire and burned. 
Bracken says, "It was a Friday night and the Marine House Bar 
was playing 'Burn, Baby, Burn' [i.e. "Disco Inferno"]." Bracken 
also relates that "in '79 a strange box was installed in the wall in 
my room [in Moscow], supposedly relating to the heating 
system." [5] 
Irradiation of the American embassy reportedly prompted a 
response from the Americans: the Defense Advanced Research 
Projects Agency's Project PANDORA, conducted at the Walter 
Reed Army Institute of Research from 1965 to 1970. One 
aspect of the project involved bombarding chimpanzees with 
microwave radiation. Referencing a reported statement by the 
head of the project, "the potential for exerting a degree of 
control on human behavior by low level microwave radiation 
seems to exist and he urged that the effects of microwaves be 
studied for possible weapons applications." 
Within three years, Dr. Gordon J.F. McDonald, a scientific 
advisor 
to 
the president 
at 
the 
time, 
indicated 
that 
"Perturbation of  the   environment   can  produce   changes  in 
202 
behavioral patterns." The perturbation that McDonald was 
alluding to was EM waves, and the changes in behavior were 
altered brain wave patterns. [6] 
In 1965 the McFarlane Corporation in America came up with 
the Buck Rogers-sounding "modulated electron gun X-ray 
nuclear booster," a breakthrough in the "death ray" technology. 
Reports indicate that the device could also be used in 
communications, telemetry, and remote controlled guidance 
systems. McFarlane later claimed that the system was stolen 
from him by NASA, and that the principles of the acknowledged 
death ray were employed in MIROS, an orbital "communications 
system"; at least that is the way it was described by NASA. [7] 
In 1972 the army admitted extensive research into 
the 
effects of irradiation on life forms, and the technology of electro- 
magnetic weaponry. One of the byproducts of this research led 
to the invention of a powerful "electronic flame thrower." This 
may have been the weapon described in a study of the U.S. Army 
Mobility Equipment Research 
and Development Center, 
"Analysis of Microwaves for Barrier Warfare," describing the use 
of electromagnetic energy for an anti-personnel and vehicle 
weapon. The weapon discussed in this study was stated to be 
capable of producing third-degree burns on human skin. [8] 
Dr. Dietrich Beischer, a German scientist employed by the 
American government, irradiated 7,000 naval crewmen with 
potentially harmful levels of microwave energy at the Naval 
Aerospace Research Laboratory in Pensacola, Florida, and talked 
about it at a symposium in 1973. Dr. Beischer disappeared soon 
after the experiment. According to PANDORA alumnus Robert 
O. Becker, he was to spend some time with Beischer but, "Just 
before the meeting, I got a call from him. With no preamble or 
explanation, he blurted out: 'I'm at a pay phone. I can't talk 
long. They are watching me. I can't come to the meeting or 
ever communicate with you again. I'm sorry. You've been a good 
friend. Goodby.' Soon afterward I called his office at Pensacola 
and was told, 'I'm sorry, there is no one here by that name,' just 
as in the movies. A guy who had done important research there 
for decades just disappeared." [9] 
According to Eldon Byrd, of the Naval Surface Weapons 
Center 
in Silver Springs, Maryland, "Between 1981 and 
September 1982, the Navy commissioned me to investigate the 
potential of developing electromagnetic devices that could be 
used as non-lethal weapons by the Marine Corps for the purpose 
of 'riot control,' hostage removal, embassy and ship security, 
clandestine operations, and so on."   Byrd wrote of experiments 
203 
in irradiating animals with low level electromagnetic fields, 
mentioning changes in brain function, and stating that the 
animals "exhibited a drastic degradation of intelligence later in 
life... couldn't learn easy tasks... indicating a very definite and 
irreversible damage to the central nervous system of the fetus." 
The experiments went farther. Byrd wrote that, "At a certain 
frequency and power intensity, they could make the animal 
purr, lay down and roll over." [10] 
By the early 1970s, according to Robert C. Beck, "Anecdotal 
data amassed suggesting that a pocket-sized transmitter at 
power levels of under 100 milliwatts could drastically alter the 
moods of unsuspecting persons, and that vast geographical areas 
could be surreptitiously mood manipulated by invisible and 
remote transmissions of EM [electromagnetic] energy." [11] 
In the late 1970s Russian negotiators at the Strategic Arms 
Limitation talks (SALT II), proposed banning "a new generation 
of weapons of mass destruction" employing electromagnetic 
pulses. It has been suggested that the Russians, in proposing 
the ban, were attempting to feel out the Americans as to the 
current state of their electromagnetic weapons research. The 
Americans did not seem to have a clue as to what the Russians 
were talking about, and the proposal was tabled. 
In fact, some Americans knew exactly what the Russians were 
talking about, although the Reds had a significant head start on 
several fronts. In 1959 Russian scientists Gaponov, Schneider, 
and Pantell had conceived of what was called a cyclotron 
resonance maser, essentially an industrial strength tunable ray 
gun. Beginning about 1966, the Russians launched into a heavily 
funded crash project to develop the gyrotron, another form of 
electromagnetic "gun," and in 1971 they were engaged in their 
first field tests with the gyrotron. 
In 1975, physicists M.S. Rabinovich and A.A. Rukhadze and 
others active in Russian strategic defense at the Lebedev Physics 
Institute in Moscow announced that using a cyclotron resonance 
maser, they had produced microwave bursts that far outstripped 
anything the Americans were even theoretically proposing and 
that, according to the analysis of the American military, were 
powerful enough to be used in weapons applications. 
A report from the American Rand Corporation at the time 
concluded that the Russian experiments were part of a larger 
Russian program designed for the production of electromagnetic 
weaponry, centered at the Institute of Applied Physics in 
Gor'kiy, Lebedev Physics Institute in Moscow, and another group 
of research institutes in Tomsk.   By the 1980s, it was reported, 
204 
Russian gyrotron weapons had been reduced in size so that they 
would fit into a regular military truck, and had the capability of 
wiping out large military implacements or, at lower frequencies, 
irradiating whole towns. [12] 
In 1982 the Air Force released a review of the use of 
electromagnetics on life forms, saying "Currently available data 
allow the projection that specially generated radio frequency 
radiation (RFR) fields may pose powerful and revolutionary 
antipersonnel military threats. Electroshock therapy indicates 
the ability of induced electric current to completely interrupt 
mental functioning for short periods of time, to obtain cognition 
for longer periods and to restructure emotional response over 
prolonged intervals. 
"...impressed electromagnetic 
fields can be disruptive 
to 
purposeful behavior and may be capable of directing and/or 
interrogating 
such 
behavior. 
Further, 
the 
passage 
of 
approximately 100 milliamperes through the myocardium can 
lead to cardiac standstill and death, again pointing to aspeed-of- 
light weapons effect. A rapidly scanning RFR system could 
provide an effective stun or kill capability over a large area." [13] 
In 1984 the program researching the creation of pulsed 
microwaves was stepped up at Lawrence Livermore National 
Laboratories. [14] 
According to the Oregon Journal, in March, 1978, in a story 
titled "Mysterious Radio Signals Causing Concern," the city of 
Eugene was irradiated by microwaves possibly beamed from a 
Navy transmitter, 
located several hundred miles away in 
California. According to an FCC report, "microwaves were the 
likely cause of several sudden 
illnesses among faculty 
researchers at Oregon State University." Numerous residents 
also complained of headaches, insomnia, fatigue, skin redness, 
and hearing clicks and buzzes in the head. 
A study conducted by the Pacific Northwest Center for Non- 
Ionizing Radiation attributed the radiation instead to the Soviets, 
stating that it was "psychoactive" and "very strongly suggesting 
of achieving the objective of brain control." [15] 
In September 1985, members of the Greenham Commons 
Women's Peace Camp in Great Britain, a global militarization 
protest camp located outside the U.S. Air Force Base at 
Greenham Commons, began experiencing a wide range of 
unpleasant physical symptoms including headache, depression, 
disorientation, memory loss, vertigo, and changes in their 
menstrual cycles. According to Dr. Rosalie Bertell and others 
who researched what was going on, the symptoms were of the 
205 
type associated with exposure to radiation, and they began 
shortly after security at the base was switched from human 
guards to primarily electronic surveillancethis would have been 
a perfect opportunity to install electromagnetic broadcasting 
units disguised as surveillance equipment. 
Dr. Bertell, former radar engineer Kim Besly, and others took 
readings of electromagnetic levels in the area, and found that 
they were as much as 100 times as strong as other nearby areas. 
[16] 
That 
the electromagnetic arsenal 
is being used against 
citizenry in the new Russia is quite apparent from a statement 
published at the end of 1991 by SovData DiaLine: 
"Psychological warfare is still being used by state security 
agents against people in Russia, even after the abortive August 
coup," said Emilia Chirkova, a Deputy of the Zelenograd Soviet 
and member of the Human Rights Commission. She recalls the 
scandal surrounding the alleged bugging equipment installed 
close to Boris Yeltsin's office. KGB agents admitted then that 
the directional aerial in the equipment was designed for 
transmission, not for reception. She believes it was part of an 
attempt to affect the health of the Russian president using high- 
frequency electromagnetic 
radiation. 
"The Human Rights 
Committee," Chirkova said, "had warned Yeltsin about such a 
possibility." 
Substantiation for Chirkova's allegations is provided by Victor 
Sedleckij, design engineer-in-chief for the center Forma and 
vice president of the League of Independent Soviet Scientists. 
Sedleckij stated, "As an expert... I declare, in Kiev was launched 
a mass production of psychotronic biogenerators and their tests. 
I cannot assert that during the [Moscow] coup d'etat those used 
were the Kiev generators... All the same, that [psychotronic 
generators] were used is evident 
to me. What are the 
psychotronic generators? They are electronic equipment which 
produces the effect of guided control in human organisms. It 
affects especially the left and right hemisphere of the cortex. 
This is also the technology of the U.S. Project Zombie 5... I draw 
on my personal experience since I am myself the designer of 
such a generator." [17] 
Emilia Chirkova cited several instances of the use of similar 
devices. Microwave equipment had been used in 1989 and 
1990 in Vladivostok and Moscow prisons, in a mental hospital in 
Oryol, and in the Serbsky Institute in Moscow [also a mental 
hospital], she said. During his exile in Gorky, Andrei Sakharov 
noticed the presence of a high-tension electromagnetic field in 
206 
his flat. It was reported recently in the press that Ruslan 
Khasbulatov, Speaker of the Russian Parliament, had to move 
from his flat 
to another district of Moscow. High-level 
electromagnetic radiation has been included among the possible 
causes of the discomfort he felt in his flat. 
Purported victims of psychological warfare have written to 
the Russian paper. From Voronezh: "They controlled my 
laughter, my thoughts, and caused pain in various parts of my 
body... It all started in October 1985, after I had openly 
criticized the first secretary of the City Committee of the 
Communist Party." 
"Sometimes voices can be heard in the head from the effect 
of microwave pulse radiation which causes acoustic oscillations 
in 
the brain," explained Gennady Shchelkunov, a 
radio 
electronics researcher from the Istok Association. In June 
1991, a group of Zelenograd deputies sent an appeal signed by 
150 people to President Yeltsin, demanding an investigation 
into the use of bio-electronic weapons. 
An experiment conducted on Cable News Network in the 
mid-1980s demonstrated the reality of electronic devices that 
can project images into the mind from a distance. Physicist Dr. 
Elizabeth Rausher and electrical engineer Bill VanBise built a 
radio frequency "mind interference machine" using information 
in the open Soviet scientific literature. According to CNN, "The 
machine was inexpensive and easy to construct using parts from 
a consumer electronics store. It emits a weak magnetic field 
pulsed at extremely low frequency." 
The network commentator, a Mr. DeCaro, said, "As the 
subject of the test I was blindfolded and my ears were blocked 
to prevent inadvertent clues as to what was happening. A 
magnetic probe was placed about 18 inches from my head. As 
the 
experiment began, 
two 
signal 
generators produced 
waveform patterns that were transmitted by the magnetic probe 
at about one one-thousandth of the earth's magnetic field." 
Here is a partial transcript of the exchange between VanBise, 
Rausher, and DeCaro during the experiment: 
VanBise: Describe anything that you see. 
DeCaro: I could see waveforms changing shape in my mind... A 
parabola just went by... 
VanBise: Oh, yeah, I did.   I just flipped the switch.   Parabola? 
Rausher: Uh-huh. 
VanBise: All right, let's see. Check this out. That's what 
happened, I flipped the switch. 
207 
Rausher: Yeah! 
DeCaro: OK, a spike right there! 
Rausher: A spike there. 
DeCaro: A tight spike. 
VanBise: I dramatically changed the generator. I stepped it 
by ten right here, and the intermix from the two generators was 
right where you said that you saw a spike. 
After the experiment, DeCaro interviewed VanBise, who said 
that the technology could "induce basically what would be 
considered hallucinations in people; direct them to do things 
against their so-called better judgment." 
DeCaro wondered, "How easy would it be to assemble a 
weapon from existing off-the-shelf parts?" 
"Three weeks," VanBise responded, "I could put together a 
weapon that would take care of a whole town." [18] 
Portable electronic mind control weapons, small enough to 
be transported by truck, are now reported to be used routinely 
in offensive actions by the American military, and were 
employed in Grenada, Panama, and in the Gulf War. Although 
officially denied, it is reported that electromagnetic mind 
control weapons were used in Waco, Texas, in 1993, during the 
51-day siege on David Koresh and his followers. Video footage 
taken during the siege by the British Broadcasting Company 
(BBC) shows the deployment of several advanced weapons 
systems, including a Soviet psychotronic weapon designed by Dr. 
Igor Smirnov of the Moscow Medical Academy. 
Although it is denied that such weapons were used in the 
Waco massacre, the government does admit that Federal officials 
"considered" 
using 
Smirnov's 
acoustic 
psycho-correction 
projector on the Branch Davidians. It is also admitted that a 
series of closed meetings regarding the Branch Davidians took 
place beginning March 17, in northern Virginia between 
Smirnov and officials of the FBI, CIA, DIA, and DARPA. 
According to one participant in the talks, "There was a 
strong interest among the intelligence agencies because they 
had been tracking Smirnov for years, and because we know 
there is evidence the Soviet Army's Special Forces used the 
technology during the conflict in Afghanistan." 
An account of the meetings was issued in a memorandum of 
Psychotechnologies Corp of Richmond, Virginia. In the memo it 
was noted that unspecified attendees of the meeting wondered 
whether "psycho-correction detection, decoding and counter- 
measures programs should be undertaken by the U.S." [19] 
208 
A recent news release provides 
information on a new 
program by the National Institute of Justice, to develop "friendly 
force" electromagnetic weapons for use in the U.S. According 
to Microwave News, Oak Ridge National Laboratory is looking 
into the possibility of "thermal guns" that would disable an 
individual by causing his body to overheat, "seizure guns" that 
would induce epileptic fits, and "magnetosphere guns" that 
would cause a person to "see stars." [20] 
In recent years, the heavy cost of research into electronic 
weaponry has been subsumed into the Strategic Defense 
Initiative, also knownto the chagrin of George Lucasas the 
Star Wars program. In 1993, Aldric Saucier, a scientist with the 
Army's program of ballistic defense, spoke up to the House 
Government Operations Committee about Star Wars funds being 
channelled off into undocumented black operations. Saucier 
said that as much as half of the budget intended for SDI 
research, 
literally hundreds of millions of dollars, was 
unaccounted for. 
NOTES: 
1. 
Brzezinski, Zbigniew, Between Two Ages: America's Role in the 
Technetronic Era.  (New York: The Viking Press, 1970) 
2. 
Strategic Bombing Survey, Imperial War Museum, London. Cited in 
Wall, Judy, "Synthetic Telepathy," Paranoid Women Collect Their Thoughts, 
ed. Joan d'Arc.   (Providence, Rhode Island: Paranoia Publishing, 1996) 
3. 
"Krushchev Says Soviets Will Cut Forces a Third, Sees 'Fantastic 
Weapon,'" New York Times, Jan. 15, 1960, cited in Wall 
4. 
Keeler, Anna, "Remote Mind Control Technology," Secret and 
Suppressed, Jim Keith, ed. (Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1993); Brodeur, Paul, 
The Zapping of America; Microwaves, Their Deadly Risk and the Cover-Up. 
(Norton. New York: 1977), cited in Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship in 
the U.S.A. (Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1995); Jameson, Donald F.B., Robot 
Spies of the KGB, undated clipping. 
5. Bracken, Len, correspondence with the author, September 6, 1997 
6. Wall; Constantine 
7. Ibid. 
8. Besly, Kim, Electromagnetic Pollution, cited in Wall 
9. 
Becker, Robert O. 
and Selden, Gary, The Body Electric: 
Electromagnetic and the Foundation of Life. (New York: William Morrow, 1985) 
10. Besly, Kim.  Cited in Wall; Keeler 
11. Beck, Robert C. "Extreme Low Frequency Magnetic Fields and EEG 
Entrainment: A Psychotronic Warfare 
Possibility?", Bio-Medical Research 
Associates, 1977 
 
12. 
"The 
Russian 
lead 
in 
radio 
frequency 
weapons," 
Executive 
Intelligence Review, July 3, 1987 
13. 
Final 
Report 
on 
Biotechnology 
Research 
Requirements 
for 
Aeronautical Systems Through the Year 2000. AFOSR-TR-82-0643, vols. 1 and 
2, July 3, 1982, cited in Wall 
209 
14. 
"How Russia's 
radio 
frequency weapons can kill," Executive 
Intelligence Review, July 17, 1987 
15. 
Smith, Jerry. HAARP: Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy, (1997: 
AUP, Kempton, Illinois. 
16. 
Bolman, Betsy, and members of the Ad Hoc Committee on 
Electromagnetic Radiation, "The 
'Zapping' of Greenham and Seneca," Peace 
and Freedom, January/February 1989 
17. 
Komsomolskaya Pravda, August 27, 1991 
18. CNN, "Special Assignment", undated transcript about 1985 
19. Wall; Tapscott, Mark, "DOD, Intel Agencies Look at Russian Mind 
Control Technology, Claims FBI Considered Testing on Koresh", Defense 
Electronics, July 1993; Moore, Jim. Operation Mind Control 1994:The History 
of Mind Control. (Nashville, Tennessee: The Phoenix Foundation) 
20. Schaefer, Paul, 
"The Politics 
of Control", Exotic Research Report, 
undated 
210 
Chapter 25: 
IN YOUR HEAD 
The Soviets reportedly began to delve into the biological effect 
of microwaves as early as 1953. A number of laboratories were 
set up across the Soviet Union and in Eastern Europe, including 
one at the Institute of Hygiene and Occupational Diseases, 
Academy of Medical Sciences. Although the Soviets reported on 
their experiments in the open literature, the parameters they 
defined were insufficient for duplicating the experiments, and 
some scientists in the United States questioned whether the 
whole matter was disinformation.   It was not. [1] 
Early CIA funding provided the wherewithal for a project 
launched at Honeywell, Inc. for "a method to penetrate inside a 
man's mind and control his brain waves over long distance." 
At the National Institutes of Health, Dr. Maitland Baldwin, 
under CIA supervision, bombarded the brains of lobotomized 
monkeys with radio waves. According to researcher Alex 
Constantine, "His CIA monitors noted weird excesses: in one 
experiment, Baldwin decapitated a monkey and transplanted its 
head to the body of another, then attempted to restore it to life 
with radar saturation." [2] 
In 1964, CIA Director Richard Helms sent a memo to the 
Warren 
Commission, 
mentioning 
"biological 
radio 
communication." Helms' theorizing about such methods was 
truly reminiscent of Orwell's 1984. He said, "Cybernetics [or 
computer theory] can be used in the molding of a child's 
character, the inculcation of knowledge and techniques, the 
amassing of experience, the establishment of social behavior 
patterns... all functions which can be summarized as control of 
the growth processes of the individual." [3] 
In 1977 Dr. Sam Koslov, the scientific assistant to the 
Secretary of the Navy, was briefed on a number of current 
research projects. One of them, in progress at Stanford 
Research Institute, was named "ELF and Mind Control." ELF is 
the   acronym  for   extremely   low   frequency   electromagnetic 
211 
radiation. Koslov didn't like the sound of that project and 
ordered it cancelled, but according to the Washington Post, the 
funding was merely diverted into a different project heading and 
continued to go forward. [4] 
The 
following 
report, 
although anonymous, provides a 
detailed first person encounter with what may be government 
electromagnetic testing. It was published in an underground 
magazine a few years ago. I do not maintain that reports such as 
these are absolute proof of government electromagnetic testing 
on citizenry, but well-reasoned accounts such as the following 
must be taken into consideration: 
"The large black top of the Federal Building in San Francisco 
looks like a giant air-conditioning vent, 50 feet tall, comprising 
the entire top of the building. It is actually a radar, microwave, 
and radio transparent shield for an array of communications 
devices on the roof of the building. Such "blinds" on top of 
government buildings are nothing unusual, it isn't necessary to 
visually remind everybody that such buildings also are likenesses 
of Orwell's Ministry of Information (read, CIA). And as such are 
in need of systems of communications independent of civilian 
mediums. Which, anyway, would be purposely interrupted in any 
serious case of civil unrest. 
"It is important to note three facts at this point, the purpose 
of which will come clear in the end: First, the Federal Building 
is located at the base of a broad hill. It is on the low rise of this 
hill where San Francisco's 'Skid Row' district, the 'Tenderloin,' 
uneasily rests. And so the Federal Building can be seen from 
virtually any place in the Tenderloin. And let us reverse this 
thought; virtually any place in the Tenderloin may be seen from 
the Federal Building. And it is this unimpeded view which 
brings to mind the second oddly coinciding factor; that Low 
Frequency Electromagnetic emissions like television broadcasts 
will not pass through earth (hills, or the horizon), nor do they 
even pass very well through buildings, and so require a fairly 
clear shot, unlike higher frequency emissions like radio. This is 
why you have to put TV antennas on the roof. 
"Now fact three; Extremely Low Frequency transmissions, or 
ELFs, have been the focus of significant research by the military 
intelligence machines of several governments, including our 
own. ELF developments for military purposes is based on 
indications that ELFs at close range seem to cause aberrations in 
the thought processes of human beings, such as hallucinations, 
disordered thought, confusion, aggression, depression, anger, 
hopelessness.   Not unlike television, a close companion to ELFs 
212 
in (he electromagnetic spectrum. It is not difficult to imagine 
the value of such a weapon to our secret government, so fond of 
the disruption of societies, the control and subjugation of 
individuals, and of war, 'the insane death dance of paranoid 
societies.' 
"Now with these three things in mind, consider this fourth. 
Since I have had the fortune to live for three years in this ring of 
hell, the Tenderloin, I have noticed something very odd. At 
least 15 times I have noticed in the morning or early evening a 
pronounced buzzing or humming. Very low and hard to hear. 
Something like the sound which some can hear of a TV that is 
on in a room, but with the volume off. And on looking for the 
source of this sound, I found that it seemed to come from 
everywhere and nowhere. In other words it seemed to be 
coming from inside my head. I do not mean this figuratively. I 
mean that my head seemed to resonate with the vibration. And I 
felt that my thoughts were disrupted. The buzzing seemed to 
make thoughts fall apart just before forming, like sand on a 
vibrating metal plate, and I felt vaguely angry. On the third or 
fourth occurrence of this, I noticed that in the wake of the 
buzzing sound, an unusual number of fights could be heard 
breaking out all around me. From out on the streets, and from 
adjoining buildings, and apartments, came the shouts and 
threats of people overcome with anger. And I thought, though at 
first it seemed horrible to consider, 
'Hadn't ELF subjects 
reported the feeling or sound of buzzing in their heads?' and 
'what better section of the population could be chosen on which 
to conduct ELF experiments.' A large percentage of inner urban 
dwellers are already so close to the edge that he or she is highly 
likely to express any fluctuation of mood with a corresponding 
fluctuation of activity which might come to the attention of the 
police. In a neighborhood where aberrant behavior is common 
and expected, slight increases of such behavior would go 
completely unnoticed, but would be detectable by careful 
observation of incoming reports to the police department. It 
would be unlikely in the extreme that anyone would associate 
the strange buzzing sound with unaccountable accompanying 
emotional swings. Impossible that someone would suspect 
secret agents of systematically barraging the politically power- 
less with mood and consciousness ELF waves from atop the 
Federal Building. But even if such an impossibility came to pass, 
and allegations were made, would they not automatically be 
discredited by 
the general perception of 
the poor (i.e. 
Tenderloin   inhabitants) as mentally unstable, alcoholic, drug 
213 
addicted, and of the government as an essentially well meaning 
parent, who would not really ever purposely harm her children? 
"Tests of ELF effects could be precisely monitored by the 
existing police department recording system (at no extra cost), 
all 
recorded on 
the 
justice system's networked national 
computer system, containing exact times of complaints, record 
of outcome, location, identity, profile, and criminal history of all 
persons involved. Police department ignorance of the tests 
would actually be desirable. The entire operation could be run 
by as few as two people. ELF broadcast times would simply be 
correlated with any flux of reports to the police department. 
And the exact nature of the ELF effects on human emotion would 
be conveniently built into the data received from police reports. 
For example, an increase of domestic violence at 4%, and 
suicides 2%, perhaps one or two extra stabbings during your 
special hour-long broadcast of the latest ELF 'Top Ten.' A 
decrease in premeditated crimes might indicate a breakdown of 
thought process during the time of ELF transmission. Do you 
see? A double blind experiment (neither police nor populace 
have any idea) on a perfectly contained and monitored large 
population of control subjects, in a typical city, with an 'in place' 
monitoring system (police reports) with a plus or minus 
accuracy allowance of virtually 0% since the experiment can be 
performed an unlimited number of times over a period of years. 
Could such malignant experiments be pulled off in any other 
setting? If your aim were to induce murders, violence, 
psychosis, severe depression, or suicide, you couldn't really go 
calling on John Hopkins University now, could you? Anyway, the 
very point of such a thing would be its use on urban populations. 
Listen, you have a little country somewhere, you destabilize the 
populace with ELFs and conventional means and overwhelm the 
local law enforcement agencies, martial law is declared, the 
democratically elected government falls. You install a corrupt 
dictator. You say to the American people, 'We must send 
humanitarian aid.' A hundred million dollars is allocated to the 
small country. The corrupt dictator steals the goods and money, 
and deposits the laundered free and clear taxpayer dollars in an 
offshore American bank. Beginning to get the picture? Think of 
how perfectly foolproof this is, how elegant, how appealing, how 
logical, how insidious, how horrible, how possible, and all it 
costs is the suffering of thousands of people. 
"Postscript; last week the buzzing happened again, so loud 
yet so easily dismissed against the background of city noise. 
How could I prove to myself that it was not simply just coming 
214 
from my head, could I possibly have the rare hearing condition, 
tinnitus, which causes ringing in the ears? I remembered a Mr. 
Science experiment where the electromagnetic transparency of 
various substances was being demonstrated. A portable radio 
was placed into a wooden box. 'Hear that? The radio is still 
playing, which means? That's right, wood is electromagnetically 
transparent.' The radio was 
imprisoned in various other 
containers to see what would happen. Then finally it was 
wrapped in aluminum foil, and fell silent. I ran into the kitchen 
and grabbed the tin foil. Pulling a three foot strip of it, I 
wrapped it around my head, and the buzzing stopped." [5] 
One of the strangestand most ominousepisodes in the 
history 
of 
electromagnetic 
irradiation 
research 
is 
the 
construction of the network of Ground Wave Emergency 
Network (GWEN) towers, in the 1980s. The GWEN towers are 
almost 300 feet tall, and a 330-foot web of copper wiring 
extends out from them, broadcasting bursts of very low 
frequency (VLF) messages at 20 minute intervals or, from 
another source, hour intervals. These towers are spaced 200 
miles apart from each other and describe a straight line across 
America. At this time there are 54 operational towers, although 
at least 29 more are scheduled to be constructed. 
It is claimed that GWEN is part of the COG (Continuity of 
Government) program of the Federal Emergency Management 
Agency, designed to keep government functional in the case of 
disaster, including nuclear war. Some sources disagree that this 
is the purpose of the project, citing the statement of Colonel 
Paul Hanson, GWEN Program Director for the Air Force. Hanson 
has said, "The towers will not help wage a nuclear war because 
they would be destroyed in any protracted confrontation." 
Others note that since the GWEN hardware is transistor based, 
they are particularly vulnerable to the electromagnetic pulses of 
nuclear explosions. The location of the GWEN towers is also a 
matter of public record, meaning that they could easily be 
targeted in case of war or even terrorist threat. [6] 
Robert O. Becker, M.D., in Crosscurrents: The Perils of 
Electropollution, says of GWEN: "GWEN is a superb system, in 
combination with cyclotron resonance, for producing behavioral 
alterations in the civilian population. The average strength of 
the steady geomagnetic field varies from place to place across 
the United States. Therefore, if one wished to resonate a 
specific ion in living things in a specific locality, one would 
require a specific frequency for that location. The spacing of 
GWEN transmitters 200 miles apart across the United States 
215 
would  allow such specific  frequencies  to   be  'tailored'   to the 
geomagnetic-field strength in each GWEN area." 
A similar system is SECOM II, composed of five broadcasting 
towers in Idaho, New Mexico, Missouri, South Carolina, and 
Maryland. These 
towers were ostensibly constructed as 
communication links between a central monitoring station and 
vehicles carrying nuclear weapons and nuclear materials. 
SECOM II broadcasts 
in 
the 3-12 Mhz range, which, 
coincidentally or not, precisely blankets the resonant frequency 
of the human organism. [7] 
Another group of towers is mentioned in an anonymous paper 
titled "Mind Control Operations/Aquarius Group Activities," that 
states, "With a general ignorance through arrogance of most 
public population in the U.S. the erection of large cellular towers 
being carried out under HIGH TONE and ZENO are largely going 
completely unnoticed. These projects are being carried out in 
private business capacities and therefore 
in Deep Black 
Operations cover. However, public populations would be wise to 
educate themselves in the construction of these seemingly 
innocent towers in large population areas. The cellular 800 
MHZ waves are a constant wave. Due to the great proliferation of 
towers in key population areas, they will have a devastating 
effect." 
An oft-heard allegation is that the CIA has developed a mind 
control technology they refer to as RHIC-EDOM. The acronym 
stands for "Radio Hypnotic Intracerebra ControlElectronic 
Dissolution of Memory," and refers to the ability to induce a 
hypnotic state 
from a remote 
location, 
impart hypnotic 
commands, and erase the memory of the programming and the 
period of time that it took place in. This technology allegedly 
includes electromagnetic broadcasting as well as intramuscular 
implants. The erasure of memory is reportedly accomplished by 
the electromagnetic stimulation of the chemical acetylcholine in 
the brain. 
The first mention of RHIC-EDOM was in the 1969 book Were 
We Controlled? by the pseudonymous Lincoln Lawrence. 
Lawrence describes RHIC-EDOM in this manner: 
"It 
is 
the ultra-sophisticated application of post-hypnotic 
suggestion triggered at will by radio transmission. It is a 
recurring hypnotic state, reinduced automatically at intervals by 
the same radio control. An individual is brought under hypnosis. 
This can be done either with his knowledgeor without it by use 
of narco-hypnosis, which can be brought into play under many 
guises.   He is then programmed to perform certain actions and 
216 
maintain certain attitudes upon radio signal." 
Lawrence claimed 
that Lee Harvey Oswald had been 
manipulated through RHIC-EDOM, but not by the Russians or 
the CIA or its brethren. According to Lawrence, Oswald's 
controllers had been a worldwide cabal of commodities 
merchants who, through the assassination of the president, 
wanted to drive stock down and make a fortune. The idea is not 
entirely implausible. 
The only other mention of RHIC-EDOM claiming insider 
knowledge of the technology is an article by James L. Moore, in 
a 1975 issue of Modern People magazine. In that article, Moore 
claimed that he possessed a 350-page manual originating from 
CIA sources on RHIC-EDOM. The manual had supposedly been 
prepared by the CIA shortly after the murder of John F. 
Kennedy. 
Verifying RHIC-EDOM are the researches of the late L.L. 
Vasiliev, professor of physiology at the University of Leningrad, 
who described one experiment in remote hypnosis using 
undefined techniques of radio control: 
"As a control of the subject's condition, when she was outside 
the laboratory in another set of experiments, a radio set was 
used. The results obtained indicate that the method of using 
radio 
signals 
substantially 
enhances 
the 
experimental 
possibilities. I.F. Tomaschevsky [a Russian physiologist] carried 
out the first experiments with this subject at a distance of one 
or two rooms, and under conditions that the participant would 
not know or suspect that she would be experimented with. In 
other cases, the sender was not in the same house, and someone 
else observed the subject's behavior. Subsequent experiments at 
considerable distances were successful. One such experiment 
was carried out in the park at a distance. Mental suggestions to 
go to sleep were complied with within a minute." [8] 
Interesting in the context of RHIC-EDOM technology is a 
statement made almost ten years after the publication of Were 
We Controlled? Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, the MKULTRA heavyweight, 
during questioning by Senator Richard Schweicker in 1977 
Senate hearings on CIA drug testing responded as follows: 
SCHWEIKER: Some of the projects under MKULTRA involved 
hypnosis, is that correct? 
GOTTLIEB: Yes. 
SCHWEICKER: Did any of these projects involve something 
called 
radio hypnotic 
intracerebral control, which 
is a 
combination, as I   understand it, in layman's terms,   of radio 
217 
transmissions and hypnosis. 
GOTTLIEB: My answer is "No." 
SCHWEICKER: None whatsoever? 
GOTTLIEB: Well, I am trying to be responsive to the terms 
you used. As I remember it, there was a current interest, 
running interest, all the time in what effects people's standing 
in the field of radio energy have, and it could easily have been 
that somewhere in many projects, someone was trying to see if 
you could hypnotize someone easier if he was standing in a radio 
beam. That would seem like a reasonable piece of research to 
do. [9] 
Another statement was made by J.F. Schapitz who, working 
with the Department of Defense in 1974, filed the following 
research proposal: 
"In this investigation it will be shown that the spoken word 
of the hypnotist may be conveyed by modulated electro-magnetic 
energy directly into the subconscious parts of the human 
braini.e., without employing any technical devices for receiving 
or transcoding the messages and without the person exposed to 
such influence having a chance to control the information input 
consciously." 
Schapitz proposed an experiment wherein a subject would be 
subconsciously told to leave the laboratory, the command 
triggered by a word or action from the researcher. As in the 
tricks played by stage hypnotists, Schapitz was certain that the 
subject would rationalize the otherwise irrational desire to leave 
the lab. Records of Schapitz' research, beyond the initial 
proposal, have never been declassified. [10] 
In a way, proof of the existence of RHIC-EDOM does not 
much matter. It is not vitally important if Lincoln Lawrence or 
James L. Moore were speaking from personal knowledge, or 
simply speculation that they wanted to render more believable. 
"RHIC-EDOM" is in essence just a name that describes a 
technology close to or identical to others that have been 
demonstrated to exist. [11] 
A specific Russian mind control technology was outed by the 
American Defense News in 1993, termed "acoustic psycho- 
correction." According to the magazine, "The Russian capability, 
demonstrated in a series of laboratory experiments dating back 
to the mid-1970s, could be used to suppress riots, control 
dissidents, demoralize or disable opposing forces and enhance 
the performance of friendly special operations teams, sources 
say. 
218 
"Pioneered by the government-funded Department of Psycho- 
Correction at the Moscow Medical Academy, acoustic psycho- 
correction involves the transmission of specific commands via 
static or white noise bands into the human subconscious without 
upsetting other 
intellectual 
functions. Experts 
said 
that 
laboratory demonstrations have shown encouraging results after 
exposure of less than one minute." 
Janet Morris, science fiction author and research director of 
the U.S. Global Strategy Council, a Washington, D.C. think tank, 
is one of the leading lights in the field of non-lethal weaponry 
which in practice is a nice euphemism that includes techniques 
of mind control. According to Tactical Technology magazine, 
"While visiting Russia in November 1991, Morris and other 
members of a team sent to investigate Russian technologies for 
commercial development were invited to a demonstration of a 
mind control technology. A volunteer from the U.S. team sat 
down in front of a computer screen as innocuous words flashed 
across the screen. The volunteer was only required to tell 
which words he liked and which words he disliked. At the end 
of the demonstration the Russian staff started revealing the 
sensitive, innermost thoughts of the volunteernone of which 
had been previously discussed. The recorded message was 
mixed with what appeared to be white noise or static, so when 
played back it became undecipherable. Since there were no 
more volunteers in the U.S. group, the Russians volunteered to 
go upstairs and let the Americans choose a mental patient for a 
demonstration.   The Americans declined the offer. 
"The Russians told Morris of a demonstration in which a 
group of workers were outside the hospital working on the 
grounds. The staff sent an acoustic psycho-correction message 
via their machine to the workers telling them to put down their 
tools, knock on the door of the hospital and ask if there was 
anything else they could do. The workers did exactly that, the 
Russians said. 
"The Russians admitted to using this technology for special 
operations team selection and performance enhancement and to 
aid their Olympic athletes and an Antarctic exploration team. 
Unlike lie detectors, this machine can determine when the 
truth is spoken, according to Morris. 
"Being an infrasound, very low frequency-type transmission, 
the acoustic psycho-correction message is transmitted via bone 
conduction. This means that earplugs will not restrict the 
message. An entire body protection system would be required 
to  stop reception.    The   message, according to the  Russians, 
219 
bypasses the conscious level and is acted on almost immediately. 
The Russians say that the messages are acted upon with 
exposure times of under one minute. 
"Morris envisions this technology will be miniaturized into a 
hand-held device. Presently, the International Healthline Corp. 
of Richmond, Va., is planning to bring a Russian team of 
specialists to the U.S. in the near future to further demonstrate 
the capability. International Healthline is a private corporation 
that is exploring Russian medical technologies for import to the 
U.S." [12] 
A specific application of electronics in mind control is in the 
direct broadcasting of audible sounds, including voices, to the 
human brain. In 1961, biophysicist Allen Frey, working for the 
Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), announced that human 
beings are capable of hearing microwave broadcasts, in the case 
of his experiments, what he described as buzzing or knocking 
sounds. Frey suggested "stimulating the nervous system without 
the damage caused by electrodes." [13] 
In 1973, Dr. Joseph C.Sharp, at Walter Reed Hospital, while 
in a soundproof room heard spoken words broadcast by "pulsed 
microwave audiogram." Broadcast in a range between 300 MHz 
to 3GHz, Sharp was able to identify words that were broadcast 
without any form of electronic translation deviceby direct 
transmission to the brain. [14] 
A 1976 Defense Intelligence Agency report credited the 
Soviets with having made the same discovery as Sharp and 
Grove, although this was apparently disinformation in the 
interest of encouraging Congress to appropriate funding in order 
to play a pretended "catch up" with the Russians. [15] 
One electromagnetic weapon that transmits at the frequency 
of the human nervous system is, according to researcher Harlan 
Girard, manufactured by Loral Electro-Optical Systems in 
Pasadena, California. In substantiation, it is reported that Loral 
had previously done research on electromagnetic weaponry for 
Lt. Gen. Leonard Peroots of the U.S. Air Force. Peroots is 
reported to have requested a weapon that would broadcast 
negative messages directly to the minds of the enemyand 
positive messages to the minds of friendly troops. [16] 
A study by A.W. Guy and others, released in 1975 by the DIA, 
reported on experiments to determine the particulars of the 
phenomenon of audible electromagnetics, and its relation to 
such things as pulse power, pulse shape, and frequency. Along 
with a number of details about the nature of electromagnetic 
interaction with humans and animals, Guy explained why the 
220 
microwaves were audible: microscopic thermal expansion of 
brain tissues. Guy had even experimented with sending Morse 
code via microwaves. 
Also reported on were Soviet capabilities: "Sounds and 
possibly 
even words which 
appear 
to be originating 
intercranially can be induced by signal modulations at very low 
power densities." 
Dr. Robert O. Becker, in The Body Electric, commented on 
the technology: "Such a device has obvious applications in covert 
operations designed to drive a target crazy with 'voices' or 
deliver undetected instructions to a programmed assassin." 
As with many other instances of claimed mind control, 
separating subjects experiencing hallucinatory voices from those 
broadcast electronically is a difficult task. One possible solution 
is suggested by Judy Wall, in her article "Synthetic Telepathy," 
published in 1996. Wall proposes that the effect of microwave 
voices could be detected with an electroencephalograph (EEG) 
machine. The main drawback to this technique is that if what- 
ever agency was broadcasting the messages was aware of the use 
of monitoring equipment, the messages would undoubtedly stop. 
As Wall states, "While it is not a perfect solution, it is hopefully a 
start towards monitoring, validating, and correcting the problem 
of involuntary mind control experimentation and harassment of 
innocent victims." 
NOTES: 
1. 
Keeler 
2. 
Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship 
in 
the U.S.A. 
(Venice, 
California: Feral House, 1995) 
3. Bowart, Walter,  Operation Mind Control. (New York: Dell, 1978) 
4. Constantine, 
Alex, 
Virtual 
Government. 
(Venice, 
California: 
Feral 
House, 1997) 
5. Anonymous, "ELF," Off the Deep End number 9, undated 
6. New York Times, March 1, 1987 
7. Schaefer, Paul, Targeting Us... and Our Earth newsletter, undated 
8. 
Smith, Jerry, HAARP: Ultimate Weapon of the Conspiracy, AUP, 
Kempton, 
Illinois); Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship 
in 
the U.S.A. 
(Venice, California: Feral House, 1995) 
9. 
Cited in Martin Cannon, 'The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien 
Abductions", MUFON UFO Journal, Number 270, October, 1990 
10. Schapitz, J.F., cited in Cannon 
11. Lawrence, Lincoln, pseud., Were We Controlled? 
(New Hyde Park, 
New York: University Books, 1967); Bowart; Cannon 
12. Opall, 
Barbara, 
"U.S. 
Explores 
Russian Mind-Control 
Technology", 
Defense News, January 11-17, 1993; Tactical Technology, Feb. 3, 1993 
13. Bowart; Constantine, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. 
14. Smith 
221 
15. 
Wall, Judy, "Synthetic Telepathy," Paranoid Women Collect Their 
Thoughts, 
edited by Joan d'Arc. 
(Paranoia Publishing, Providence. 1996); 
Becker, Dr. Robert O., The Body Electric: Electromagnetism and the Foundation 
of Life. (New York: Wm. Morrow & Co., 1985) 
16. 
Krawczyk, Glenn, "Mind Control & the New World Order," Nexus 
magazine, February/March, 1993 
 
 
Heaven's Gate: Mind Control 
& UFOs. 
 
 
 
 
Jim Jones: A CIA mind control project? 
 
 
 
 
 
 
222 
 
Chapter 26: 
VICTIMIZED 
Numerous persons claim to be victims of mind control by 
electromagnetic irradiation, implanted brain devices, or other 
means. I personally receive a great deal of mail of this sort. Are 
these persons actually the victims of mind control experiments 
by the government? Are they mentally disturbed individuals, 
attributing their dysfunction to the outside source of the 
government? I believe examples of both can be found. At the 
same time I am not the type of researcher, quite common in my 
experience, who believes that all such testimony is proof of 
government mind control. There is such a thing as delusion, 
and cases of claimed mind control should be carefully evaluated. 
In favor of persons whose testimony about electromagnetic 
mind control seems irrational, it is obvious that persons 
undergoing this kind of harassment could be driven to madness. 
They should be given the benefit of the doubt in their testimony. 
Here are some examples of persons who credibly testify to their 
victimization by mind control: 
Marrti Koski, a Finnish national living in Canada, in the late 
1970s began 
receiving 
irrational mental messages 
and 
experiencing an overall breakdown of his body. Koski wrote, "I 
began to lose control of most of my normal functions and 
emotions. It was as if someone or something could control my 
sleep, my sense of smell and taste. Food was, by turns, made to 
taste very salty or acidic. Sexual functions, urination, bowel 
movements and basic metabolism were all affected. Finally, I 
couldn't work. A welder by trade, I came to be unable to breathe 
in any air contaminated by carbon dioxide. It made me salivate 
excessively and foam at the mouth. By now the voices were with 
me 24 hours a day. I was being talked to every waking hour. I 
was allowed minimal sleep, about an hour every day. If I left my 
apartment I immediately became very drowsy, yet indoors I 
could not sleep. My heartbeat became erratic and finally 
uncontrollable." 
223 
In December, 1979, Koski experienced a heart attack, and 
was checked into the University of Alberta Hospital 
in 
Edmonton, Canada. Now the voice that had plagued Koski 
identified itself, saying that it was a spokesman for the Royal 
Canadian Mounted Police, and stating that Koski had been 
chosen to be a spy. The hospital would be where a portion of 
Koski's training would take place. During the period that Koski 
was in the hospital, he was constantly communicated to through 
the intercranial voice, told not to take medication, and ordered 
where to go and where not to go in the hospital. 
Substantiating Koski's claims is the information that while in 
the hospital he was subjected to bizarre "testing" by the 
doctors, including electrical shock to his penis. Every time he 
would try to go to sleep, he would be jolted by severe headaches. 
Koski may have been the victim of the kind of "depatterning" 
that Ewen Cameron had conducted 30 years previously in 
Canada. 
After Koski left the hospital, there was no abatement in the 
voices in his head, that had begun to call him the "Microwave 
Man." This is a telling detail, since microwave transmission 
would be the precise manner in which Koski would have been 
controlled if his implant was genuine, and it is not probable that 
he would have been aware of this, given only a layman's meager 
understanding of the techniques of mind control. 
Koski relates that he was given meaningless assignments to 
perform, such as finding out the population of Toronto, broken 
down into the number of men and women. At one point, Koski 
believes that toxic gas was pumped into his apartment. Hoping 
to escape his harassment, Koski returned to Finland, but the 
voices did not stop. Now the content of the messages changed, 
with the voices identifying themselves as being from the star 
Sirius. Again, a telling detail (taken from Freemasonic lore) that 
is repeated again and again among mind control victims and 
alleged UFO contactees. Koski returned to Canada, still plagued 
by the voices and unable to sleep. 
At home in Edmonton, Koski believes that he was gassed, and 
was subjected to elaborate "psychodrama" style experiments. 
Determining that his believed microwave bombardment was 
lessened in the open air, Koski was able to get sleep, and to 
experience a lessening of the voices. 
Koski wonders, "Is there something special about me that 
singles me out for this kind of attack, or is it simply that "They" 
are out to get me? I believe that I happen to fit a set of 
characteristics   that    make    me,    or    anybody   with    these 
224 
characteristics, a likely subject. I am single. I live alone. My 
only relative in Canada lives thousands of miles from me. I do 
not belong to any fraternal groups, organizations or political 
parties. I have difficulty communicating with other Canadians 
because of my poor spoken English. In short, I am an ideal 
target because of my limited circle of acquaintances and 
contacts. I believe the preparation time, in my case four years, 
is designed to reinforce this isolation, to promote "strange" 
behavior which further discourages friendships or contacts." 
This parallels the rationale behind Dr. Cameron's usage of 
immigrants in his own mind control experiments in Canada in 
the 1950s. [1] 
Journalist Edward Kelly worked for an alternative news 
agency in Sweden in the mid-1980s. Part of his work involved 
investigating patients used in medical experimentation by 
Swedish hospitals. Kelly seems to have run afoul of the 
government when he contacted the Socialstyrelsen [Board of 
Health and Welfare] and other appendages of the state, trying to 
obtain records of hospital experimentation, and in letting them 
know the kind of research he was conducting. Within a week he 
became bedridden with an undefined sickness that left him 
unable to walk. More than that, there were strange indications 
that the sickness was not of natural origin. Papers that had been 
taped or stapled to his walls rolled up or fell off the walls. When 
visitors would spend time with Kelly, they also would become 
sick. The house cat, who had always favored Kelly's bed, would 
now not even enter the bedroom. Kelly was diagnosed with 
lumbago, but the illness worsened. Taken to the hospital, he 
was diagnosed with cancer. He died on the 28th of May 1985, 
at Karolinska Hospital. [2] 
Another indication that 
the Swedish Secret Police use 
citizens in mind control experimentation is that there are many 
complaints about a SAPO secret base, the Tjadergarden in 
Soraker just outside Sundsvall. Local residents claim that they 
have 
experienced 
harmful 
effects 
from 
electromagnetic 
radiation. 
The following is a portion of a letter from Tjadergarden 
resident Ossian Andersson that is addressed to the Swedish 
government: "...owing to the terror, harrowing persecution and 
gross violations of human rights which I have been subjected to 
for the last eight years, I hereby request the government to 
allow me to resume a normal human existence. I am completely 
without legal protection while the security police and military 
researchers toy with me at their whim.    My letters are to no 
225 
effect, the authorities shirk any responsibility... I am being used 
as a guinea pig for weapons of ultrasonic, electromagnetic field, 
acoustic and death-ray type, and my central nervous system has 
been seized so that they can control my brain with micro- 
electronic technology and microcomputers... The symptoms of 
ultrasonic radiation are headaches, dizziness, disorientation and 
visual impairment. Other symptoms are a degeneration of 
intelligence with an additional effect on blood circulation and 
visceral pain... Acoustic weapons do not cause injury, rather they 
convey a nebulous disorientation which can shatter all one's 
organized activities. These weapons work by introducing chaos 
into one's life... The radiation penetrates all types of material 
which I have used for protection. For instance, I built a case 
with a 2 mm thick lead insulation, under which I lay at night, to 
no avail... Microchips are also part of the picture, since I became 
aware that they were able to control my entire rage of brain 
activity. These micro-devices must have been placed in my 
brain without my knowledge... It is cruel to force a pensioner 
such as myself to suffer day after day and to prevent him to sleep 
no more than an hour now and then." 
According to researcher Robert Naeslund, himself a claimed 
victim of mind control, "Since I myself have been in Soraker 
and know Ossian well, I can affirm that what he describes is but 
a fragment of the truly frightening nature of his torment. He is 
now 82 years old, and the terror meted out to him is completely 
bereft of humanitarian norms. He is being seriously exploited in 
a harrowing experiment for periods of 22 hours during day and 
night in which he finds it impossible to snatch even a moment's 
sleep; and so it has been, with a persistent brutal intensity, for 
the last 20 years. Ossian has also undergone cranial radio- 
graphic examination from which the implantation of a foreign 
object with cerebral connections can be confirmed." [3] 
In November 1986, two alleged Arab terrorists were tried 
in West Berlin. When a guilty plea from pre-trial testimony was 
read to one of the defendants, called Salameh in the newspaper 
account, he said that at the time of his statement he was "not 
himself." The other defendant, Hasi, stood up and said, "In the 
name of Allah, commiseration, in the name of the Arab nation I 
would like to explain what I had to suffer here in the Federal 
Republic of Germany." Hasi said that he and his co-defendant 
were tortured using transmitted voices that "paralyzed their 
brains" and made them confess to crimes that they were not 
guilty of.   [4] 
David Fratus entered  the Utah State Prison in May 1986. 
226 
His crime was second degree burglary. Fratus, in a letter dated 
October 18, 1988, said that after 11 months in the prison he 
"ran afoul of prison officials as a result of a minor altercation 
with other inmates and what was then deemed to be a poor 
attitude on my part." Among other repercussions, according to 
Fratus, was that his food was tampered with, he was threatened 
with carcinogens and disease organisms, and was told that his 
parents would be murdered if he didn't remain silent about his 
treatment in prison. 
Fratus was put in solitary confinement. "Once isolated," he 
reports, "some extremely peculiar things began to occur. I 
became disoriented to the extent that my cell and surrounding 
area would take on a surrealistic appearance as though I were 
under the influence of a hallucinogenic drug, and I was plagued 
by severe headaches and insomnia for weeks at a time. I had 
absolutely no inkling what was happening, and after a couple 
months of having some fantastically cruel games played with my 
mind ultimately reducing me to a state of anxiety, the 
psychiatric squad was called in to play their roles in this colossal 
'set up' and I was declared to be suffering from a mental illness 
after undergoing a farcical and cursory interview in duration of 
no more than 15 minutes. Delusional persecution and paranoia 
was, I believe, how they so conveniently labeled me. It was 
obviously a deliberate and prearranged plan, and throughout 
these actions the staff would make malicious comments as to, 
'How are you enjoying your headaches?', 'Need some aspirin?', 
and, 'Are you sleeping well, Mr. Fratus?'" 
Fratus indicates, "I began to receive, or hear, high frequency 
tones in my ears. Like the test pattern on a TV set. The volume 
or intensity of frequencies is adjustable and some are so high 
and piercing that they've literally had me climbing the walls. 
When I plug my ears with cotton or fingertips, the tones are still 
inside and become amplified. It's as if they had become 
electrified echo chambers with the sounds coming from the 
inside out. When I complained or acted out, I was beaten and 
thrown into a strip cell with no clothes, mattress, toilet paper 
or drinking water. Nothingand 
the 
intensity of 
these 
frequency transmissions would be crescendoed to maddening 
levels. Much mental distress! This is still being done to me 
three shifts, 24 hours a day, and the combination of these 
demoralizing mental torments and sleep deprivation for weeks 
on end has exacted a heavy toll on me." 
Fratus describes 
inner 
torment so 
fine-tuned as 
to be 
unbelievable, but in terms that makes one wonder:    "They are 
227 
going into my subconscious, or memory bank, bringing forth 
unpleasant memories long forgotten, and I am being punished 
for past as well as present indiscretions. I can think of anything 
from the pasta friend or situation from 30 years ago, for 
instance, and the voice will provide names and particulars. I 
have repeatedly tested and attempted to trick them on this. No 
way. They have better access to what's in my head with this 
nefarious invention than I do. I can converse with my 
antagonists merely by thinking what I wish to say... And I 
welcome you to the Twilight Zone!! How the hell is this being 
done?? They are using those frequency impulses to perpetrate 
some very vicious maltreatment on me. With the apparent ease 
of manipulating a keyboard they can, with the flick of a switch, 
strip me of all energy and motivation to where I'm forced to lie 
on my bunk and stare at the wall like a zombie. I've been left in 
this state for weeks at a timeliterally chained to my bed 
without the actual use of physical restraints, having not the 
energy to walk back and forth in my cell even a few times. For 
almost the entire eleven months I have continuously been made 
to feel low down and chronically depressed." 
Fratus talks about "the most powerful of these frequency 
impulses" that were used on him. He says it is "jokingly 
referred to as the 'Death Ray' by guards, and is so potent it 
causes an intense physical sensation of having an electrical, or 
magnetic force field combined with a vibrating tuning fork in my 
head. Different parts of my brain are targeted by this thing, 
causing a variety of mental and physical reactions. Sometimes I 
can feel it at the base of my brain where it joins the spinal cord, 
other times up in the frontal lobes, and it is in fact comparable 
to a lobotomy, as it causes my brain to lock up and malfunction 
to where I cannot concentrate or spell simple words... They 
have, at times, assailed me with this 'Death Ray' in bursts 
ranging from seconds to minutes, causing me to psychologically 
bounce up and down like a human yo-yo." 
Perhaps there is a lack of proof of what David Fratus has said. 
But given our knowledge of mind control technology, there is 
reason to believe the man's account. [5] 
A report documented by the Association of National Security 
Alumni in February, 1992, concerns a Dayton, Ohio, woman 
whose husband worked at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base as an 
electronics engineer on a "transitional technologies" project. 
While her husband was at the Industrial College of the Armed 
Forces at Fort McNair, Virginia, in the mid-1980s, college 
faculty requested   that   the   woman   obtain  a   psychological 
228 
examination, using 
the 
justification 
that 
the 
information 
obtained would be beneficial, given the stressful nature of her 
husband's job. After the psychological evaluation the woman 
"became the target of massive electronic harassment and may 
have been drugged on recurrent occasions." Immediately after 
contacting the Electronic Surveillance Project in Silver Spring, 
Maryland, associated with the National Security Alumni, the 
woman's husband had her forcibly committed to a psychiatric 
facility at Good Samaritan hospital, claiming that she was 
suicidal. Although she was released from the hospital, according 
to the woman the electronic harassment continues. 
One of the finest of current writers and researchers on the 
topic of mind control is Alex Constantine, the author of Psychic 
Dictatorship in the U.S.A. and Virtual Government, both 
published by Feral House. Constantine believes 
that he 
personally has been the subject of mind control programs. The 
following is the text of a letter he authored and sent to the 
magazine Mondo 2000 in December, 1994: 
"For five years I have been the victim of a formal torture 
program at the hands of the CIA. The torture is electromagnetic 
and difficult to trace, retaliation for my political research linking 
certain cliques in the military and federal government to cult 
formation (the firm has, since the early '60s, used cults to cover 
for mind control experimentation, including People's Temple, 
the SLA and the Finders), drug distribution and the like. 
"All of this is to say that your article on the Pentagon's 
electronic weapons arsenal... was appreciated by someone who 
knows first-hand their insidious potential. I hope the effect of 
the article is not merely tittilation of violence-prone addicts, but 
alerts 
your 
readers 
to 
the 
awesome 
threat 
that EM 
[electromagnetic] weapons pose to human rights and political 
opposition to CIA-DoD [Department of Defense] chaos and 
disinformation. 
"I have been subjected to a gruelling daily regimen of torture 
rendered from a remote source. I have been burned by 
microwaves, kept awake for days at a stretch by shrieking noises 
in my ears, the effect of pulsed audiograms. One evening I was 
hit by an infra-sound attack (the diagnosis comes from the 
Association 
of National 
Security Alumni's 
Electronics 
Surveillance Project) on my spine, the most painful experience 
of my life. I was left crawling and screaming across the floor. I 
could go on cataloging the tortures I've endured. My example 
should serve 
to demonstrate 
that 
fascists do not need 
concentration camps to  silence  political dissent.    One's own 
229 
home can be transformed into a torture chamber. 
"For die-hard skeptics, I can offer this proof: Two of the 
leading child psychologists in the country once witnessed 
magnets repelled from my cranium. When I wrote a letter to 
Amnesty International about my plight (it was ignored), friends 
of mine were subjected to microwave attack. 
"Public interest groups monitoring federal abuses of mind 
control technology tell me that there are scores of others under 
assault. 'Alien' abductions have long served as a cover for the 
development of electronic weaponry. Addressing the reality of 
the government's mind control experimentation may lead to 
public outcry against this carefully concealed attack on human 
rights. 
"So far the disinformationists (proponents of false memory) 
have had a field day selling the rest of us out. Please continue to 
expose the national disgrace of EM weapons and their sadistic 
use on unwitting human targets." [6] 
The letter that follows was sent to a foreign consulate in 
Houston, Texas, on December 4, 1995: 
"To Whom It May Concern: 
"With this letter I am requesting political asylum from your 
government as an American citizen and victim of mind control 
carried out presumably by the CIA. I am taking such drastic 
measures because I am in fear of my life and safety and because I 
have exhausted every legal and other means available to me. I 
have received no assistance from the President of the United 
States, the FBI, the CIA, the Attorney General, my Congressman, 
to mention just a few. The fact that this technology exists and is 
being used against private citizens and innocent people like 
myself no one in any position of responsibility in government 
will officially acknowledge. 
"I hope this is an acceptable condition for political asylum. If 
need be I am willing to relinquish my citizenship and be 
declared stateless as a means to this end. This is a well thought- 
out decision on my part and I am aware of all the ramifications 
that could occur. Naturally it is not a decision that I have taken 
easily, but under the circumstances it is likely that it is the only 
one that will prolong my life or give me any quality of life. 
"I would like to provide a chronology giving the events 
leading up to this decision. 
"As a university student I spent a year abroad in France and 
Germany and in Paris. I met a German university graduate 
whom I later married. We eventually returned to Germany to 
live after we finished our studies in the U.S. (I did my B.A. and 
230 
he did a postgraduate degree in international business). A few 
years later we were divorced in Munich, Germany. I then 
became a graduate student and teacher, and resided for almost 
ten years in what was then West Berlin, Germany. There was 
nothing unusual in my life until the year 1983. At that time I co- 
taught a parapsychology course in the Community College system 
of West Berlin. A friend attended this class and brought a guest. 
The guest whom I will call 'C.L.' and I became friends later. 
Through these people I got 
to know some other new 
acquaintances and whether these people are incidental to, or 
pivotal figures in what later transpired is something that can 
only be speculated about. However, a certain pattern would 
appear to emerge from this. 
"One of the persons I got to know casually was Peggy Woolsey 
who had worked as secretary to Richard Helms, former head of 
the CIA in Iran (He was there during the coup). Peggy would 
often tell me about her life in Iran. Once when I was in her 
apartment having a drink I discovered at least an inch of 
sediment on the bottom of my drink. I commented on this and 
was told it was the 'Berlin water'. Another time I went to East 
Berlin in her car with diplomatic plates and felt a strange mood 
of paranoia almost as if I was hallucinating. I remember Peggy 
asking me where the Russian embassy was. I remember 
thinking, 'How should I know?' In fact, I was at that time so 
naive I had not realized there was a Russian embassy in West 
Berlin. I had crossed the border previously primarily to go to 
the opera or theater or to buy books (German literature classics 
in cheap editions). I had the impression that something strange 
was transpiring. It was during this time that I was on three 
occasions, at three different locations, talked to during my sleep 
by people I was acquainted with. On these occasions I had 
awakened abruptly during my sleep and became aware of what 
was transpiring. I went to the U.S. Consulate and named names. 
After this I was harassed by a man in a white car who would 
drive by my apartment and when in close proximity, would zap 
me with an electrical field of some sort. He was very brazen. I 
would find my body pulsating during my sleep especially at the 
base of my spine, but my whole body would vibrate as well and I 
would see flashing lights on my wall. I had to go to the U.S. 
Consulate several times and they expressed disbelief in what I 
was saying, rudely stating: Who would be interested in youyou 
have no important political or military contacts. Ultimately I 
decided to return to the U.S. where I did not know what would 
be   in  store   for  me   when  I   returned to   a living  hell   and 
231 
unbelievable torture, abuse, and experimentation. 
"In retrospect the only conclusion that makes reasonable 
sense is that I must have exposed a CIA operation. I was then 
classified as a 'write-off or expendable as a human being. By 
some unfortunate decision I was designated for a constant 
monitoring, 
inhuman method of 
electronic 
incarceration 
utilizing intracerebral microwave induction of voices. This is 
one of several sadistic approaches they have used to destroy my 
life. So for 13 years now I have never known one moment of 
privacy, or peace. My entire life has been stolen from me. My 
apartment serves them as the cage of a guinea pig. 
"What they attempted to do with very crude, unsophisticated 
human input (not to say criminal and immoral) coupled with an 
electronic technology totally unknown to the public was to set 
up some artificial controls (or 'handlers') utilizing the voice and 
emotive responses of some individuals recognizable to me and 
get them to 'control' my behavior by the use of positive and 
negative reinforcement. These were not 'voices' talking to me 
live but were a whole catalog of reactions that were activated in 
my brain by some means. For example if I did something they 
did not like they would use the voice characteristics of 'C 
crying or whining or expressing despair. Thus the same 
expression would be played over and over again like canned 
laughter on a TV quiz program. I might hear the same emotive 
phrase played over five times in one day however absurd that 
may seem. When they realized that I was not being hoodwinked 
or deceived into thinking that this was a real person (and 
naturally they selected the voices of former lovers) they did not 
attempt to project this artifice but instead would harass me with 
the voices. Often I was interrupted at what I was doing at the 
rate of once a minute throughout the day. At other times it was 
once every four minutes. At other times every time I made a 
decision, drew a conclusion from something, or followed 
instructions it was reinforced. The implication being that these 
swine were in charge of my behavior and thinking. This reaches 
the point of fanatic absurdity on their part. And it still continues 
even as I type this. They are constantly trying to reinforce or 
keep in place their repulsive 'program'. 
"Here are some examples: Through a business contact I got 
to know 'S.' and every time I met with her it was euphorically 
reinforced. This was something I could not fathom. I would 
think why are not my friendships with 'V.', 'E.J.', or others 
reinforced like this. It did not make sense to me as S. was a 
rather unsophisticated but warm-hearted Iranian hairdresser. 
232 
Later I discovered that under the Shah, S. had been married to a 
judge, connected in high places, had hidden people in her home 
and had had to flee when her husband was arrested. 
"I think that one of the things they had planned to use was to 
start relationships with certain targeted individuals. They kept 
up a rabid campaign to get me to re-establish a contact with a 
foreign national who reputedly had intelligence contacts. I 
refused but they never stopped harassing me. They tried to 
establish a whole associational network of things supposedly 
characteristic of this person to constantly keep him in my mind 
which was revolting to the extreme. So I frequently formed the 
impression that I was constantly dealing with people who were 
my intellectual inferiors, ignorant provincials who were in a mad 
rush to use their high-tech equipment on any designated victim. 
The irony of all this pain and suffering was that the same things 
could have been achieved by very conventional and mundane 
methods. But this high-tech equipment was being used by 
individuals very unlike myself where I had the feeling I was 
being corrupted by the association, that I was being polluted by 
the contact and as a result I feel I have lost or had murdered my 
spirituality, my refinement, my dignity and privacy as a woman, 
my idealism, my joy in living, my sexuality, my feelings of 
freedom, my comfort zone, i.e. all that had once been the 
essential ingredients of my life. 
"Their sadism knows no bounds. They will talk with you and 
make it a point of letting you know that they are watching you 
while you are on the toilet, for example. 
"Needless to say, I attempted suicide but was stopped in the 
woods by another motorist. 
"I would be more than happy to reveal their whole mind 
control program but there is not enough time now. 
"What happened to precipitate this decision to seek asylum is 
that I discovered that there were other victims on whom the 
same or similar 
technology was being used and began 
networking with them and sharing information with plans of 
going public and getting organized. I was also able to upgrade 
and expand my technical knowledge and met victims of the 
CIA's Project Monarch and MKULTRA. 
"I then started to get heart palpitations of a severe nature 
and my thyroid would be microwaved so that it would pulsate. I 
would awaken with a field directly to my stomach and intestines 
(the genital stimulation during sleep was by now old-hat) so that 
my midriff would be sore. When I would cover my thyroid with 
my hands to shield it I would later have arthritic-similar pains in 
233 
my hands. I woke up two days ago with pain in my left armpit 
and both groin lymph nodes. I am afraid I am being 'taken out.' 
One of the deprogrammers and most knowledgeable persons on 
the CIA's codes, techniques and tactics has been suddenly 
diagnosed with terminal cancer that apparently appeared out of 
nowhere. 
"I fear for my safety. I have gone to extremes to protect 
myselftrying to set up improvised Faraday cages, sleeping on 
the bathroom floor, wrapping myself in copper, aluminum, and 
the ringing is terriblethe program that gets activated during 
my REM sleep especially. And last night for the first time they 
actually used some equipment that lifted my body out of the 
galvanized aluminum shields I had erected. I was actually 
knocked backwards. I then tried to write this letter at home 
but my electric typewriter malfunctionedwhen I would hit the 
'n' key I would get 'q' for example. 
"Your speedy attention to this urgent matter would certainly 
be appreciated. 
"Sincerely, C.P.   Austin, Texas" [7] 
-In an open letter titled "Modern Human Experimentation/ 
Torture" Dave Bader describes his believed victimization by 
mind control: 
"I have been the unwitting subject of a painful and inhumane 
mind manipulation project for nearly three years now without a 
clue how to combat it because it is invisible and, for the first 
year, beyond my comprehension. After applying for a security 
clearance for my job as a LAN administrator for a D.O.D. 
contractor in California (Titan Research and Technology), I was 
mentally 
invaded by unknown to me members of 
this 
government. I have no idea what the goal of this torture 
treatment is, it makes no sense at all other than to drive me 
crazy and lose all faith in my fellow man and our so called 
democratic society... 
"My real life nightmare began in mid-January 1993 about six 
months after applying for a security clearance for my job at a 
defense contractor in Northridge, California and less than a 
month after a major dental procedure by a dentist referred to 
me by the company (Dr. Pasternak). One day in January 1993 I 
began hearing voices talking to me in my mind (although I was 
not aware where they originated from at first) and a high 
pitched tone in my ears like a very high frequency radio wave 
that pulses. I cannot remember the exact date and time because 
it was the most traumatic experience I've had in my life, and my 
concern was not to document times and dates at the moment. 
234 
The voices were at a high enough volume to sound like it was a 
person in the room with me. At first I believed someone had 
tampered with my stereo equipment or put speakers in my 
walls. This was proven false when I went for a walk to escape 
and I continued to hear the voices. I proved this by plugging my 
ears, the sound comes from the center of my head. Learning 
this took me from fright to near psychosis because of their 
constant attack and my mind not accepting the unacceptable 
truth... 
"As the days/weeks/months/years went by at an accelerated 
rate due to the traumatic stress, I did seek an answer by getting 
an x-ray of my head (I suspected some kind of device had been 
implanted in me because I had been to a dentist for an 
extraction just prior to the invasion). Also the night prior I was 
driving back from Van Nuys [California], (being severely tortured 
by the voices) when I stopped for a light, I looked at the car 
next to me and the man had his head tilted up and was pointing 
to a spot in his neck which later turned out to be the exact 
location of the object. Who this was, I will never know. I got the 
x-ray from a general practice doctor claiming that I felt pain in 
my throat and wanted to see if everything was OK. The x-ray 
showed a small metal object below my jaw directly under where 
my tooth was extracted. I asked the doctor if it could have 
accidentally fallen there due to the procedure, he replied that it 
was nearly impossible because it was located below the jaw in 
the soft tissue of my neck and it would require drilling through 
the jaw bone. I then spilled the beans and told him the truth, 
thinking stupidly that he would understand and be on my side 
with the evidence we just found. I asked him to refer me to 
someone who could remove it and I made an appointment for an 
ear/nose/throat doctor (the first ear/nose/throat I have seen), 
but the GP strongly suggested that I see a psychiatrist first. I 
assured him that I knew the correct course of action to solve my 
problem. I went to the ENT doctor and he gave me a bullshit 
examination then he asked what I wanted. I said that I wanted 
the metal object that showed on the x-rays removed. He said 
that it was like searching for a needle in a haystack and that it 
should not be removed. I protested and said I would sign a 
waver. He said that he wouldn't do it without a clearance from a 
psychiatrist (obviously the two doctors had spoken). I went to a 
psychiatrist and told him my situation, he responded as 
expected, he told me that I was suffering from a mental illness 
and could offer me his costly time and drugs but wouldn't sign 
anything related to removal of my foreign object.    I  went to 
235 
another ear/nose/throat doctor and got more x-rays showing the 
same thing, but this time I didn't mention anything about my 
situation and stuck to the story about pain in my throat. He sent 
me to get a CAT scan, I did so and his final judgment was it 
would be like searching for a needle in a haystack and didn't 
want to do it. Since then I moved to Washington and changed 
jobs (trying to escape). I have been to two more doctors and got 
the same results. 
"The voices started mildly like they were announcing their 
presence (on a Friday, I think). They spoke to me like they 
were friends but would evade all questions as to who they were 
and how they were doing it. This was maddening, but at the 
same time I couldn't imagine it lasting more than a few days as 
some kind of a sick joke. Monday came after a weekend that 
could fill a book (they played up every fear I could come up with 
to explain their existence, like a torture chamber where your 
worst nightmares come true). At this time I was speaking to 
them verbally as I expected they were talking to me by some 
means (maybe having everywhere I go bugged and speakered. 
Which was much more acceptable to my mind than the fact that 
my own mind was bugged)." 
Bader details other aspects of his torment, and says, "The 
most notable effect on my life is that they turned me into an 
alcoholic to cope with the psychological pain and to get to sleep 
(they did not stop when I decided I should sleep, nor did they 
stop while I was sleeping, for that matter). They woke me up at 
two hour intervals making real sleep impossible. This sleep 
deprivation left me in a zombie-like state and less able to handle 
their audio attacks..." 
"After a few weeks they became violent, meaning they didn't 
pretend they were my friends and used the pitch and volume of 
their usually synthesized voices as a weapon. I woke up to a 
screeching psychopathic woman's voice uttering high-pitched 
nonsense. Background noise severely worsens the effects of 
their 
electronic/verbal 
attack, 
for 
instance, 
being near 
machinery that whines or hums makes their voices unbearable. 
On the other hand being in complete silence is just as bad 
because the voices have a sickening electronic sound that you 
are completely aware is coming from between your ears. 
Basically every waking moment is a painful thing that is to be 
coped with in one way or another... 
"During the most violent period the voices were synthesized 
to sound like "monsters," low and ultra high-pitched that made 
my ear drums pulse. What they said was either painful nonsense 
236 
(repetition of words or sentences: 'I'm in your mind, I'm in your 
mind, I'm in your mind,' a synthesized male voice that went in 
circles like a tape in an endless loop). The goal seemed to be to 
weaken me mentally, which worked but also drove me into 
furious rage with no one to confront. Can you imagine how 
maddening it is to be mentally tortured with no way to fight 
back?... 
"Voices are not the extent of my torture. In the second year 
of my electronic harassment I have been electrically shocked, 
had involuntary limb movement (the muscles in my left arm 
convulse), and very painful pressure in my head, not like a 
headache but a feeling like your head is about to explode, as well 
as a tickling sensation in my ears, usually while trying to fall 
asleep or at key moments. Their techniques and timing are not 
known to me, the pressure in my head was almost always while 
driving (seeming to be at key moments) and the shocks were 
usually while trying to relax or sleep or while thinking about 
their presence, they like me to ignore them and punish me 
when I don't. 
"A normal day for me consists of waking up to their 
presence... This starts with a slow chanting of bullshit with no 
meaning. By the time I get in the shower (a dreaded place 
because the sound of the water amplified their voices in a 
sickening way) my mind still half asleep sometimes mimics 
them causing me to mumble what they are saying. Now it is less 
severe in the morning, unlike the morning terror they put me 
through the first year, making me think some kind of restraints 
have been put on them, or maybe they just don't want me to die 
of a heart attack just yet... I drive to work and they torment my 
mind more and more as the day progresses... It gets worse after 
work when I try to relax they speak more rapidly sometimes 
driving me into a frenzy. Often while diverting my attention 
watching TV or something I will say a complete or partial 
sentence that obviously didn't originate from me telling me that 
they can manipulate the speech related part of my brain... 
"I know a lot of the above sounds completely paranoid (you 
would have to be there). In fact this is the barest glimpse into 
my life for the last two and a half years... 
"My Conclusions: I have no idea as to the extent of the 
knowledge and or acceptance of the extremes of my situation, it 
makes me sick to think about it. Regardless of me personally, I 
ask you to consider the information presented here. Maybe I am 
one of the few that knows it is absolute fact from personal 
experience,   but I   also know how  hard it is to   convince an 
237 
unknowing person of an unbelievable fact.   Especially when faced 
with misinformation. 
"This technology is real, and we have a lot to worry about and 
a lot to do to correct it. With this technology it is possible for 
unknowing citizens to be subjected to laboratory rat like 
experimentation, as in my case. But more importantly it can be 
used to ultimately control civilization, by mental eavesdropping 
or manipulation for political, business, or other reasons. What i( 
boils down to is the complete loss of human rights and privacy. 
George Orwell had a pretty good vision of the future in 1984. He 
was lacking in the technology, but right on about Big Brother. If 
a small voice speaks out about corruption it is stamped out or 
made a fool of. Even more horrifying than telescreens, is direct 
access to the human mind by a race of people that are still 
producing nuclear weapons and lying about crimes a half century 
old.   Please don't let it continue!" [8] 
NOTES: 
1. Koski, Marrti,   Untitled research paper, Stockholm: Mediaecco, 1993 
2. Naeslund, Robert. 
"An Open Letter 
to 
the Swedish Prime Minister 
Regarding Electromagnetic Terror", Stockholm: Mediaecco, 1993. Secret and 
Suppressed, Jim Keith, ed.  (Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1994) 
3. Ibid. 
4. Frankfurther 
Allgemeine 
Zeitung, 
November 
18, 
1985 
5. 
Fratus, 
David, letter of October 18, 1988, obtained from the Internet, copy in the 
author's possession 
6. 
Constantine, Alex, 
letter 
to 
the editor, Mondo 2000 magazine, 
December, 1994 
7. 
Anonymous, text obtained on the Internet 
8. 
Bader, 
Dave, 
"Modern Human 
Experimentation/Torture", 
text 
obtained on the Internet 
238 
Chapter 27: 
WOODPECKER 
There are even more awesome uses for the new breed of 
electromagnetics. Now 
the means 
for 
influencing 
and 
controlling entire populations is in the hands of the ruling elite. 
In 1972, Dr. Gordon J.F. McDonald gave testimony before the 
House Subcommittee on Oceans and International Environment 
on the issue of electromagnetic weapons used for mind control 
and mental disruption. McDonald stated, "The basic notion was 
to create, between the electrically charged ionosphere in the 
higher part of the atmosphere and conducting layers of the 
surface of the Earth, this neutral cavity, to create waves, 
electrical waves that would be tuned to the brainwaves... about 
ten cycles per second... you can produce changes in behavioral 
patterns or in responses." 
In the late 1970s electromagnetic weapons came into their 
own, and the proof of this may be the sudden drop in ozone 
levels reported internationally. On February 24, 1987, the PBS- 
TV network show NOVA announced that a hole had been 
discovered in the ozone layer above the Antarctic. According to 
the NOVA commentator, "Antarcticathe coldest place on 
Earth. Here a mysterious change has been detected in a vital 
element in the atmosphere. This invisible layer 15 miles high 
acts as a sunscreen around the Earthour only protection from 
it. 
"Scientists warn that ozone depletion" could cause "major 
effects on human health, including: higher incidence of skin 
cancer, cataracts, and depression of the immune system. Losses 
of ozone would affect climate, damage the growth of plants and 
disturb the food chain." 
The cause of the depletion of ozone, according to the 
mainstream media, was the release of chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) 
gases into the atmosphere of the type used in refrigerators, 
solvents, air conditioning, and insulation, but in September, 
1987, Omni magazine may have offered a clue to the real culprit. 
239 
According to that magazine, "An obscure group of scientists, 
working for the British Antarctic Survey, stumbled upon the 
ozone hole. Joseph Farman, leader of the group... noticed a 
sharp decrease in column-ozone every September and October, 
starting in 1977..." 
These dates for the sudden depletion in ozone levels were 
confirmed by the February 16, 1986, edition of the Sunday 
Oklahoman, which stated: "The ominous thing about the ozone 
drop is the rapidity with which it is developing. Until about 
1977, there was no indication it had changed by any substantial 
amount since the late 1950s. But it has really fallen off the table 
in the past few years." 
The Washington Post for July 29, 1987, quoted Robert 
Watson, employed by NASA, as saying that until recently 
scientists were "worried that a 5 percent change [in ozone 
levels] over the next century could be adverse. Instead of 5 
percent, we're looking at 50 percent in only 10 years... This 
was absolutely unexpected; it's caught our attention.' 
Three months later the Washington Post was reporting a 
drop in ozone levels up to 97% at some locations over the 
Antarctic, drops in ozone over the United States, and a drifting 
ozone hole that passed over the eastern U.S. Noted were 
outbreaks of 'solar retinitis,' or sunburnt eyes in the eastern 
United States, as well as an 83% increase in cases of skin cancer 
in the U.S. [1] 
What had caused the reported sudden depletion in ozone 
levels? Although there has been nary a hint of it in the 
mainstream press, there are strong indicationsincluding a 
precise time correlation with the discovery of the ozone 
holesthat 
it was electromagnetic bombardment of 
the 
atmosphere. 
The Soviets have long been interested in the work of Nikola 
Tesla, and on July 4, 1976, that interest paid off. The Soviets 
fired up seven Tesla magnifying 
transmitters 
located at 
Chernobyl, beaming 10 herz of energy into the ionosophere and 
creating an energetic standing wave that stretched from Chile to 
Alaska. At the same time, three Soviet satellites coordinated 
this irradiation of the upper atmosphere. These signals were 
detected all over the world, and were known as the "Russian 
Woodpecker" due to the chattering interference they produced 
on radio receivers. [2] 
Describing the effects of the Tesla magnifying transmitter, 
Lieutenant Colonel Thomas Bearden, lecturing at a symposium of 
the U.S. Psychotronics Association in 1981,  said, "Tesla found 
240 
that he could set up standing waves... in the earth (the molten 
core of the earth), or, just set it up through the rocksthe 
telluric activity in the rocks would furnish activity into these 
waves and one would get more potential energy in those waves 
than he put 
in. He called the concept 
the magnifying 
transmitter." 
Bearden stated of the Tesla transmitters, "They will go 
through anything. What you do is that you set up a standing wave 
through the earth and the molten core of the earth begins to 
feed that wave (we are talking Tesla now). When you have that 
standing wave, you have set up a triode. What you've done is that 
the molten core of the earth is feeding the energy and it's like 
your signalthat you are putting inis gating the grid of a 
triode... Then what you do is that you change the frequency. If 
you change the frequency one way (start to dephase it) you dump 
the energy up in the atmosphere beyond the point on the other 
side of the earth that you focused upon. You start ionizing the 
air, you can change the weather flow patterns (jet streams, 
etc.)you can change all of thatif you dump it gradually, real 
graduallyyou influence the heck out of the weather. It's a great 
weather machine. If you dump it sharply, you don't get a little 
ionization like that. You will get flashes and fireballs (plasma) 
that will come down on the surfaces of the earth... you can cause 
enormous weather changes over entire regions by playing that 
thing back and forth." 
Weather changes and more. 
According 
to 
a United Press 
International 
report 
of 
December 22, 1977, "a series of mysterious atmospheric 
explosions were reported along the New Jersey shore last night 
for the third time this month... Police said the explosions were 
preceded by a series of rumblings. On December 2, there were 
two similar incidents, but the Federal Aviation Administration, 
the Civil Aeronautics Board and the Nuclear Regulatory 
Commission have been unable to offer any explanation for the 
blasts." 
Other 
effects 
have 
been 
attributed 
to 
the Russian 
Woodpeckers by Dr. Andrija Puharich, in a research paper titled 
Global Magnetic Warfare. Puharich stated that controlled 
earthquakes could be set off by the Russians using this 
technology, and that, "Of the many great earthquakes of 1976, 
there is one that demands special attentionthe July 28, 1976 
Tangshan, China earthquake." Tangshan was devastated with 
650,000 persons dead. 
Almost a year later, the New York Times, on June 5,  1977, 
241 
recounted curious precursor events to the Tangshan quake, 
stating that, "just before the first tremor at 3:42 AM, the sky lit 
up 'like daylight.' The multi-hued lights, mainly white and red, 
were seen up to 200 miles away. Leaves on many trees were 
burned to a crisp and growing vegetables were scorched on one 
side, as if by a fireball." 
In 1978, Dr. Robert Beck reported on ELF fields related to 
mood alterations in Canadians. Beck and another researcher, 
William Bise, noted changes in the behavior and brain wave 
patterns of persons in the Pacific Northwest, attributing them to 
the Russian Woodpecker broadcasts. 
In 1984, Thomas Bearden delivered another talk entitled 
"Soviet Weather Warfare Over North America." Bearden noted 
the existence of hitherto-unseen weather patterns and cloud 
formations in North America since the Russian Woodpeckers 
had gone into operation. These, he maintained, were the 
signature of the Tesla magnifying transmitter. One cloud 
pattern that Bearden mentioned was a "giant radial," resembling 
the Japanese "rising sun" symbol with rays radiating out of a 
central circle. 
Bearden expanded on 
the capabilities of 
the Russian 
Woodpeckers, the technology employing electromagnetic waves 
of pure potential: "By interfering two beams of such scalar waves 
at a distance, a scalar interferometer is produced. By slow 
rotation of the transmitter, 
the entire distant 
interference 
zonesand the highs and lowscan be moved along. This 
scheme then allows the capturing and movement of high cloud 
masses, direct manipulation of high and low pressure areas, 
diversion of jet streams, and extensive Soviet control over the 
weather patterns of North America." [3] 
By the 1970s the Americans were struggling to come into 
parity with the Russians in terms of the new technology. 
Concerned with advances in Russian technology, in the 1970s 
the Americans launched Project Nile Blue, later renamed 
Climate Dynamics. 
Reportedly as part of a secret Soviet/U.S. Polar warming pact, 
the Americans began to broadcast their own ELF signals at 30 
Hertz. Signals broadcast at 30 Hertz are reportedly far less 
dangerous than the Soviet 10 Hertz signals, which have been 
speculated to cause weakened immune systems, effects on mood 
and cognitive processes, and increased vulnerability to a host of 
diseases, some of them newly manufactured in laboratories. 
According to the P.A.C.E. Newsletter, "ELF fields usually 
propagate vertically to  the ground,  creating 'Standing Waves' 
242 
that tend to go down towards the Earth's core and up to the 
various strata of the biosphere. Like their ultraviolet photon 
counterparts from the sun, they can redistribute energy and 
momentum in the [atmospheric] troposphere through cumulus 
convection. 
It has been suggested ELF-induced charges 
in 
the 
ion 
electrical effects perturb the electric current and field patterns 
of the field circuit of the atmosphere, a field whose existence is 
established by 'classical' thunderstorm activity theory. It is 
known that the microphysics of the surface level atmosphere 
and other strata are dependent on atmospheric electric state." 
[4] 
A story in the New York Times for December 16, 1980, 
alluded to American ELF transmissions: "Scientists in Antarctica 
believe they have probably created an aurora over Quebec. The 
aurora should have resulted from an experiment conducted... to 
interfere with the earth's magnetic field lines that extend from 
Antarctica to Canada. Electrons forming the earth-encircling 
radiation belt normally are trapped in paths that spiral around 
the magnetic field lines and reverse direction as they near the 
earth at each end of the magnetic arc. If their paths are 
perturbed by radio waves, they fail to reverse and plunge into 
the atmosphere. 
"When specific 
radio 
frequencies are 
transmitted, 
their 
effects (which can include electron showers, perturbations of 
the earth's magnetism and disturbances in the radio-reflecting 
layers of the upper atmosphere) should all oscillate at a tempo 
matching that of the transmitted signal." [5] 
The Washington Times of February 4, 1986, noted the 
existence of ELF generators located in Norway and Alaska, and 
said that scientists in Alaska "manipulate and orchestrate aurora 
displays by beaming powerful radio waves up from the ground. 
Recent tests have also indicated that a related phenomenon, the 
polar electrojet, a 'river of electricity flowing through the upper 
atmosphere,' may have a practical application." [6] 
At the same time, apparent cover stories were issued, such as 
a report in the Washington Post that said, "Powerful radio waves, 
generated by navigational beacons on earth are causing 'Electron 
Rain' to fall into the earth's upper atmosphere from the Van 
Allen radiation belts thousands of miles out in space, a team of 
researchers from four universities has found." [7] 
When the satellite Ginga, or Galaxy, was launched by the 
Japanese in February 1987 it was described as a mission to 
detect X-ray emissions from the stars.   But, as is often the case 
243 
in space research, it had another purpose: to detect radiation 
from Chinese and Russian underground nuclear weapons testing. 
One of the concerns of the Japanese was that atmospheric 
currents would carry radiation leakage from Central Asia directly 
across the airstream of Japan. 
In June Ginga detected massive gamma ray bursts and, 
contacting NASA, the Japanese were informed that the probable 
source of the radiation was the Russian Kosmos 1900 satellite, 
supposedly used for oceanic observation. Further 
testing 
confirmed that the radiation was coming from the Kosmos 1900. 
[8] 
This Russian satellite and others were being used in a 
program run by Sergei Korolev, the "father" of the Sputnik, in 
the radioactive "seeding" of the Van Allen upper atmospheric 
belts. Satellites carrying nuclear reactors would fire pulses of 
electromagnetic energy into the ionosphere. The purpose of 
Kosmos 1900 was the creation of an electromagnetic "mirror" 
for the reflection of Russian-originated ELF beams. 
On October 1, 1996, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Grigory 
Karasin on a visit to Tokyo announced that Russia would 
participate with Japan in the creation of a joint missile defense 
system. Boris Yeltsin had earlier proposed a joint defense 
system to the Americans. The overall plan was, in fact, a 
tripartite defense system aimed at countering the Chinese 
threat. [9] 
There are many curious phenomena taking place in the world 
today, suggesting that advanced electronic weapons such as 
those discussed above are in operation. As an example, in 1985 
a number of arson specialists investigating the large number of 
forest fires that were taking place in central California came to 
the conclusion that the fires had started high in the trees. At 
the time of the fires there had been no reports of lightning. Is it 
possible that this was an example of the testing of space-based 
Star Wars-style weaponry? [10] 
244 
NOTES: 
1. Washington Post, March 10, 1987 and October 28, 1987; Washington 
Times, September 15, 1987 
2. Anonymous, 
"Electromagnetic Weapons 
in 
the 
Australian 
Outback," 
Archipelago, 
reprinted 
in Leading Edge number 98; P.A.C.E. 
(Planetary 
Association 
for Clean Energy) Newsletter, March 1980; Thomas, William. 
"Target: Ozone! The Military Maestros' Secret Plan 
to Pluck 
the Earth's 
Ionosphere Like a HAARP," Paranoia magazine, fall, 1995 
3. Smith, 
Jerry. HAARP: Ultimate Weapon 
of 
the Conspiracy, 
(1997: 
AUP, Kempton, Illinois. 
4. P.A.C.E. Newsletter, March 1986 
5. New York Times, December 16, 1980 
6. Washington Times, February 4, 1986 
7. Washington Post, December 7, 1987 
8. Anonymous, 
"Electromagnetic Weapons 
in 
the 
Australian 
Outback," 
Archipelago, reprinted in Leading Edge number 98 
9. Anonymous, "Electromagnetic Weapons" 
10. 
Forest, Waves. "Space-Age Snowjob", Now What #3 
 
Maria Devi Khrystos: Ukrainian mind control cult? 
245 
 
Delgado's experiments with electric stimulation of the brain 
and the dialation and constriction of pupils with these monkeys. 
Bottom: Dialation of the left pupil and constriction of the right 
pupil by stimulation of the hypothalamus. 
Chapter 28; 
HAARP 
On August 11, 1987, U.S. patent number 4,686,605 was issued 
to Dr. Bernard J. Eastlund. The New York Times of August 15, 
1987, said that Dr. Eastlund is "a physicist and an expert on 
oilfield development, who is a consultant for the Atlantic 
Richfield Oil Company (ARCO)... Mr. Eastlund assigned the 
patent rights to APTI, Inc., a Los Angeles subsidiary of Atlantic 
Richfield." 
The patent said that the technology is able to: 
"Cause... total disruption of communications over a very large 
portion of 
the Earth... disrupting not only 
land-based 
communications, but also airborne communications and sea 
communications (both surface and subsurface)... missile or 
aircraft 
destruction, 
deflection, 
or 
confusion... weather 
modification... by altering solar absorption... Ozone, nitrogen, etc. 
concentrations could be artificially increased..." 
In an assessment of Dr. Eastlund's discoveries on National 
Public Radio one month later, it was reported that "Dr. Eastlund 
stated that his new invention could be used to change the 
weather by redirecting the very high wind patterns. The 
invention would use an earth-based power source to create 
electromagnetic radio waves and focus them way up in the 
atmosphere. Dr. Eastlund says the invention could steer jet 
streams, but could also be used to disrupt communications all 
over the world, and perhaps, most significantly, might be used 
to destroy or deflect a missile attack." Eastlund's brainchild is, 
in fact, a Tesla magnifying transmitter, and two reference 
sources in the patent itself are about Tesla technology. 
Eastlund was interviewed on the radio show, and said, "I am 
not happy, personally, that the patent was issued publicly. This 
particular patent was under an initial secrecy order by the 
Patent Office. But, as I understand it, the Patent Office does not 
keep secret, basic 
fundamental 
information, which 
they 
interpreted this patent to be.    Specific discussion of military 
247 
applications is secretproprietary also. It's what they wanted to 
do." [1] 
The first apparent usage of 
the 
technology of patent 
4,686,605 was HAARP, the High-frequency Active Auroral 
Research Program, run by the Department of Defense, the Air 
Force's Phillips Laboratory, and the Office of Naval Research. 
Although the military has denied that the patent is related to 
HAARP, Eastlund's responses put the obvious lie to that. 
HAARP is a huge electromagnetic broadcasting facility located 
in Gakona, Alaska, on the site of an abandoned over-the-horizon 
radar installation. Covering 58 acres, the complex consists of 
360 high frequency antennae towers aimed at the sky. The cost 
of the project is between $25 million and $30 million. The 
official description of the project is "a major Arctic facility for 
upper atmospheric and solar-terrestrial research." 
Here is a quote from Eastlund's patent: 
"In the past several years, substantial effort has been made to 
understand and explain the phenomena involved in belts of 
trapped electrons and ions, and to explore the possible ways to 
control and use these phenomena for beneficial purposes. For 
example, in the late 1950s and the early 1960s both the United 
States and the USSR detonated a series of nuclear devices of 
various yields to generate large numbers of charged particles at 
various altitudes, e.g., 200 kilometers or greater... 
"This can cause confusion of or interference with or even 
complete disruption of guidance systems employed by even the 
most sophisticated of airplanes and missiles. The ability to 
employ and transmit over very wide areas of the Earth a plurality 
of electromagnetic waves of varying frequencies, and to change 
same at will in a random manner, provides a unique ability to 
interfere with all modes of communication, land, sea, and/or air, 
at the same time. Because of the unique juxtaposition of usable 
fuel source at the point where desirable field-lines intersect the 
Earth's 
surface, 
such 
wide-ranging 
and 
complete 
communication interference can be achieved in a reasonably 
short period of time... Thus, this invention provides the ability 
to put unprecedented amounts of power 
in 
the Earth's 
atmosphere at strategic locations and to maintain the power 
injection level, particularly if random pulsing is employed, in a 
manner far more precise and better controlled than heretofore 
accomplished by the prior art, particularly by the detonation of 
nuclear devices of various yields at various altitudes... Further, by 
knowing the frequencies of various electromagnetic beams 
employed in the practice of this invention, it is possible not only 
248 
to interfere with third party communications but to take 
advantage of one or more such beams to carry out a 
communications network even though the rest of the world's 
communications are disrupted. Put another way, what is used to 
disrupt another's communications can be employed by one 
knowledgeable of this invention as a communications network at 
the same time. In addition, once one's own communications 
network is established, the far reaching extent of the effects of 
this invention could be employed to pick up communication 
signals of others for intelligence purposes... 
"This 
invention has a phenomenal variety of possible 
ramifications and potential future developments. As alluded to 
earlier, missile or aircraft destruction, deflection, or confusion 
could 
result, 
particularly when 
relativistic particles 
are 
employed. Also, large regions of the atmosphere could be lifted 
to an unexpectedly high altitude so that missiles encounter 
unexpected 
and 
unplanned 
drag 
forces with 
resultant 
destruction or deflection of same. Weather modification is 
possible by, for example, altering upper atmosphere wind 
patterns by constructing one or more plumes of atmospheric 
particles which will act as a lens or focusing device. Also as 
alluded to earlier, molecular modification of the atmosphere can 
take place so that positive environmental effects can be 
achieved. Besides actually changing the molecular composition 
of an atmospheric region, a particular molecule or molecules can 
be chosen for 
increased presence. For example, ozone, 
nitrogen, etc., concentrations in the atmosphere could be 
artificially 
increased. Similarly, environmental enhancement 
could be achieved by causing the breakup of various chemical 
entities such as carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, nitrous 
oxides, and the like..." 
Interestingly enough, perhaps a more complete description 
of what the HAARP electromagnetic transmission facility can do 
was provided many years ago by The New York Times, for 
December 8, 1915. The article is also cited in the Eastlund 
patent. 
"Nikola Tesla," the article begins, "the inventor, has filed 
patent applications on the essential parts of a machine, the 
possibilities of which test a layman's imagination and promise a 
parallel of Thor's shooting thunderbolts from the sky to punish 
those who had angered the gods... Suffice it to say that the 
invention will go through space with a speed of 300 miles a 
second, a manless ship without propelling engine or wings, sent 
by electricity to any desired point on the globe on its errand of 
249 
destruction, if destruction its manipulator wishes to effect. 
"'It is not a time,' said Dr. Tesla yesterday, 'to go into the 
details of this thing. It is founded upon a principle that means 
great things in peace; it can be used for great things in war. But 
I repeat, this is no time to talk of such things.' 
"'It 
is perfectly practicable 
to 
transmit electrical energy 
without wires and produce destructive effects at a distance. I 
have already constructed a wireless transmitter which makes 
this possible, and have described it in my technical publications, 
among which I refer to my patent number 1,119,732, recently 
granted. With a transmitter of this kind we are enabled to 
project electrical energy in any amount to any distance and 
apply it for innumerable purposes, both in war and peace. 
Through the universal adoption of this system, ideal conditions 
for the maintenance of law and order will be realized, for then 
the energy necessary to the enforcement of right and justice will 
be normally productive, yet potential, and in any moment 
available, for attack and defense. The power transmitted need 
not be necessarily destructive, for, if distance is made to depend 
upon it, its withdrawal or supply will bring about the same 
results as those now accomplished by force of arms.'" 
Another article referred to in the patent was also in The New 
York Times, this time for September 22, 1940. The following is 
an excerpt: 
"Nikola Tesla, one of the truly great inventors who celebrated 
his eighty-fourth birthday on July 10, tells the writer that he 
stands ready to divulge to the United States government the 
secret of his 'teleforce' with which, he said, airplane motors 
would be melted at a distance of 250 miles, so that an invisible 
Chinese Wall of Defense would be built around this country... 
"This 
'teleforce', he said, 
is based on an entirely new 
principle of physics that 'no one has ever dreamed about', 
different from the principle embodied in his inventions relating 
to the transmission of electrical power from a distance, for 
which he has received a number of basic patents. This new type 
of force, Mr. Tesla said, would operate through a beam one one- 
hundred-millionth of a square centimeter in diameter, and 
could be generated from a special plant that would cost no more 
than $2,000,000 and would only 
take 
three months 
to 
construct. 
"The beam, he states, involves four new inventions, two of 
which have already been tested. One of these is a method and 
apparatus for producing rays 
'and other manifestations or 
energy' in free air, eliminating the necessity for a high vacuum; a 
250 
second is a method and process for producing 'very great 
electrical force'; the third is a method for amplifying this force; 
and the fourth is a new method for producing 'a tremendous 
electrical repelling force'. This would be the projector, or gun, 
of the system. The voltage for propelling the beam to its 
objective, according to the inventor, will attain a potential of 
50,000,000 volts. 
"With this enormous voltage, he said, microscopic electrical 
particles of matter will be catapulted on their mission of 
defensive destruction. He has been working on this invention, 
he added, for many years and has recently made a number of 
improvements in it." 
Tesla is apparently talking about the technology employed in 
HAARP. 
Although the project is unclassified, this may be a ruse, since 
many of the functions that HAARP is capable of are not 
mentioned in its brief. The Department of Defense's intention 
is for us to believe that HAARP is a testing facility for 
ionospheric research, while others critical of the project point 
out that it is capable of this function and far more. One of the 
apparent, unstated purposes of HAARP is as a Strategic Defense 
Initiative ("Star Wars") weapons system. Another usage of the 
technology, verified in many accounts including Eastlund's 
original patent of the technology, is weather control. Another 
capability is mind control. 
In November 1987, 
information on an earlier 
auroral 
stimulation project was revealed that also highlights suppressed 
capabilities of HAARP.   In the magazine Heartland, it was stated, 
"The most powerful radio signal in the Fairbanks area is not 
directed to a listening audience in interior Alaska. The U.S. 
government's China Hot Springs station is titled 'High Power 
Auroral Stimulation Facility.' UCLA operates the site, drawing 
researchers from across the country. One of the main projects 
involves a team led by Anthony Ferraro of Penn State University 
with assistance from the University of Alaska Geophysical 
Institute." 
According to Heartland, in October 1987, Ferraro's team 
"successfully tested a theory that heating the ionosphere makes 
possible the generation and transmission of extremely low 
frequency or ELF radio waves... The technique tested here 
involves shining a one million watt high frequency wave into the 
ionosphere through a very narrow beam, effectively producing 
80 million watts of power. 'When that beam shines into the 
ionosphere,  it increases the temperature of the region by 50 
251 
percent,' Ferraro said. 
"The beam heats a large pancake shaped spot, six miles thick 
and 12 miles in diameter, in the ionosphere 40 to 60 miles 
above the ground... When the temperature of the ionosphere 
increases, the current produced by the electrically charged 
particles in the ionosphere changes and can be regulated by 
turning the transmitter on and off. In effect this procedure 
creates a radio antenna in the ionosphere which emits a radio 
wave that comes back down to earth. The waves are extremely 
low frequency." [2] 
An example of the kind of damage that HAARP is capable of 
comes from another project entirely, an Air Force radar 
installation that came on-line in 1979. Located on Cape Cod, the 
"Pave Paws" transmitter broadcast only 1/1000th of 
the 
electromagnetic energy of HAARP, but its effects were still 
deadly. Within two years, women living in nearby towns began 
developing leukemia at a rate 23% higher than the state norm, 
and various forms of cancer at a rate 69% higher than other 
women in Massachusetts. [3] 
Perhaps 
the most 
important possible use of HAARP, 
especially in the context of this book, is mind control and 
disruption, although this capability is naturally never brought up 
in the official literature. HAARP broadcasts at the same 
frequencies as those of the human brain, and can be attuned for 
specific applications on entire populations. The technology also 
could conceivably be used for projecting words and images 
directly to the minds of entire populations. 
HAARP was activated in 1997, although it is said that it will 
not be fully on-line until 2002. 
NOTES: 
1. New York Times, August 15, 1987; "All Things Considered," National 
Public Radio, September 6, 1987 
2. Heartland, 
the Fairbanks, Alaska, Daily News Miner, November 29, 
1987 
3. Begich, 
Jr., Nick. 
 
"Ionospheric 
InterferenceAnother Pandora's Box? 
Nexus magazine, October/November 1994 
252 
Chapter 29: 
HUM JOBS AND 
BALLS OF FIRE 
Evidence that electromagnetic weapons are currently being 
directed at 
civilian populations 
include 
strange 
sounds 
described all over the world as "the Hum," "the Sound," or just 
"It," a low, rumbling noise at the very edge of audibility. The 
sound is described as persistent and maddening, as irritating as 
the screech of fingernails on a blackboard. 
In Taos, New Mexico, "the Hum" has been going on since 
1991. "It sounds like a great, big American car engine that's on 
idle," said Steven Walters. "When I first heard it, I thought I 
was going crazy." 
K.C. Grams, an area resident, says the sound can get so loud 
that "my head buzzes, as if it were a beehive." 
Schatzie Hubbell moved from Santa Fe, New Mexico, where 
she was plagued by the sound, to Fort Worth, Texas. "After 
living there for 32 years and being very involved in the 
community, we had to leave," she said. "It's like a Chinese 
torture treatment. It affects you at a level you can't get to. 
Extreme irritation.   Fingers across the chalkboard." 
James Kelly, director of research on hearing at the University 
of New Mexico says, "We now have two large populations who 
hear these hums, here and in England. The people in Taos are 
deeply disturbed by this.   This is not trivial." 
The noise is said to be incredibly annoying, and will not stop 
unless you overwhelm it by playing the stereo or television 
loudly, or doing something else to drown it out. 
"The Hum" may have been even recorded by a Denver, 
Colorado, acoustical engineer, between 17 and 70 cycles per 
second, roughly the same audio level as distant thunder. This 
study has been confirmed by a survey of people who have heard 
the sound who, when it is simulated, place the frequency at 
between 33 and 80 cycles per secondresults similar to those 
253 
conducted on people in Great Britain who have been hearing the 
same kind of sound. [1] 
Hueytown, Alabama, near Birmingham, has since December 
1991near the same time period the sound was first widely 
heard in Taosbeen the recipient of the "Hueytown Hum." 
According to residents a sound reminiscent of a dentist's drill 
or a humming fluorescent light is sporadically heard, sometimes 
radiating from the ground and other times coming from the air. 
One particular area of approximately 500 homes seems to be 
particularly affected by the sound. [2] 
Another report comes from New Zealand, and was published 
in Would You Believe magazine. Fred and Phyll Dickenson relate, 
"What you call "the Hum" is called "the Noise" in our country... 
New Zealand. It still continues here, too, some nights it is more 
predominant than otherspossibly because it is quieter at night 
but it can still be heard in the daytime. 
"It is strange but once one has heard it, it's never forgotten. 
Yet it takes a lot of people quite a time to kind of tune into it. 
"Another peculiar thing about it is... younger people cannot 
hear it or rather 'tune into it', it appears 'older ears' are more 
inclined to pick it up. 
"In some of our travels in the countryside, if there is a quiet 
spot along the road, especially in quiet country and in road 
cuttings with high banks or hills on either side, the 'noise' 
seems to be amplified. 
"We noticed this once when we got out of the car to look at 
some rocks in a cutting, and were immediately struck with the 
intensity of the hum and we looked around for possible electric 
power lines which could possibly be the cause, but none were in 
sight. We were actually in wide open country with no power 
lines for miles. 
"When I was working and coming home in the early hours of 
the morning I used to sit in the car when I reached the carpost 
and with windows closed would listen to this loud hum. The 
closed car confines seemed to amplify the noise. Getting out of 
the car it could still be heard, and just standing there, turning 
round to all points of the compass, the noise was still heard, in 
other words it had no fixed point of origin. 
"I hasten to mention here it was NO internal head noise but 
was definitely coming in from outside the body. Some people 
pass it off as blood noises in a person's head but it is not that." 
[3] 
A federal task force of scientists from the University of New 
Mexico, the U.S. Air Force, and Sandia and Los Alamos National 
254 
Laboratories was formed to investigate the phenomenon in Taos, 
New Mexico, but predictably they found nothing. Their 
speculations tend towards the sounds originating in the ear 
itself, and the motion of Earth's tectonic plates. My guess is 
they know exactly what is causing the sound. 
The once-skeptical Rep. Bill Richardson, of 
the House 
Intelligence Committee, knows that "the Hum" is not delusion. 
He told a meeting in Taos that the sound is "defense related" 
and requested that the Pentagon "shut it down." 
Another investigator, Bob Saltzman, talks about a scientist on 
the House Science, Space and Technology Committee losing his 
job over his claims that the Department of Defense was 
responsible for the hum. He also reports that Rep. Richardson 
has since backed off of his investigation and won't return his 
phone calls. [4] 
Perhaps significantly, some people are not running away from 
"the Hum," but are relocating closer to it. Since the early 
1990s, in Taos, dozens of people have moved to the area 
specifically to be in the vicinity of "the Hum." One woman says 
that she moved to Taos, and the anomalous sound after seeing a 
UFO. "I knew it couldn't possibly be an airplane," she said. "It 
came closer... then a very tired feeling overcame me. I felt 
compelled to lie down on the bed. What's more I felt a weight 
right over my chest, pushing me down." She fell asleep, but 
then, "When I was asleep, I had the strangest dream, one that 
recurs every now and then. Something closely resembling a 
cash register tape kept running upwards. I kept seeing rows 
and rows of green numbers. After a long time, the numbers 
started changing color. They became green on top and orange 
on the bottom. The running tape on the second set of numbers 
didn't run very long. When the numerical action stopped and I 
thought the experience was over, then some more numbers 
started coming up. These were orange. This experience 
seemed quite lengthy, just like the one with the green numbers. 
When the numbers quit registering in my mind, I wanted to get 
up, but again I was powerless to do so." 
The woman awoke, feeling disoriented. "I tried to see the 
flying craft, but the sky looked like a blur to me." For days after 
she felt a "strange numbness. It felt like I was experiencing a 
brain rape. That's pretty strange for me, because I have a 
[literal] mind and I'm not that fond of numbers." [5] 
Other 
incidents 
suggesting 
the 
testing 
of 
advanced 
electromagnetic or other weapons are the literally hundreds of 
unusual fireballsusually green or orange-redand other strange 
255 
aerial phenomena that have been observed worldwide in recent 
years. Although I have records of sightings of similar fireballs 
from around the world, due to space limitations I will confine 
myself to recent sightings in Australia: 
On May 28, 1993, a huge orange-red fireball with a bluish tail 
flew at the speed of a fast jet plane from the south to the north 
between Leonora and Laverton, Australia. Its flight was observed 
over an area of 250 kilometers. The fireball made a "pulsed 
roaring noise, similar to a very loud train." Immediately after 
the passage of the fireball a 3.9 Richter-scale earthquake struck 
in the area, with an enormous drawn-out blast being heard 
afterward. An engineer with explosives experience described 
the event as "definitely a major explosive concussion wave blast, 
similar to, but much bigger than, a normal open-pit mine blast." 
It is notable that this area of Australia has not had any other 
recorded earthquakes since it first began to be seismically 
monitored in 1900. 
At the presumed impact site of the fireballno impact crater 
was ever foundan enormous deep red hemisphere of light, 
surrounded by a silver layer of light, rose into the air and was 
observed by viewers as far as 50 kilometers away. According to a 
witness, it "bobbed around a bit for nearly two hours before 
disappearing suddenlyas if someone threw the light switch 
off." About one hour after the fireball impact, another smaller 
blue-green-white fireball rose from the ground and flew over the 
area. Another smaller explosion and slight earthquake were 
noted at the time. 
Another fireball was observed in the same area in "May or 
June" of 1993, a yellow-orange-red "Moon-sized" object, flying 
from south to north at low level. 
In October 1994, at the mining town of Tom Price in 
Western Australia, a huge pulsing red-orange fireball without a 
tail was observed slowly traveling overhead at a low altitude, 
perhaps 200 to 300 meters. Approximately 2,000 people 
observed the overflight of the fireball, and some witnesses 
describe the red flames swirling in a spiral pattern that 
disappeared into a "central black hole" in the burning mass. 
One witness called it an "implosion ball of flames." The fireball 
was visible for five to seven minutes and went from the west to 
hills in the east. Then the fireball flashed a vivid blue-white, 
illuminating the surrounding area, and shot off at a rapid speed 
to disappear in the east. 
Immediately after the appearance of the fireball, a second 
fireball came out of the west,  following the path of the first. 
256 
Aside from the fact that it was traveling at a lower altitude, the 
fireball is described as being identical to the first. This fireball 
also traveled to the east and disappeared in a blue-white flash. 
A third fireball duplicated the appearance and trajectory of 
the first two, and also disappeared in a blue-white flash. 
On May 1, 1995, at 2 a.m., a large orange-red fireball, with a 
blue-white tail, was seen above Perth, Australia, traveling at a 
north-northeast trajectory. Again, the fireball sounded like a 
roaring freight train, and flew at about the speed of a fast jet 
aircraft. Remarkably, as it traveled over east Perth, the fireball 
halted in its path, and the tail reversed its direction. Then the 
fireball exploded, lighting up the city. 
According to researcher and mining geologist Harry Mason, 
"In many ways the event was similar in force level to a nuclear 
blast. A loud, vibrating, massive explosion-cum-seismic wave 
reverberated around Perth, causing the city buildings to shake 
and books and objects to fall off shelves." About half the 
population of the city was awoken by the explosion. 
Some observers of the event reported that four white lights 
shot out from the center of the fireball and formed a "right- 
angled white cross in the sky." Although the event was 
estimated to have exploded with the force of several megatons of 
dynamite, the event was not covered in the world press. 
The same night as the Perth fireball, almost 2,000 miles to 
the north, a couple in their home in the Kimberley region of 
Western Australia were woken around 3 a.m. by a roaring noise 
"similar to a D9 bulldozer or tank engine." Books and other 
items fell from shelves, with an apparent earthquake taking 
place for one to two minutes. 
Retracing the trajectory of the Perth fireball, one comes to 
the Kamchatka Peninsula in Siberia, the area where the KAL 007 
was downed. Noted in the book KAL 007 is the information that 
the plane may have been attempting to gain information on an 
electromagnetic 
weapons 
complex 
located 
on 
the 
peninsulaand this complex may be the source of Australia's 
fireballs. [6] 
Since the May, 1993 fireball and earthquakes, there have 
been more than 1,000 reports in Australia of fireballs and 
strange light phenomena, as well as large numbers of similar 
events worldwide. Many of the fireballs are reported to have 
made the same "freight train" sounds as they passed. 
It is significant to note that residents who witnessed the Tom 
Price fireballs noted that they had come from the direction of an 
American "Very Low Frequency submarine communication base" 
257 
at Exmouth Peninsula, a location supposedly turned over to the 
Australian Navy by the U.S., but where there are still a number of 
American technicians resident. 
The Exmouth Peninsula site consists of a power station and 
"Tower Zero," a high box-like aerial tower on a hilltop with 11 
equally 
spaced 
smaller 
towerseach about 1,000 
feel 
tallarrayed around it. The towers are connected by wire 
forming three concentric circles. Inside of Tower Zero is an 
elevator that runs to the top of the tower. 
Entering the tunnel that goes into the hillside at Tower Zero 
one finds an at least three-story underground base, with a 50 
foot high by 15-foot diameter copper coil. The cover story is 
that the Exmouth site is transmitting very low frequency (VLF) 
or extremely low frequency (ELF) radio messages to submarines, 
but an examination of the facility reveals that it is a Tesla 
Magnifying Energy Transmitter, that is, a Tesla electromagnetic 
weapons system. 
Another aspect of these events are huge blue-white light 
flashes of the type seen at Rocky Gully, Western Australia, in 
1996. According to Australian researcher Harry Mason, "blue- 
white streamers of arcing electricity issued from the forest floor 
into the atmosphere, creating an intense, violent, blue-white 
glow (and an attendant 'electrical noise') that was visible for 
miles'like someone with a giant arc welder'. This event 
persisted for at least several minutes. The observers fled the 
area in fear for their lives, phased out by the apparently 
enormous energy involved in the event." 
According to Mason, "These massive energy bursts of high- 
altitude, blue-white and/or ground level electrical arcs are 
reasonably common and I have about 100 such documented 
events" listed in his database. 
These may be the same high energy bursts that have been 
seen by pilots in clear skies, and detected by the Compton 
Gamma Ray Observatory satellite, launched in 1991 by the space 
shuttle, and the ALEXIS spy satellite. These satellites have 
detected radio and gamma ray bursts about 100,000 feet above 
the Earth, seen most frequently over Africa and South America. 
The scientists running these programs have not said much about 
the phenomena, "the likes of which are not described in the 
scientific literature." [7] 
Retired U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel Tom Bearden talked 
about similar phenomena in 1985. He said, "There have been a 
series of tests of these kinds of [electromagnetic] weapons, 
apparently for a number of years.   For example, airliners from 
258 
Iran, before the fall of the Shah, saw deep within the Soviet 
Union very large, glowing spherical balls of light which started 
out small and then expanded to very large size, which are 
apparently these kind of weapons for use in an anti-ballistic 
missile defense role." 
Bearden also stated, "...You can create, for example, either an 
electromagnetic explosion at a distance, or you can create an 
electromagnetic implosion at a distance... This would look like a 
cold explosion, so to speak, and I believe the thing on April the 
9th, 1984, off the coast of Japan that involved several 747 jet 
airliners [is an example of this]." 
747 Pilot Doug Happ was a witness of this event, in which a 
huge cloud was seen rising from an overcast area below. Happ 
said, "It looked like a plate coming up through the overcast, but 
it just kept expanding, and as it got higher it was apparent that 
you could see right through the middle of it, so it looked like a 
big smoke ring. At the time that we first noticed this cloud we 
weren't sure what to do and we took no evasive action because 
we didn't know which way to go, and I think eventually we 
either rammed through it or it completely engulfed us." When 
Happ's plane reached its destination, Anchorage, Alaska, it was 
checked for radioactive contamination. The result of the tests 
was negative. [8] 
Another frequently observed aerial display is of orange-red 
vertical beams, reported since about 1985, with at least 100 
events reported since that time. 
Mason reports that, "One 1996 Brisbane beam event report 
was very significant as the observers saw very high-voltage, blue- 
white discharge streamers issuing from their house wall- 
mounted main power box as an orange beam hovered nearby in 
the sky. Members of another household reported their power 
box hummed violently as the orange beam hovered some 
distance in the sky. 
"This 
data 
confirms 
the 
probability 
that 
Tesla-style 
longitudinal scalar EM potentials were involve in this Brisbane 
event (and therefore were possibly present during the other 
beam events), probably created by a remote Tesla EM 
transmitter..." [9] 
The following radio interview provides additional insight on 
the current state of electromagnetic weaponry, and information 
on the sorts of advanced weaponry that may have been used to 
generate the Perth fireball and other events of this nature. It is 
excerpted from the Moscow broadcast of The Voice of Russia: 
"Science and Engineering," that aired December 12,  1996.   The 
259 
excerpt begins: 
"Our next question is from Ross Dowe in Victoria, Australia. 
He's interested in science in general, but was particularly 
intrigued by a program last April, in which you, Boris, spoke of 
microwave generator development in Russia. He'd like you to 
return to the subject... First of all, could you explain why there 
is an interest in such generators"... 
BORIS BELITSKY: Powerful microwave generators are of 
interest, for one thing, because of their possible military 
applications. They can be used to fire a plasmoid, that is, a blob 
of plasma... 
YEKIMENKO: Remind us, Boris, just what is meant by 
plasma... 
BELITZKY: Plasma is a mixture of electrons and ions. We 
have all seen it, for example, in electric arc discharges and in 
sparks. It is also a prime factor in thermonuclear reactions, as 
in the sun. Space scientists in this country have a long record of 
experimenting with it. For example, plasma engines were 
tested in some of the early Soviet Mars probes, a quarter of a 
century ago. Very extensive studies of plasma have been carried 
out under the program of research into controlled nuclear 
fusion. Research into 
the military applications has been 
conducted at some of the leading research institutes of the 
military-industrial complex, 
for example at 
the Research 
Institute of Radio Instruments. 
YEKIMENKO: How would a microwave generator be used 
in anger, Boris? 
BELITZKY: It would be used to fire a plasmoid, that is, a 
blob of plasma into the path of an incoming missile, its warhead, 
or an aircraft. The plasmoid would effectively ionize that region 
of space and, in this way, disturb the aerodynamics of the flight 
of the missile, warhead, or aircraft, terminate their flight, 
making such a generator and its plasmoid a practically 
invulnerable weapon, providing protection against attack via 
space or the atmosphere. 
YEKIMENKO: Boris, I hate to ask this question, but still... 
The generals and scientists who speak of this weaponthey 
couldn't be bluffing, could they? 
260 
BELITZKY: Oh, no. This is evident if only from the fact 
that a few years ago in 1993, at the Russian-American summit in 
Vancouver, the Russians proposed a joint experiment in testing 
such generatorsor plasma weapons, as they are called hereas 
an alternative to the Strategic Defense Initiative, SDI. In such an 
experiment, which it was proposed to code name "Trust," the 
system would be used to repulse a missile attack. In this way, 
Russia hoped to strengthen the new climate of post-Cold War 
security in the world. 
YEKIMENKO: Is it known who is the leading scientist 
behind the development of plasma weapons in Russia? 
BELITZKY: Yes. It is 65-year-old Rimily Avramenko, a 
graduate of the Moscow Institute of Power Engineering. In 
1955 he started work under Alexander Mints at the research 
institute headed by that outstanding scientist. Then followed a 
period of work at the Sary-Shagan Proving Ground, not far from 
Lake Balkhash. It was there that he started work on anti-missile 
defense systems. He was a leading designer of the giant "Don" 
radar complex, which some specialists in the West dubbed the 
"Eighth Wonder of the World." As for plasma weapons, he has 
been working in that field since 1967. 
YEKIMENKO: Was he the first scientist in this country to 
tackle the problem of anti-missile defense? 
BELITZKY: No. The first was probably the famous Peter 
Kapitsa. When Kapitsa was banished in Stalin's time to his 
country home, he designed a weapons system based on 
microwave emission. That was in 1953, and he called the 
system the Nigotron, a contraction based on the name of the 
village where his country home was situated, Nikolina Gora. 
Other scientists interested in this possibility were Alexander 
Mints and Lev Artsimovich. These were actually Avramenko's 
mentors. All of them didn't believe in the effectiveness of 
(existing)      "anti-missile"      (technology). 
They      felt      
a 
countermissile would not be effective against an incoming 
missile, protected by a stealth-type coating and a host of decoys. 
And they began looking for alternative solutions to the problem. 
They soon concluded that the most vulnerable factor in a missile 
attack was the media through which the incoming missiles 
traveled.     And  they decided   that the  best solution was to 
261 
influence that medium.   That was how the idea of using powerful 
microwave generators was born. [10] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Donnelly, John, "Hmmmmmmmm: Low-level sound not music to 
ears of those who hear it," Knight-Ridder news service, July 10, 1993; Haederle, 
Michael, "In Taos, Researchers Can Hum it, but They Can't Name That Sound", 
Los Angeles Times, September 1, 1993 
2. Birmingham Alabama Post Herald, March 26, 1992; 
"The Hueytown 
Hum," Fortean Times issue 65 
3. Dickenson, Fred and Phyll, "The 
'Noise' 
in New Zealand", Would You 
Believe magazine, undated clipping 
4. Donnelly 
 
5. Kanon, Gregory M., The Great UFO Hoax. 
(Lakeville, Minnesota: 
Galde Press, 1997) 
6. Mason, Harry. 
"Bright 
Skies: Top-Secret Weapons Testing?", Nexus 
magazine, April/May and June/July 1997 
7. 
Petit, 
Charles. 
"Scientists 
Are 
Unable 
to 
Explain 
High- 
Atmosphere Gamma Ray Bursts", San Francisco Chronicle, May 27, 1994; 
and Washington Post, February 14, 1994, cited in Flatland magazine, number 11 
8. CNN "Special Assignment", undated transcript from about 1985 
9. Mason 
10. 
The Leading Edge magazine, issue 100 
262 
Chapter 30: 
LETHAL NON-LETHALS 
One of the current buzzphrases making the rounds in military 
and government circles is "non-lethality." This term is used to 
describe a class of weaponsincluding electronicsthat do not 
kill persons but disable them. They are "soft kill" weapons, and 
in public discussions of the topic, developments such as nets, 
rubber bullets, snares, malodorous sprays, aqueous foams that 
'befuddle combatants' senses and effectiveness', lubricants that 
make walking impossible, and particles that gum up mechanical 
systems are mentioned. These examples, while great for the 
fluff purveyed by Time Magazine or Popular Science, carefully do 
not betray the rationale behind thinking in the "non-lethal" 
warfare zone. 
"Non-lethality" is not, in fact, a description of a type of 
weapon, but a way of thinking about warfare. The real purpose of 
non-lethality is to more finely tune control, to create a more 
precise and responsive infrastructure of control on both the 
battlefield and in everyday society. 
Interest in non-lethality began with the brainstorming of a 
man named John Alexander. Alexander had been a commander 
of Green Berets in Vietnam, leading Cambodian mercenaries, 
and engaging in secret programs including the infamous 
Phoenix assassination operation. After returning to the States 
and getting a Ph.D. from Walden University, he studied the near- 
death experience with Elisabeth Kubler-Ross and became an 
official spokesperson for Silva Mind Control. 
In 1980 Alexander published an article in the U.S. Army's 
Military Review, titled "The New Mental Battlefield." Far from 
compounds resembling artificial banana peels to make armies 
slip and slide, Alexander's thesis was that telepathy could be 
used as an offensive weapon, and that electronic weapons might 
also be used for interfering with the brain activity of target 
groups. 
Alexander was encouraged by two senior army officials to do 
263 
additional research in the area, and this led to his joining the 
special technologies group at Los Alamos National Laboratories. 
There Alexander began a collaboration with Janet Morris, also a 
grad of Silva, and Research Director of the U.S. Global Strategy 
Council think tank, whose chairman is Ray Cline, former Deputy 
Director of the CIA. The USGSC's lobbying was responsible for 
the creation of the Non-lethality Policy Review Group, led by 
Major General Chris S. Adams, USAF (retd.), former Chief of 
Staff, Strategic Air Command. This group has encouraged the 
military to think in terms of non-lethality. 
In 1991 Janet Morris issued several papers promoting the 
concept of non-lethality, suggesting an escalation in certain key 
areas of military research and production. These included 
technologies directed at the destruction of weapons of war, but 
also an increased focus on anti-personnel electromagnetics. 
This latter category of weapons would include hand-held lasers 
for blinding the enemy, "isotropic radiators", essentially a larger 
scale laser for blinding the enemy that was reportedly used 
during the Iraqi war, infrasound weapons, and very low 
frequency weapons. 
Morris, in her "In Search of a Non-Lethal Strategy" states, 
"Some very 
low frequency sound generators, 
in certain 
frequency ranges, can cause the disruption of human organs and, 
at high power levels, can crumble masonry." 
Another take is provided by the Strategic Studies Institute 
(SSI) of the U.S. Army War College, in Pennsylvania. The 1994 
paper "The Revolution in Military Affairs and Conflict Short of 
War" posits thay "Many American strategic thinkers believe that 
we are in the beginning stages of a historical revolution in 
military affairs." They even give it an acronym: RMA. "This will 
not only change the nature of warfare, but also alter the global 
geopolitical balance." 
According to the RMA manifesto there are a number of new 
avenues of warfare research that should be pursued, specifically 
"behavior modification" and "Technology designed specifically 
for conflict short of war, especially psychological, biological, and 
defensive technology." Also mentioned is that "large numbers of 
Americans may find themselves in areas of instability and 
conflict," and that such individuals should be "equipped with an 
electronic individual position locator device (IPLD). The device, 
derived from the electronic bracelet used to control some 
criminal offenders or parolees, would continuously inform a 
central data bank of the individuals' locations. Eventually such a 
device could be permanently implanted under the skin." 
264 
The authors of the study lament the fact that "The use of the 
new technology may also run counter to basic American values," 
and, "Deception, while frequently of great military or political 
value, is thought of as somehow 'un-American.'" 
This is particularly true when it is practiced by Americans 
upon Americans, the authors of the paper omit mentioning, 
although they do have a solution: "Overcoming these constraints 
to make a RMA in conflict short of war would require 
fundamental change in the United Statesan ethical and 
political revolution may be necessary to make a military 
revolution." 
The 
authors 
state 
that 
as 
far 
as 
"constraints 
and 
countermeasures," "there 
is another alternative: we could 
deliberately engineer a comprehensive revolution, seeking utter 
transformation rather than simply an expeditious use of new 
technology." 
No, all indications suggest that non-lethal weaponry is not 
about sticky foam and rubber bullets for crowd control. [1] 
A report issued by the Pentagon's Commission on Roles and 
Missions of May 1995 outlined four current military priorities. 
These were, as noted by Aviation Week & Space Technology 
magazine, (1) "combating the proliferation of weapons of mass 
destruction" (2) "information warfare" (3)"peace operations" 
(4) and "operations other than war." Although non-lethal 
weapons might be of some use in arenas such as Bosnia and 
Somalia, note that this breed of military engagement might just 
as well be applied to the policing of American urban areas, or 
the suppression of a peace march. [2] 
According to military sources, with non-lethal technology 
they are attempting to create an "architecture" to handle "in- 
between" situations. An article in Aviation Week & Space 
Technology on non-lethality is worth quoting at length: 
"The most profound implication of the new era often goes 
unremarked: Namely, that the basic rationale for defense 
planning has shifted from threat to capability, and from liability 
to opportunity,' Adm. William A. Owens, vice chairman of the 
Joint Chiefs of Staff, wrote in the Naval Institute Press 
'Proceedings' in May. Today, 'we must face the issue of the 
political purpose of military force directly. It is no longer simply 
a matter of thinking it enough to counter successfully a defined 
military threat; we must design military forces more specifically 
in terms of their political purposes. In short, we must rebuild 
an intellectual framework that links our forces to our policyno 
small task in a revolutionary era.' 
265 
"Scientists 
and 
military 
officers 
insist 
that 
new 
peacekeeping/peace enforcement tactics and weapons can be 
effective only 
if merged with comprehensive, advanced 
information 
systems. Space, 
airborne 
and 
ground-based 
sensorsincluding unattended deviceswould provide a flood of 
data that enable decisive actions in non-combat situations. 
Information must be processed and routed to the proper 
authorities in time to preclude hostile action, ideally, or to 
enable rapid response if firing occurs. 
"Sandia's [Gerold] Yonas maintained that this 
'system of 
systems' will 
require an up-front 
science-based systems 
engineering (SBSE) approach to ensure resources are used 
effectively. Sensors, information systems, communications and 
rules-of-engagement 
must 
be 
coordinated 
within 
a 
comprehensive architecture. 'If you don't do it all right, you 
won't have a symphony. And massive use of force will not work. 
The bad guys will win,' he said."   [3] 
One aspect of non-lethality, 
"information warfare," was 
pursued at the Stanford Research Institute's Project Grill Flame 
at Langley, an investigation of "remote viewing," i.e., out-of-body 
perception. The remote viewers were culled from Church of 
Scientology members classed as OTs and Clears. Clear is 
essentially a non-neurotic case, a level with a definition that has 
been adjusted progressively downward in capability since 
Hubbard's early pronouncements about near-supermen. 
OT is 
the 
terminology for Operating Thetan, 
the 
term 
"thetan" taken from the Greek letter theta and used as the 
terminology for "spirit" in Scientology. Scientology OTs believe 
that they are free to operate as spirits outside of their physical 
bodies, thus presumably aiding their ability at remote viewing. 
Scientologists involved in the Grill Flame project included 
Ingo Swann, Harold Puthoff, and Pat Price, although I believe 
that Swann has since become disaffected from the church and is 
now a member of a spin-off group called Avatar. At the time of 
the experiments, Swann is said to have denied CIA involvement 
but later copped: "It was rather common knowledge all along 
who the sponsor was, although in documents the identity of the 
Agency was concealed behind the sobriquet of 'an east coast 
scientist.' The Agency's interest was quite extensive. A number 
of agents of the CIA came themselves ultimately to SRI to act as 
subjects in remote viewing experiments, as did some members 
of Congress." 
An additional Grill Flame laboratory was added at Fort Meade 
in Maryland, run by General Stubblebine.   One of the participants 
266 
was Major Ed Dames, currently a frequent visitor to the Art Bell 
radio show, fanning the flames of interest in out-of-body jaunts 
and apocalyptic endtime scenarios, but oddly avoiding any 
mention of government mind control proclivities. 
A British media correspondent who visited the facility at Fort 
Meade found out that medical oversight for the experiments was 
run by Louis Jolyon West. West was also conducting his own 
experiments at the time on "phenomenology of disassociative 
states," a description that could span the whole spectrum of 
mind control interests, but may be centered on research 
documented in his "Pseudo-Identity and the Treatment of 
Personality Changes in Victims of Captivity and Cults" (1994). 
West 
states, 
"Prolonged 
environmental 
stress 
or 
life 
situations profoundly different from the usual, can disrupt the 
normally 
integrative 
functions of personality. 
Individuals 
subjected to such forces may adapt through dissociation by 
generating an altered persona, or pseudo-identity." 
From the CIA experimentation in remote viewing with SRI, a 
gamut of private projects have been launched. [4] 
In 1997, the Air Force upped the ante on non-lethalityand 
mind controlby creating the position of Deputy Director for 
Information Operations. Far from the Public Relations position 
that it sounds like, it is in fact a division for "offensive 
information warfare," that will be headed by Lt. Col. Jimmy 
Miyamoto. The Information Operations office will coordinate 
with the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the National Security Agency, 
Defense 
Intelligence Agency, 
the CIA, 
the National 
Reconnaissance Office, Defense Airborne Reconnaissance Office, 
and the National Imagery and Mapping Agency. The duties of 
the office, according to Defense Week, will be to coordinate Air 
Force efforts 
in non-lethality, 
including a psychological 
operations drive to create holographic projectors with the 
capability 
"to 
project 
persuasive messages 
and 
three- 
dimensional pictures of cloud, smoke, rain droplets, buildings... 
The use of holograms as a persuasive message will have 
worldwide application." [5] 
Another informative look at closure that is currently taking 
place in the area of military weaponry is provided in an article by 
Colonel Michael Aquino, titled "From PSYOP to MindWar: The 
Psychology of Victory," that was reportedly submitted by Aquino 
to the Washington publication Military Review, but apparently 
rejected, thence sent in photocopies to members of Aquino's 
Temple of Set organization and others. 
Aquino, whose last published photo of himself shows a man 
267 
who looks like Grandpa Munster, complete with the prominent 
widow's peak, is a familiar name to those who have researched 
political conspiracy; for newcomers, his dossier bears repetition. 
Aquino received a master's degree in political science from 
the University of California at Santa Barbara and has reportedly 
qualified 
in 
Defense 
Attache, 
Strategic 
Intelligence, 
Psychological Operations, Special Forces, and the Airborne 
divisions in the army, supposedly reporting directly to the Joint 
Chiefs of Staff. Aquino reportedly served as a Tactical 
Psychological Operations officer in the 82nd Airborne in 
Vietnam, and received the Bronze Star, the Air Medal, and the 
Vietnamese Cross of Gallantry. In 1973 Aquino became 
executive officer of the 306th Psychological Operations Battalion 
at Fort McArthur in California. During the 1970s Aquino was a 
prominent member of 
the Church of Satan but became 
disillusioned with LaVey's sideshow-style antics and started his 
own group, the Temple of Set. 
According to a police intelligence report, dated July 1, 1981, 
the Temple of Set "is a small group but nonetheless has several 
hundred members and operates on a national level. Aquino is 
the official head of the organization and rules the organization 
through a council of nine, who are in fact his chief lieutenants." 
At least two members of the "council of nine" at that time were 
members of Army Intel. 
The army, interestingly enough, has never expressed any 
problem with Aquino's satanic beliefs, either during his 
association with LaVey or afterward. It is not outside the realm 
of possibility that LaVey's satanic practices are in fact army 
sponsored. According to a Pentagon spokesperson, "Aquino has 
an absolute constitutional right [to his belief]... unless there is 
illegal behavior associated with it." 
In the late 1980s Aquino and an associate, Gary Hambright, 
were accused by the San Francisco Police Department of being 
involved in a satanic child molestation ring centered around the 
Presidio military base, where Aquino was stationed at the time. 
Twenty-two families filed $66 million in claims against the army. 
Although formal charges were never filed against Aquino, only 
against his associate, it is reported that parents of children 
allegedly abused claimed that it was because the army pressured 
federal investigators and the San Francisco police not to pursue 
the case. 
Apparently there were satanic activities taking place at the 
Presidio at the time, as confirmed by the on-site investigation of 
Bay Area reporter Linda Goldston, who found a bunker behind 
268 
the intelligence offices with ritual symbols painted on the walls. 
For a more complete reporting of the case, read The New 
Satanists, by Linda Blood. 
After the child molestation scandal, Aquino was transferred 
to the National Defense University in Washington, D.C. 
Aquino's MindWar article, attributed on the cover page to the 
"HEADQUARTERS 
IMPERIAL 
STORMTROOPER 
FORCE/Office 
of the Chief of Staff/MindWar Center/Hub Four", discusses the 
use of psychotronic weaponsi.e. electronic weapons that 
influence the mindand the use of LBM, Lesser Black Magic, for 
the control of populations. 
The crazy science fiction imaginings of a satanist? Yes, but 
also the imaginings of a highly-placed member of U.S. Army 
intelligence, and almost certainly clearly reflective of the 
ambitions of the controllers of this world. [6] 
NOTES: 
1. 
Krawczyk, Glenn, "Big Brother's Recipe for 'Revolution in Military 
Affairs'", Nexus magazine, June / July 1995 
2. 
Scott, William B., "Panel's Report Backs Nonlethal Weapons", 
Aviation Week & Space Technology, October 16, 1995 
3. Ibid.; Ricks, Thomas E. "Nonlethal Arms: New Class of Weapons Could 
Incapacitate Foe Yet Limit Casualties," The Wall Street Journal, January 4, 
1993 
4. Swann, 
Ingo. 
Cited 
in Virtual 
Government 
by Alex 
Constantine, 
(Venice, California: Feral House, 
1997); West, Louis 
Jolyon. Cited 
in 
Constantine 
5. "Air Force Organizes for Offensive Info War", Defense Week magazine, 
March 31, 1997 
6. 
Raschke, Carl A., Painted Black. (San Francisco: Harper & Row, 
1990); Blood, Linda,  The New Satanists. (New York: Warner Books, 1994) 
269 
 
 
Chapter 31: 
ALIENS FROM EARTH 
Since the beginning of attention to the phenomenon at the 
middle of this century, the government has been involved in 
manipulation of the UFO experience for own purposes. I believe 
that the primary reason that government agents have been 
involved in the UFO field has been to confuse the issue of 
advanced aeronautics and weapons testingfor instance, with 
disinformation that has turned the secret Nevada testing base 
Area 51 into a hotbed of extraterrestrial alien activity. 
The government has even admitted issuing disinformational 
reports during the 1950s and '60s about UFOs that were in fact 
U-2 spyplane flights, but that admission serves as a cover-up in 
itself. I have commented at length upon this situation in my 
Casebook on Alternative 3 and Casebook on the Men in Black, 
and the interested reader may follow that avenue at greater 
length there. 
When examining the issue of mind control related to the UFO 
experience, 
there 
is 
remarkable 
information showing that 
government manipulation may go far beyond the creation of 
disinformation, and the befuddling of researchers. Information 
has come to light in recent years suggesting that many cases of 
so-called alien abduction may conceal another reality entirely: 
that of the simulation of alien abduction as a cover for mind 
control experimentation. 
This possibility has been explored at length in a recent 
bookby Gregory Kanon on UFOs, The Great UFO Hoax: The Final 
Solution to the UFO Mystery, but other researchers have 
traversed this territory for years, including Martin Cannon, John 
Judge, Jacques Vallee, and myself. I believe that the deceased 
conspiracy researcher Mae Brussell may have been the first to 
suggest the idea of simulated alien abduction as a cover for mind 
control testing in one of her radio shows. 
One of the first persons in the intelligence community to 
suggest that UFOs might serve a useful purpose was H. Marshall 
271 
Caldwell, the Assistant Director for Scientific Intelligence for 
the CIA. He wrote a memo to then-CIA Director Walter Smith 
reporting that, 
"With world-wide sightings reported, it was found that, up to 
the time of the investigation, there had been in the Soviet press 
no report or comment, even satirical, on flying saucers, though 
Gromyko had made one humorous mention of the subject. With 
a State-controlled press, this could result only from an official 
policy decision. The question, therefore, arises as to whether or 
not these sightings: 
"(1) could be controlled, 
"(2) could be predicted, and 
"(3) could be used from a psychological warfare point of view, 
either offensively or defensively. 
"The public 
concerns with 
the phenomena, which 
is 
reflected both in the United States press and in the pressure of 
inquiry upon the Air Force, indicates that a fair proportion of our 
population is mentally conditioned to the acceptance of the 
incredible. In this fact lies the potential for the touching-off of 
mass hysteria and panic." 
Caldwell also suggests, 
"A study should be instituted to determine what, if any, 
utilization could be made of these phenomena by United States 
psychological warfare planners..." 
On July 16, 1978, UFO witness Sergeant Clifford E. Stone, 
attempting to get to the bottom of the UFO question, filed a 
Freedom of Information Act request to the National Security 
Agency. One of the documents that Stone obtained was a 
National Security Agency unofficial draft titled "SUBJECT: 
UFO'S". The interesting material in the paper began a few 
paragraphs in: 
"...2. 
Scientific 
Findings: Dr. 
Jacques Vallee, 
famed 
communications science expert, has studied thousands of cases 
where human beings have observed unusual phenomena. He has 
found that 
the human response 
to such observation 
is 
predictable and graphically depictable. Whether the person's 
psychological structure is being assaulted by the unusual and 
shocking brutality of a murder or the strangeness of a UFO 
sighting, the effect is the same: 
"a. Initially as by a kind of psychological inertia, the mind 
records fairly objectively what the eye is reporting. 
"b. But when it has realized the strange nature of the 
phenomena it goes into shock. The mind likes to live in a 
comfortable world where it feels it knows what to expect,  and 
272 
that is not too threatening either physically or psychologically. 
The unusual dispels the comfortable illusion the mind has 
created. This shock tears at the very mooring of the human 
psychological structure. 
"c. To protect 
itself 
against 
such 
an 
intrusive 
and 
threatening reality the mind will begin to add imagination and 
interpretation to the incoming data to make it more acceptable. 
Since the mind is doing all this in haste some of the hurriedly 
added details and suggestions tumble over one another and 
contradict one another in a bizarre fashion (as any police officer 
interrogating murder witnesses will tell you). 
"d. Once the mind has constructed a safe framework for the 
new information it may again peek out and collect some more 
objective data. If the data is still threatening it will again go into 
shock and the process starts all over again. 
"e. If the data is at the highest strangeness level where it 
brings terror either: 
"(1) The mind will pass out and go into amnesia burying the 
events perhaps permanently in the unconsciousness. 
"(2) The personal psychological will collapse and the mind 
will reach down into its deepest place where "that which cannot 
be destroyed" is and it will abandon itself to this entity for 
survival   protection. 
Encounter   with    this    changeless 
indestructible entity is usually referred to as a religious 
experience. In the confusion and the shock, this experience is 
often attributed to the shocking event or object and that is why 
primitive peoples worship such bizarre things as airplanes or 
cigarette lighters. 
"f. The degree of strangeness of the phenomena dictates 
how many people the mind is willing and able to tell the event 
to. A mildly unusual or shocking event will be told to many 
people. A very shocking event of high strangeness will be told to 
few people or practically none at all. Occasionally the event is so 
shockingly unusual that it isn't even reported to the person's 
conscious mind but is buried in the unconscious of the person 
where it is only accessible to hypnosis or careful level six 
communication, sharing with another person." 
This fascinating, even "Tavistockian" document seems to go 
well beyond the average military reporting on the UFO 
phenomenon, and illustrates well why simulated UFO abduction 
may be useful to mind controllers: the experience is so 
incredible and so demeaning that it is communicated to few if 
any other persons, and sometimes may exist in memory only at 
an unconscious level.    Additionally, "high strangeness" may in 
273 
fact be a means of accessing deeper levels of the mind. 
In the late 1980s Dr. Michael Persinger, a neurologist at the 
Laurentian University of Ontario, Canada, did initial tests on 
what has come to be known as the 'Persinger helmet." This is a 
device that directs specific electromagnetic frequencies at the 
hippocampus area of the back brain of the person wearing it. 
According to Persinger, using the helmet, a large percentage of 
subjects feel that they have been abducted by UFOs, have gone 
out of body, or have experienced other forms of altered 
consciousness, including 'union with God.' The experience, 
Persinger says, "involves a widening of emotional meaning, such 
that things not typically considered significant would now be 
considered meaningful." During 
back 
brain 
irradiation, 
hallucinations are "perceived as extremely real." 
Susan 
Blackmore, 
who 
experienced 
the 
Persinger 
technology, wrote of it in the New Scientist in November, 1994: 
"Persinger applied a silent and invisible force to my brain and 
created a specific experience for me. He claimed that he was 
imitating the basic sequences of the processes of memory and 
perception and that, by varying those sequences, he could 
control my experience. Could he have done it from a distance? 
Could it be done on a wider scale? Suddenly prospects of 
magnetic mind control seem an awful lot worse than the idea of 
being abducted by imaginary aliens..." [1] 
Persinger was 
involved 
in Operation Black Beauty, 
the 
creation of a refrigerator-sized electromagnetic broadcasting 
unit used to quell riots. The device is said to employ time- 
varying fields of extremely low frequency energy, broadcast at 
frequencies between 1 and 10 hertz, that cause vomiting in 
whomever the unit is trained on. [2] 
A short 
and non-definitive 
digression 
into 
a 
related 
phenomenon: cattle mutilations. These are the thousands of 
mysterious cases of cattle that since the late 1960s have been 
found dissected, sometimes in a surgical fashion, and which are 
usually linked in the media to flying saucer intervention. A case 
could be made for the "mutes" being an issue of mind control in 
themselves, but put that aside. There is a large body of evidence 
suggesting that the mutilations are of a far more terrestrial 
nature than tabloid TV will allow us to imagine. 
For starters, UFOs are almost never seen in the vicinity of 
cattle mutilation, 
that 
is, using 
the strict definition of 
unidentified flying OBJECTS. What are seen are usually 
unidentified lights and, when a craft is seen, it is usually a black 
unmarked helicopter.   There is no limit to the rabidity of some 
274 
UFO buffs, and so the black choppers are sometimes mentioned 
as being shape-shifting extraterrestrial craft, when in fact there 
is no evidence whatsoever to suggest this. Why not, instead, go 
out on a limb and simply imagine that they are black 
helicopters? 
Other evidence suggests that men, not alien monsters, are 
doing the mutilations. Toxicology tests sometimes show the 
presence of nicotine in the bovine carcasses, and nicotine is a 
commonly used ingredient in tranquilizer dart drugs. The 
animals are sometimes found to have been marked with 
fluorescent paint, presumably for identification in the dark. 
Also, often seen in the vicinity of mutilations are truck-trailer 
rigs, large enough for transporting small helicopters. At least 
one probable staging area for the mutilation episodes has been 
identified in Colorado, as noted in my book Black Helicopters II: 
The Endgame Strategy. 
Why would humans be interested in mutilating cattle? The 
most probable answer was provided by G.C. Errianne, a private 
investigator who looked into the matter. Erriane indicated that 
covert government testing was done using cattle due to the 
similarity of the membrane of the eye with "a certain ethnic 
group." Further investigation showed that the U.S. government 
had been involved in testing biowarfare weapons specifically 
targeted to at least two ethnicities. [3] 
As far as government manipulation involving humans, one of 
the "premier" abduction cases that seems to have set the stage 
for many that followed was that of Betty and Barney Hill. In 
1961 the Hills were motoring in Groveton, New Hampshire, 
when a flying disk craft approached and hovered at a distance. 
The Hills fled in their car but later, because of nightmares, 
consulted a psychiatrist and were hypnotized. Six months of 
therapy seemed to reveal an abduction and physical examination 
by humanoids in the disk craft. 
The nature of the abduction itself was quite strange, with the 
inhabitants of the saucer craft being described by Betty Hill 
under hypnosis as wearing uniforms and billed caps ("similar to 
Air Force," she said during hypnotic regression). Barney Hill 
thought that one of the supposed aliens looked like a "military 
pilot," and amended that: "He looks like a German Nazi. He's a 
Nazi..." Hill said, "I thought of the Navy and the submarine, and 
I thought the men that moved back were just dressed in blue 
denims. But this other man was dressed in a black shiny coat, 
with a cap on." 
If the government was involved in the abduction, what might 
275 
have brought the Hills to their attention was the fact that they 
were an interracial couple, and held organizational positions in a 
number of civil rights groups. This was at a time when such 
groups were under close scrutiny by the government, and it may 
have suited military psy-ops to either examine the Hills 
hypnotically, or even implant bugging devices for surveillance. 
The Hills were also close friends with Major James McDonald, 
reportedly working in intelligence at Pease Air Force Base. [4] 
Another famous abductee whose experience deserves closer 
scrutiny is Whitley Streiber. Streiber went to the Fabian- 
founded London School of Economics in England. While in 
London, he directed a film about The Process cult group, 
although with no prints of the film available, it is not known 
what position Streiber took in regards to the cult. 
In his best-selling book about 
abduction, Communion, 
Streiber notes that for years he had believed that he was present 
at the Charles Whitman shooting spree at the University of 
Texas, but finally realized that he wasn't. In the sequel, 
Transformation, Streiber realizes that he must have been, 
because of a friend's confirmation. [5] 
Streiber believes that he has two implants in his body, one in 
an earlobe, the other injected into a little finger. At the 1996 
Gulf Breeze, Florida, UFO Conference Streiber mentioned the 
idea that he might have been the subject of mind control 
operations by the government. He speculated that his believed 
experiences with extraterrestrial aliens may in fact have been 
broadcast to him through the implants. [6] 
Martin Cannon, a pioneer in making the distinction between 
little grey men from outer space and 
those from the 
government, describes the case of a woman he calls "Veronica." 
She was abducted not into a flying saucer, but into the house of a 
scientist in Los Angeles who, Cannon was able to determine, had 
earlier been involved in CIA mind control experimentation. 
I investigated the case of a young woman who, in 1993, 
believed that during a visit in San Francisco with the head of a 
satanic church she had been drugged and taken to a nearby 
hotel where she was operated upon by humans in white coats. 
On another occasion she was taken outside of San Francisco by 
the same satanic chief and was shown a disk craft parked at 
some distance from a rural road. [7] 
And if Jolly West and his crowd are promoting "False Memory 
Syndrome," they are also pushing "Alien Memory Syndrome." 
According to an Australian researcher, "one of Louis Jolyon 
West's   proteges,   Barry Taff,   co-wrote   an   article   for   UFO 
276 
magazine suggesting aliens were responsible for this type of 
[mind 
control] 
activity. 
Taff worked 
at 
the UCLA 
Neuropsychiatric Institute, and according to Los Angeles based 
researcher Martin Cannon, has consulted for a large number of 
government agencies, including the National Institute of Mental 
Health, Rand Corporation, the Atomic Energy Commission and 
the CIA." 
Val Bankston, who believed that she had been abducted by 
aliens, met Taff and agreed to participate in some experiments 
on abduction with him. Bankston said, "You may recognize the 
name Barry Taff. He researched and wrote a movie called 'The 
Entity.' He also conducts parapsychology investigations, pursues 
effects that he covertly produces himself with high technology. 
Oddly enough, shortly after we met, I was assaulted by a 
disembodied entity in broad daylight who engaged in sexual acts 
with me. At the time, I believed it was an incubus. Knowing 
what I do about Barry, the fact that he is a certified hypnotist, 
for one I believe that he hypnotized both me and the other 
subject of his 
researchwhich 
led 
to 
the movie 
'The 
Entity'into having these experiences. He may have treated 
several women this way and picked the one that best bolstered 
his book and movie scheme." [8] 
Another remarkable case is that of Bruce Smith, who in 1990 
attended a lecture by "alien abduction expert" Budd Hopkins in 
Trenton, New Jersey. For some reason Hopkins' talk about alien 
abductions hit Smith at a visceral level, unnerving him: "I didn't 
think I was going to be able to walk out of there," he said later. 
But Smith did walk out of the UFO lecture and, hooking his 
trailer home onto the back of his car, went west, stopping in 
state parks. One of those state parks was in Tesuque, New 
Mexico. Smith was asleep in a campground there when he woke 
up in the middle of the night, horrified with the belief that 
aliens were going to abduct him. Drifting between sleep and 
wakefulness, Smith felt hands grasp his ankles and pull. But the 
being on the other end of those hands was not quite what Smith 
had been led to expect. The "being" was wearing a white 
button-down shirt, the kind of shirt that his father had always 
worn, Smith recalled. 
Far from his expectation of a glowing silver saucer craft, 
Smith says that he was manhandled into the back of a large, 
dark blue van with military markings that he thinks were of the 
U.S. Navy. The van drove over rough roads for an hour until it 
stopped. The rear door of the van was opened and aliens 
levitated Smith out the back door and into a huge structure that 
277 
Smith feels is part of the Los Alamos nuclear laboratory. 
Inside the laboratory, Smith was placed on an examination 
table where an alien named "Roget" gouged at his eyes with a 
scalpel. 
Smith remembered none of this until he began hypnotherapy 
in Washington. During hypnosis he remembered the abduction, 
and also recalled that he had been abducted "thousands of times 
and during many lifetimes." After the encounter in Tesuque, 
"They came back one more time. On the eighth of June. They 
came in an unusual ship that had rooms in it that looked like 
college dorm rooms." 
Was Smith actually abducted by aliens, or is the truth 
something more prosaic but equally sinister? [9] 
UFO abduction researcher Budd Hopkins turns up in another 
case, described by former Army Intelligence case officer 
Julianne McKinney, now of the Electronic Surveillance Project 
Association of National Security Alumni. McKinney's account 
follows: 
"The woman, apparently a 'pet' experimentee, found herself 
being introduced to a wide variety of prominent individuals 
whose connections with the CIA she believed to be quite 
apparent. One of those, she states, was Robert Jay Lifton, a well 
known author and expert on brainwashing, whose books include 
The Nazi Doctors: Medical Killing and the Psychology of 
Genocide (Basic books, 1986). 
"Her experiences included a voluntary ('referral') admission 
to Hollywood Hospital, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, in 
1973, during an era when MKULTRA experiments in the Allan 
Memorial Institute, McGill University, Montreal, Canada, were 
only beginning to capture the attention of the U.S. Senate. 
"More recently, in 1990, she was transported to New York 
University's Cameron Medical Center, in Westchester, NY (under 
circumstances which qualify as an abduction), where she was 
forcibly wrestled to the ground by approximately six Center 
staffers and forcibly confined for a period of approximately three 
weeks. She was neither psychiatrically counseled nor formally 
tested while in that facility. The psychiatrists assigned to her 
case appeared more intent on forcing her to take a combination 
of neuroleptic drugs, to include Haldol, Navane and Cogentin. 
(Haldol and Navane can cause tardive dyskinesia.) She resisted 
those attempts. 
"A court ultimately ordered this woman released from the 
Center, stipulating that she was not to be administered drugs. 
On    subsequently acquiring   her    medical    records,    under 
278 
conditions which prevented censoring or doctoring of those 
records, she found that her psychiatrists had planned to inject 
her with drugs (in defiance of the court order) on the day of her 
release.  As luck would have it, she was released a day early. 
"This woman states also that she has met Budd Hopkins, of 
the Intruders Foundation, and that she had a long-term, 
confiding relationship with John E. Mack, Professor of 
Psychiatry, Harvard Medical School, and founding Director of 
the Center for Psychological Studies in the Nuclear Age 
(previously named Research Program for the Study of Human 
Continuity; and still previously rumored to have cooperated with 
the CIA in studies of 'human ecology')." [10] 
In recent years there have been cases of "alien" implants 
being surgically removed, but it is interesting that the "aliens" 
would coincidentally be employing a technology similar to that 
invented by Dr. Delgado in the 1950s. One such instance was 
described in a lecture by Dr. Roger Leir, at a MUFON meeting in 
Thousand Oaks, California, on February 23, 1996. Leir removed 
three apparent implants on August 19, 1995, two from one 
patient and one from another patient. The two alleged implants 
removed from the first patient were located on each side of her 
large toe. The third alleged implant was removed from the back 
of the left hand of another patient. 
One object was triangular in shape, while the other two 
objects "resembled small cantaloupe seeds." [11] 
Surrounding the implants the tissue was grey but without 
inflammation. According to Darrel Sims, a hypno-anestheia 
therapist and UFO abduction researcher, both persons had been 
unaware of the implants, but they were discovered during 
unrelated x-ray procedures. There were no scar traces from 
injection of the implants. Both patients, according to Sims, 
were possible cases of UFO abduction. Dr. Leir also reports that 
the objects were in close proximity to nerve fibers. 
Dr. Leir used a gauss meter, measuring electromagnetic 
fields, in finding the exact locations of the objects. According to 
Dr. Leir, when he brought the gauss meter near the object in the 
man's hand, it "went crazy." 
Each of the objects is reported to have been covered with a 
dense grey membrane. Although objects that have been in a 
human body for a long time do get coated with an organic, 
fibrous coating, this material can be scraped off. In the case of 
the alleged implants, the membrane was much more difficult to 
remove. Inside the membrane the objects were two separate 
pieces  of black metal,  apparently held together   only by the 
279 
membrane. The metal was later identified as boron. When 
exposed to fluorescent light, all three objects glowed brightly. 
[12] 
Harvard's John Mack, in Abductions, provides a detailed look 
at another "alien" implant: 
"Elemental analyses and electronic microscopic photography 
revealed an interestingly twisted fiber consisting of carbon, 
silicon, oxygen, no nitrogen, and traces of other elements. A 
carbon isotopic analysis was not remarkable. A nuclear biologist 
colleague said the 'specimen' was not a naturally occurring 
biological subject but could be a manufactured fiber of some sort. 
It seemed difficult to know how to proceed further. 
"There is no evidence that any of the implants recovered are 
of rare elements, or of common ones in unusual combinations. 
In discussions with a chemical engineer and other experts in 
materials technology, I have been told that it would be extremely 
difficult to make a positive diagnosis of the nature of any 
unknown substance without having information about its origins. 
Under the best of circumstances it would be difficult to prove, 
for example, that a substance was not of terrestrial or even 
biological origins." 
Of course John Mack is an interesting case in himself, a man 
who seemingly refuses to consider the idea that abductions 
might be performed by anyone other than extraterrestrials. 
Mack's Center for Psychology and Social Change is backed to the 
tune of hundreds of thousands of dollars by various members of 
the Rockefeller family. Mack is also a member of Scott Jones' 
Human Potential Foundation, also reported to be Rockefeller- 
endowed. [13] 
My conclusion is mad and science fictional, but the evidence 
supports it. Military and intelligence agencies are using alien 
abduction as a cover story and possibly as close encounters 
simulated by technology such as holograms and advanced aerial 
disk craft to conceal the processing and implanting of human 
beings with mind control technology. 
NOTES: 
1. Smith, 
Jerry, HAARP: Ultimate Weapon of 
the Conspiracy, 
(1997: 
AUP, Kempton, Illinois); Constantine, Alex, Psychic Dictatorship in the U.S.A. 
(Portland, Oregon: Feral House, 1995); Blackmore, Susan, "Alien Abduction," 
the New Scientist magazine, November 1994, cited in Walter Bowart's "The Trial 
and Conviction of a 'EBE Possessed' Serial Killer," obtained on the Internet 
from MindNet Journal, volume 1, numbers 8a, 8b, 8c 
2. Krawczyk, Glenn. 
"Mind Control & 
the New World Order", Nexus 
magazine, February/March 1993 
280 
3. 
Sunders, 
Ed. 
"The Mutilation Mystery", Old Magazine, 
September. 
1976; Keith, Jim, Black Helicopters II: The Endgame Strategy, (Lilburn, Georgia: 
IllumiNet Press,  1997) 
4. 
"Manchurian abductees," World Watchers 
International newsletter, 
Fall 1989; Keith, Jim, Casebook on Alternative 3, (Lilburn, Georgia: IllumiNet 
Press, 1994) 
5. 
Wanderer, Robert, "'Transformation' Transformed", MUFON Journal, 
issue 254, June 1989 
6. 
"False Miracles in the Sky: Is the U.S. Military in the Business of 
Hoaxing UFOs?," The Devil's Advocate, issue number 5 
7. 
Cannon, Martin. "The Controllers: A New Hypothesis of Alien 
Abductions", MUFON UFO Journal, Number 270, October 1990 
8. Taff, Barry, 
'Paranormal Phenomena and UFOs,' UFO magazine, Vol. 
2, No 4; Krawczyk; Constantine, Alex, Virtual Government. (Venice, California: 
Feral House, 1997) 
9. Donahue, Bill. "It's 
life, but not as we know it", Northwest Magazine, 
April 28, 1991 
10. 
McKinney, 
Julianne. 
"Microwave Harassment & Mind-Control 
Experimentation", Electronic 
Surveillance 
Project, Association 
of National 
Security Alumni, Silver Spring, Maryland 
11. Hudgeons, 
Steve, 
"Implants," April 
2, 
1996, 
obtained 
from 
the 
Internet, copy in the author's possession 
12. Lindemann, Debra 
L., 
"Surgeon 
Tells 
First 
Results 
of 
Implant 
Analysis," April 6, 1996, obtained from the Internet, copy in the author's 
possession; 
"Jon King's X-file document," UFO Reality magazine, 1996, 
otherwise unidentified clipping 
13. 
Kanon, Gregory M., The Great UFO Hoax. (Lakeville, Minnesota: 
Galde Press, 1997) 
281 
 
 
Chapter 32: 
UNIDENTIFIED 
FLYING AGENTS 
Investigation of the UFO phenomenon leads us directly into the 
camp of the leading lights of government mind control, 
particularly of the aforementioned "non-lethal" variety. 
Although many of the elements of the current UFO belief 
system, including alien invasion, have been around since the 
beginnings of UFO research in the 1950s, the burst in media 
activity that took place in the 1980s can be traced to a few 
sources. The first and most influential can be isolated with the 
individuals who went about hoaxing Paul Bennewitz. Although 
the Bennewitz case is only one of many instances where the UFO 
experience was apparently manipulated by agents of 
the 
government, it is representative and revealing. 
In 1980 Bennewitzoften referred to in UFO literature as a 
"physicist," although he never obtained a degreeand well- 
known UFO researcher Dr. Leo Sprinkle were in touch with a 
young woman, Judy Doraty, who believed she had witnessed a 
calf stolen by a saucer and had been abducted by aliens. 
According to Doraty, in May of 1980 she and her young son had 
been driving near Cimarron, New Mexico, when they had 
observed "two or more" UFOs, and the theft of a calf via saucer. 
Doraty claimed at that time she and her son were abducted, and 
that she was taken to an underground base for examination and 
implanting with an alien device. At the base she had observed 
vats of unidentifiable body parts, and a vat with a male human 
floating in it. 
Bennewitz paid 
for medical 
examinations of 
the pair 
including CAT scans, which reportedly confirmed the existence 
of the implants in the woman and her son. Bennewitz believed 
that "at least 300,000 or more in the U.S. and at least 
2,000,000 if not more worldwide" had been implanted with 
cerebral control devices by the aliens, although his means of 
283 
detecting these implants seems somewhat subjective: "You can 
recognize them because of their eyes... [a] peculiar look in the 
eyes and a funny smile." [1] *Bennewitz, the owner of an 
electronics 
research 
laboratory, 
attempted 
to detect 
the 
electromagnetic signals that he felt the aliens must be using to 
control her, and to find out a way to shield people from these 
signals. In late 1979 he told members of the Aerial Phenomena 
Research Organization of detecting these low frequency signals, 
and that he had begun to make calculations about electronic and 
propulsive techniques employed by the aliens. 
At the same time, from his home in the Four Hills area of 
Albuquerque, New Mexico, he was photographing unidentified 
lights in the area of the Manzano Nuclear Weapons Storage 
Facility east of Kirtland Air Force Base. Bennewitz believed that 
he had "established constant direct communication with the 
Alien using a computer and a form of Hex Decimal Code with 
Graphics and print-out." The specific way in which Bennewitz 
believed he had established this link is not known to this 
researcher, although he did mention that when a UFO was in 
sight he would ask it telepathic messages. One blink of the 
saucer was a 'yes,' two blinks a 'no.' Bennewitz supposedly 
produced a vocabulary of 27 words that he communicated to the 
aliens with. [2] 
Eventually Bennewitz believed that he had discovered an alien 
base a mile beneath the earth at Dulce, New Mexico, as well as 
one on the west slope of nearby Mount Archeleta, with an 
estimated alien population of 2,000. He took aerial photos of 
the reputed base at Dulce from a helicopter, and believed that he 
had viewed and taken photos of saucer craft, beam weapons, and 
aliens on the ground, although when the pictures were 
developed, these photos were inexplicably missing from the 
series. 
Bennewitz produced a written report on his research titled 
Project Beta, which is primarily a primitive "Look out boys! The 
Aliens are here!" study of alien psychology, as well as proposed 
means by which the army might destroy the alien basesusing 
Bennewitz' company, Thunder Electronics, as a sub-contractor 
for his own beam weapons inventions. 
According 
to 
the 
report, he had spent 
two years 
in 
surveillance of "alien ships within a sixty (60) mile radius of 
Albuquerque," as well as "Detection and disassembly of alien 
communication and video channelsboth local, earth, and near 
space." Bennewitz believed he had 
received 
"Constant 
reception   of  video   from   alien  ship   and  underground base 
284 
viewscreeen; Typical alien, humanoid and at times apparent 
Homo Sapien." 
During the period of his research, Bennewitz was closely in 
touch with a military officer named Major Edwards, at the 
Manzano facility, and he gave several presentations to "high 
level" Air Force personnel at the base. He reported that he had 
also surveilled an alleged alien base in the company of Edwards. 
UFO researcher Jacques Vallee was told by William Moore 
that "[Bennewitz] had innocently stumbled on a signal used in a 
secret Air Force experiment that was totally unrelated to UFOs. 
He was approached by security officers who tried to get him to 
disconnect 
this equipment and 
to stop monitoring 
their 
electromagnetic tests. The more they did this, of course, the 
more Bennewitz was convinced they had something to hide 
(which was true) and that it had to do with UFOs (which was 
false).   And he refused to comply." [3] 
While Bennewitz watched the military, they watched him. 
People came to his door "out of the blue," and he saw implant 
scars on the back of their necks. "The aliens have gone wild," 
Bennewitz wrote, paralyzing him four times and injecting him 
250 times "with hypodermics." 
To understand 
the saga of Paul Bennewitz, additional 
background is necessary. Although I was not present at the 
1989 MUFON conference at which William Moore spoke, 
Jacques Vallee was, and gave the following description: 
"In a confused and embarrassing presentation before the 
MUFON Conference, Bill Moore indeed confessed that he had 
willingly allowed himself to be used by various people claiming 
to act on behalf of Air Force Intelligence and that he had 
knowingly disseminated disinformation, although he had never 
been 'on the payroll.' This is a mere play on words, of course. 
Not being on the payroll does not mean that he was not paid in 
cash or through other means... 
"Moore gave a weak excuse for his actions, claiming that he 
had acted in a heroic private effort to infiltrate and expose the 
operation." 
William Moore has said that in early September 1980, he, 
Moore, was contacted by a "well-placed individual within the 
intelligence community who claimed to be directly connected to 
a high-level project dealing with UFOs." This man, known as 
"Falcon," said that he was part of a group that wanted to expose 
the continuing government cover-up of UFOs. Moore admits 
that he went along with the man in order to gain access to 
government UFO information. 
Z85 
Acting as liaison between Moore and the group was Sgt. 
Richard Doty. Moore soon learned his own role, which was to 
provide information on Bennewitz in exchange for "sensitive" 
information on UFOs. He also learned that "several government 
agencies" were collaborating in discrediting Bennewitz by 
funnelling disinformation to him. 
"By 1981," Moore says, "Paul was gathering data from a 
variety of sources and amalgamating it with information being 
fed to him by a number of government people in whom, for 
some reason, he seemed to have an implicit and abiding faith. 
The story that emerged from this melange of fact, fiction, 
fantasy, hearsay, hard data and government disinformation was 
absolutely incredible! Yet somehow, Paul believed in it and set 
out on a one-man crusade to tell the world that malevolent 
aliens from space were in league with our government to take 
over the planet. What had begun in 1979 as an effort to learn 
whether the behavior of a woman who claimed she had been 
abducted by UFO aliens and was being influenced by some sort of 
radio remote control had, in the space of less than three years, 
blossomed into a tale which rivaled the wildest science fiction 
scenario anyone could possibly imagine." 
"My role in the affair," said Moore, "was largely that of a 
freelancer providing information on Paul's current thinking and 
activities. I had nothing whatsoever to do with the counter- 
intelligence and disinformation, although I either knew or was 
aware of a number of people involved in that end of things." [4] 
It may be significant that William Moore's first two books, 
The Philadelphia Experiment and The Roswell Incident were 
co-authored with Charles Berlitz who, according to the Seattle 
Times/Post Intelligencer, at the beginning of World War II, "was 
taken out of the Air Force to work in counter-intelligence. He is 
reluctant to talk about this period and his work as an operative 
('nobody likes to say 'spy') in anything but the foggiest terms. 
But he was, clearly, the perfect operative. 'I would pretend that 
I was a Frenchman in Venezuela or a Venezuelan in France.' 
During the war he worked underground, with a new name and 
identity, in various countries." The article indicates that Berlitz' 
connections with the spy biz did not end with World War II, but 
that "He resumed his intelligence work, though not overseas, 
during the Korean and Vietnam wars." [5] 
While 
Bennewitz monitored 
low 
frequency 
electronic 
broadcasts and filmed unusual aerial displays that may or may 
not have been saucer craft, the government was monitoring him 
and, I   suspect, destroying him.     Moore   says that Bennewitz 
286 
detected instances of surveillance, but that there were wiretaps 
and break-ins that Bennewitz didn't know about. 
One of these instances may have happened when Bennewitz 
was visited at home by an anonymous man with a "top secret 
document that was dated in the '50's, indicating if anybody 
found out about all of this they would kill them." 
Bennewitz was asked, 
"Doesn't 
that bother you?" He 
responded that it didn't. It may have been that the information 
offered Bennewitz was the counterfeit MJ-12 document later 
circulated by Moore associate Jaime Shandera. 
Bennewitz was apparently under observation from a house 
across the street from his own, and took photos of persons 
visiting the house with NORAD and Air Force license plates. [6] 
By 1982, the alien scenario that Bennewitz was being fed was 
essentially that of the belief structure held by a large portion of 
the UFO community today. Malevolent grey aliens were 
abducting humans, mutilating cattle, and implanting humans 
with control devices. They had made a treaty with the U.S. 
government, and had an underground base in Dulce, New 
Mexico, and for these concessions they had given saucers and 
weaponry 
to 
the government. 
In addition, 
there was a 
benevolent group of aliens intent on stopping the destructive 
Greys from ravaging the planet. 
As time went on, Bennewitz had a nervous breakdown 
reportedly due to the disinformation he was being fed by 
government agents. According to Moore, Bennewitz stocked his 
house with guns and knives and installed extra locks, although 
Bennewitz believed the aliens were able to come through the 
walls and inject him with chemicals that knocked him out. 
Bennewitz suffered from insomnia and his hands shook, as if 
they were palsied. Eventually he was hospitalized and placed 
under psychiatric care. [7] 
On the other hand, perhaps it was not just disinformation 
that derailed Bennewitz. There is the possibility that he was 
neutralized by ELF irradiation or other forms of government 
mind control that drove him crazy. 
After Bennewitz, the web of disinformation continued to 
spread. In 1983 Linda Moulton Howe, a well-known UFO 
researcher who oddly seems unable to entertain any other idea 
than that UFOs are from outer space, was working on an HBO 
documentary on UFOs. According to Moore, "when the 
filmmaker [Howe] appeared on the scene, and it looked as if 
Paul's 
story might 
become part 
of 
the 
script, 
the 
counterintelligence      people      simply      extended      their 
287 
disinformation activities accordingly." 
Howe met Richard Doty at Kirtland Air Force Base in a 
building posted as an Air Force Office of Special Investigations 
office. Once inside, Howe was taken to a room to speak with 
Doty. Howe believed that they were going to discuss a UFO 
sighting that had taken place at Ellsworth Air Force base, but 
Doty began talking about her UFO documentary, leading her to 
believe that she had been closely monitored during the film's 
production. Doty told her that her research, and in particular an 
earlier documentary titled Strange Harvest, had upset people, 
with the implication that they were ranking military people. 
Doty also told her that his superiors had asked him to show her 
the contents of a plain brown envelope, which he removed from 
a desk drawer. Although she was allowed to read the contents of 
the envelope, she was not permitted to take notes. 
Inside the envelope was a document titled "Briefing Paper for 
the President of 
the United States of America About 
Unidentified Aerial Vehicles," or very similar words. The 
"Briefing Paper" described incidents of flying saucer crashes in 
Aztec, New Mexico; Kingman, Arizona; Mexico; and two in 
Roswell, New Mexico. 
According to the briefing, two species of extraterrestrials had 
established contact with the U.S. government. One species was 
the well-known Greys, while the other was not described. The 
document mentioned that extraterrestrials had been responsible 
for creating Jesus Christ as a means for influencing human 
behavior. 
The madness would spread. The UFO field would soon 
collide with the political conspiracy research field and with the 
underground patriot movement, and men like Bill Cooper, John 
Lear, and others would be proclaiming that the secretive men 
who ruled the world were not men at all. What was done to 
Bennewitz and Howe on an individual case basis, was soon being 
done to the American public on a much wider scaleand is still 
being done by disinformation agents and the gullible souls who 
believe them. 
Richard Doty, at the time of the Bennewitz affair, is believed 
to have been working for the Air Force Office of Special 
Investigations. He had been trained in disinformation and 
psychological warfare, and allegedly admitted that he was a 
member of a disinformation groupprobably the Aviary, to be 
taken up later in this text. 
According to published reports, William Moore stated that 
Doty   reported   to    a   Pentagon   official   named   Hennessey, 
288 
reportedly chief of security for the Stealth project. It is 
impossible 
to 
gauge Doty's 
actual 
connections 
and 
responsibilities, since portions of his service records are 
expunged, although while stationed at Linsay Air Force Base in 
West Germany, according to Phillip Klass, "Doty was charged 
with falsifying official documents and telling falsehoods to his 
commanding officer. A formal investigation confirmed these 
charges and Doty was 'decertified' as a special agent [with the] 
Air Force Office of Special Investigations and returned to 
Kirtland AFB in late 1986. Doty spent his last two years before 
retirement in food services management." [8] 
The plot thickens. Researcher Lee Graham has said that 
William Moore contacted him "in an intelligence capacity" and 
that Moore said he worked for the government in releasing 
sensitive UFO information. According to Graham, Moore had 
shown him a Defense Investigation Service badge, although UFO 
researcher and "nuclear physicist" Stanton Friedman in his 
1996 apologia for the bogus MJ-12 documents titled Top 
Secret/Majic puts a different spin on the event. Friedman said, 
"As a joke, Bill once pulled out a MUFON identification card, 
flashed it at Lee, and indicated that he was working for the 
government. Lee bought 
it." This sidesteps 
the alleged 
impersonation of a government official, Graham's memory of a 
DIS badge, not a MUFON card, the fact that Moore has admitted 
to being a government agent, and the bottom line that the joke 
is unfunny. One wonders why Friedman would go out of his way 
to disclaim 
the government connection of an admitted 
government collaborator. [9] 
The group that was functioning behind the scenes in the 
Bennewitz story was probably the Aviary. In 1988 Seligman 
Productions purchased from William Moore interviews with two 
alleged government agents who went by the names Falcon and 
Condor. They spoke behind screens during 
the filming, 
allegedly out of fear of retaliation from their employers. In the 
final product, broadcast on national television under the title 
UFO Cover-Up Live!, their UFO revelations were cobbled 
together with computer graphics of aliens and alien internal 
organs that were claimed to have been done by the government; 
a kind of gut level MJ-12 document. The computer graphics 
were nothing of the sort. They were based upon earlier 
drawings published by UFO researcher Leonard Stringfield. [10] 
The 
revelations 
that Falcon and Condor offered were 
predictable: confirmation of crashed saucers, live and dead 
aliens, and the existence of the overarching secret government 
289 
MJ-12 agency charged with investigating and keeping the lid on 
the existence of aliens. According 
to researcher Robert 
Hastings, the two anonymous agents doing the alien whistle- 
blowing were familiar face Sgt. Richard Doty, Air Force OSI 
agent, and Robert Collins, an Air Force captain. [11] 
William Moore has said that Doty was not Falcon, but was in 
fact a liaison for another person. This person is possibly C.B. 
Scott Jones, identified as "Falcon," a member of U.S. Navy 
Intelligence for 15 years, and a collaborator with "non-lethality" 
heavy weight John B. Alexander. Does this mean that neither 
Doty nor Collins were actual members of what appears to be a 
secret intelligence agency group, but were masquerading as 
such, or employed at a lower level? Certainly their credentials 
are not in the same league as the other reported members of the 
group. 
There is another echelon (perhaps the only actual group) 
reported as being members of the Aviary who cannot be 
connected to UFO disinformation except in a tangential way. 
Two alleged members of the Aviary, C.B. Scott Jones and John B. 
Alexander, are said to have met William Moore at a party. 
Then there are the bird names used by Doty and Collins, 
although this does not prove membership in, but perhaps only 
knowledge of the Aviary. This distinction is not often noted by 
researchers who maintain that the Aviary is "a group of 
intelligence and Department of Defense officers and scientists 
with a brief to discredit any serious research in the UFO field." 
This statement is probably true, but I am obliged to point out 
that the evidence at this time is circumstantial. [12] 
Alleged members of the flock are: 
C.B. Scott Jones, reported to be "Falcon." After a long career 
in Naval Intelligence, Jones "worked in the private sector 
research and development community involved in the U.S. 
government sponsored projects for the Defense Nuclear Agency 
(DNA), Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) and U.S. Army 
Intelligence and Security Command." He was also a collaborator 
with John B. Alexander, and the head of the Rockefeller 
Foundation. [13] 
Colonel John B. Alexander, retired, reported to be "Penguin," 
who has 
long been 
involved 
in 
fringe 
science 
and 
parapsychological pursuits, and is the man who invented the 
"non-lethality" approach in the military. Alexander is on the 
board of directors for Psi-Tech, a remote viewing company that 
also employs  Major Edward Dames (formerly of the   DIA),  a 
290 
frequent guest on the nationwide Art Bell talk radio show. 
Dames was, I believe, one of the persons talking on the Bell 
show about the companion spaceship of the Hale-Bopp comet, 
information that sent the Heaven's Gate group over the edge to 
suicide. 
Ron Pandolphi, allegedly "Pelican," is a Ph.D. in physics who 
works at the Office of the Deputy Director of Science and 
Technology in the CIA. [14] 
Dr. Christopher Green, allegedly "Bluejay," from the CIA. 
Harold Puthoff, said to be "Owl," ex-NSA, a Scientologist at 
last report, and involved in remote viewing studies. 
Dr. Jack Verona, said to be "Raven," employed by the 
Department of Defense, and reportedly involved in creating the 
DIA's Sleeping Beauty mind assault electromagnetic weapons. 
Bruce Maccabee, Ph.D., reported to be "Seagull," is an expert 
in optical physics and laser weapons at the U.S. Naval Surface 
Weapons Laboratory in Maryland. He is an author on UFO topics, 
and a consultant to MUFON, the Mutual UFO Network. 
Prior to the publication of a paper revealing the alleged 
identities of the Aviary, researcher Armen Victorian was visited 
by the anonymous "Morning Dove" and "Hawk," "who had 
travelled to the UK with a message from the senior ranks 
advising me not to go ahead with my expose. I rejected this 
proposal." [15] 
On examination, 
the group has several shared 
interests. 
These are remote viewing and non-lethal weaponry. 
It is, of course, understandable why the government would 
want to confuse and neutralize the UFO research community, 
even if there are no aliens at Area 51, Dulce, or any other facility. 
UFO researchers from early on have probably been considered a 
kind of citizens' spy agency, snooping and reporting on activities 
that take place in the air and in the vicinity of military bases. 
Those investigative reports, circulated via a large number of 
books, journals, and videos, are also freely available to foreign 
powers. 
A secondary priority of military intelligence may be to 
encourage UFO whistleblowers from within the military and 
intelligence community to report to UFO "experts" covertly 
connected to the government, thus identifying themselves and 
allowing the government to stop leaks of classified information. 
It is curious that disinformation connected to the Aviary by 
researchers is mostly of an amateurish variety, 
like the 
computer graphics of UFO Cover-up Live! Given the resources of 
the   above mentioned  individuals, why would  they have not 
291 
produced the magnum opus of UFO disinformation, replete with 
unimpeachable film records and witnesses to back them up? 
Something like a big-budget Alien Autopsy film? 
Such an effort simply isn't necessary. A large percentage of 
UFO researchers and the field of UFO buffs will buy into almost 
any cheapjack silliness that is offered so long as it "proves" that 
aliens are behind the mess the world is in. Disinfo jobs like the 
creation of the MJ-12 document and the production of the UFO 
Cover-Up Live! mugging and computerisms could be a relatively 
low priority in the intelligence agency scheme of things, done by 
underlings, and without much expense or oversight. Why waste 
time, effort, and funds with overkill when the most shoddy of 
efforts will pass muster and be treated by most UFO buffs as 
ultimate authority? 
NOTES: 
1. 
Bennewitz, Paul, 
"Project Beta", copy 
in author's possession; 
Bennewitz, Paul, Interview conducted by Jim McCampbell, September 11, 1984, 
copy in the author's possession 
2. Bennewitz, Paul,  Interview conducted by Jim McCampbell 
3. Vallee, Jacques, Revelations. (New York: Ballentine, 1991) 
4. UFO magazine, Vol. 4, No. 4; Vallee 
5. 
Cridland, Tim. Text of an unpublished letter to Fate magazine, 
February 21, 1997; Seattle Times/Post Intelligencer, May 6, 1990 
6. Bennewitz, interview by Jim McCampbell 
7. Bennewitz, Project Beta 
8. Vallee; Sutherly, Curt.   Caveat Emptor magazine. Spring, 1990 
9. Vallee; Friedman, Stanton. Top Secret/Majic. 
(New York, Marlowe & 
Company, 1996) 
 
10. Vallee 
11. Vallee; Sutherly 
12. 
Victorian, Armen. "Psychic Warfare & Non-Lethal Weapons," Nexus 
magazine, October/November 1993; Victorian, Armen, "Non-lethality: John B. 
Alexander, "The Pentagon's Penguin," Lobster magazine, issue 25 
13. Victorian, "Psychic Warfare" 
14. Ibid. 
15. 
Ibid.; Boylan, Richard J. "Birds of a Feather: No More UFO-ET- 
Disclosure Policy Splits Covert Network", obtained on the Internet, copy in 
author's possession; Victorian, "Non-lethality"; Guyatt, David, "Police State of 
Mind," Fortean Times magazine, March, 1997; Sutherly 
292 
Chapter 33: 
MONARCH 
The mind control 
topic 
that has 
received 
the most 
publicityand argumentin recent years 
is 
the alleged 
government Project MONARCH. Some hypnotherapists and 
alleged victims have come forward telling of the existence of 
this supposedly CIA-sponsored program, while a flood of copycat 
reports have relied on these sources. 
A book published in 1995, Trance Formation of America, was 
written on the subject by a confessed victim, Cathy O'Brien, and 
her deprogrammer husband, Mark Phillips. In this apparently 
vanity-printed tome O'Brien alleges that she was a victim of 
MKULTRA MONARCH mind control for the majority of her life, 
and was only rescued when she was deprogrammed at the age of 
30 by Phillips, who says that he is a formerly CIA-connected 
hypnotherapist. 
Trance Formation of America is prefaced with a long, poorly 
writtenin fact, barely literateintroduction by Phillips, who 
alleges that he is a former employee of the CIA, or at least of a 
CIA cutout called Capital 
International Airways. Phillips 
mentions being present at least one "video taping of a TOP 
SECRET psychiatric experiment" around 1970. 
"While I lack the official published academic credentials," 
Phillips says, "I am recognized internationally by mental health 
and law enforcement professionals as an authority on the secret 
science concerning external control of 
the mind." It 
is 
interesting that there is no substantiation of this recognition in 
the book. What the slug of business cards that Phillips reprints 
do suggest is that he was a salesman for several companies, and 
was a hypnotherapist practicing for some period of time in 
Nashville, although lacking "the official published academic 
credentials," I wonder about the legality of that. 
According 
to 
Phillips, 
at 
one 
point 
during 
the 
deprogramming of Cathy O'Brien, he was given the name and 
phone number of Jolyon "Jolly"  West, at UCLA.   "Little  did I 
293 
know," Phillips reports, "that Dr. West had worked for the CIA 
in Project MK-Ultra mind control research for decades." 
Phillips must in truth have known very little, since if he had 
cracked even one book on mind control he would certainly have 
come across West's name several times. 
O'Brienactually 
a much more competent writer 
than 
Phillipsrecounts her alleged history as a drug and electroshock 
mind-controlled slave-prostitute, beginning shortly after her 
birth in Michigan 1957, with early child abuse by her father and 
two uncles, including her being filmed in bestiality movies 
produced by her father. 
O'Brien alleges incidents of prostitution, mind control, and 
abuse by priests at various Catholic churches in Michigan; 
Michigan Congressman Guy VanderJagt; President Gerald Ford; 
Senator Robert C. Byrd; Senator James Traficant; Pennsylvania 
Governor Dick Thornburgh; Senator Patrick Leahy; Governor of 
Tennessee Lamar Alexander; Dodger baseball manager Tommy 
LaSorda; President Ronald Reagan; General Manuel Noriega; 
Contra leader Daniel Ortega; CIA Director William Casey; baseball 
player Nolan Ryan; Secretary of Education Bill Bennet; President 
George Bush; Hillary Clinton; and a bevy of others including, 
quoting O'Brien, "friends, local mobsters and Masons, relatives, 
Satanists, strangers, and police officers." 
According to O'Brien's recollection, many of those whom she 
would come in contact with and be prostituted to during her 
period as a mind controlled slave were trained in a complicated 
series of MONARCH verbal commands, mostly consisting of 
punning phrases relating to the Wizard of Oz, Disney films, and 
television shows like I Dream of Jeannie, The Brady Bunch, and 
Bewitched. No Nietzche or Alfred Rosenberg? That would seem 
more to the tastes of the mind controllers that I know about. 
These phrases would be used to manipulate her and other 
MONARCH victims, causing them to shift from one programmed 
identity to another. 
In 1974, according to O'Brien's account, she was taken to 
MacDill Air Force Base in Florida, where she received additional 
mind control programming, then in 1975 she was taken to 
Wyoming, where she claims she was tortured and raped by Dick 
Cheney, then-White House Chief of Staff to President Ford. In 
1976, she recalls, she was taken to the Kennedy Space Center 
in Titusville, Florida, where she received her first NASA mind 
control programming. 
Involved tangentially in the country music business, O'Brien 
found that most of the big names in that industry were either 
294 
mind-controlled slaves (Barbara Mandrell, Louise Mandrell, 
Loretta Lynn), or CIA-run slave masters (Louise Mandrell's 
husband R.C. Bannon, Boxcar Willie, Alex Houston, Kris 
Kristopherson, Louise Mandrell's father Irby Mandrell, Jimmy 
Buffet). According to O'Brien, CIA-involved country music acts 
would be booked into areas where they could perform covert 
operations for the Agency, mostly in the nature of drug running 
operations. On one cocaine run to Hot Springs, Arkansas, in 
1979, O'Brien reports that she met Bill Clinton, who had a nose 
full of cocaine and used "standard Jesuit hand signals and 
cryptic language," by which he controlled O'Brien. 
O'Brien says she met Wayne Cox, whom she would soon 
marry, in Nashville. Cox was a member of alleged "CIA 
operative" Jack Greene's Desperado Band. Cox, she alleges, is 
an occult-involved serial killer who would dismember victims 
and sell their body parts to satanists through an underground 
distributor. O'Brien says that "During the months I was back 
with Cox, a muscle in my upper vaginal wall was cut and 
dropped in preparation for [Alex] Houston to flesh carve a 
hideous witch's face for Senator Byrd's perversions." 
In 1980, O'Brien's daughter Kelly was born, according to her 
only to be shunted directly into the MONARCH program of 
prostitution and mind control. 
In 
the 1980s O'Brien 
says 
she 
received MONARCH 
programming from the Temple of Set's Colonel Michael Aquino, 
at Fort Campbell, Kentucky; Fort McLellen in Anniston, Alabama; 
and Redstone Arsenal and Marshall Space Flight Center in 
Huntsville, Alabama; the latter programming in which "NASA 
cooperated fully." 
During the 1980s O'Brien claims she was working as a mind- 
controlled courier, running messages to and transporting drugs 
from such individuals as Senator Byrd, Baby Doc Duvalier, drug 
lord Jose Busto, Ronald Reagan, and others. Ronald Reagan used 
the nifty device of programming her to respond to certain 
colors, and when he wanted her to perform a certain act or shift 
into a particular personality, all he had to do was hand her one 
of the colored jelly beans out of the jar on his desk. 
O'Brien says that in one operation she relayed from Vice 
President Bush to Vice President Salinas the "initial diplomatic 
groundwork for the North American Free Trade Agreement 
(NAFTA)." While under the control of George Bush, O'Brien 
reports, Bush claimed to be a space alien and used hologram 
technology to transform his features into a lizard. Coal to 
Newcastle. 
295 
Another of O'Brien's mind-controlled missions, she says, was 
to deliver Education 2000 materials for Canadian Prime Minister 
Brian Mulroney to implement. According to O'Brien, she was 
also utilized as a sex slave at the Bohemian Grove compound in 
Northern California. She describes various rooms at 
the 
compound prepared for the prominent sex freaks of different 
persuasions who frequented the place. 
In the loose-knit communities and publications of conspiracy 
politics research and the patriot movement, many take Phillips 
and O'Brien's story as gospel. Of course, many also take Serge 
Monast's Blue Beam story, space alien Hatonn's channellings in 
Contact magazine, "the Photon Belt," the Roswell alien saucer 
crash, Candy Jones, the MJ-12 "document," Commander X, Bill 
Cooper, the Spear of Destiny, and any number of other shady 
propositions as being truth, as well. The human race, by and 
large, is not that intelligent, methinks. 
I remember one woman at a local patriot coffee Matcha 
"Meet, eat, and retreat" group, as Jack McLamb described 
itasking me what I thought of O'Brien's MONARCH allegations. 
I told her that although I am not omniscient, due to the lack of 
proof and the wild nature of her claims, that I doubted that 
MONARCH existed. The woman looked at me like I had 
suddenly used a hologram to transform my features into those of 
a lizard. Doubting any story of evil perpetrated by the 
government was ample reason to believe that I was a member of 
the Other Side. 
So what is the basis of Cathy O'Brien's story about being a 
MONARCH slave, and Mark Phillips' tale of deprogramming her? 
Truth is often stranger than fiction, and it is remotelythink in 
terms of millions of light years distantpossible that O'Brien and 
Phillips are telling the truth. More likely, in my opinion, is that 
they are telling partly truth, partly lies or delusion. O'Brien may 
have been the victim of massive abuse during her life. But most 
likely is that the whole convoluted crazy story is delusion or 
consciously made up. My reasons for believing this, aside from 
the overall improbability of her lurid account, follow. 
O'Brien states 
that MONARCH mind control conferred 
photographic memory on her, thus making it possible for her to 
remember verbatim the conversations of the persons in her 
book. What she pointedly does not remember is even a single 
date by which the presence and activities of prominent or not- 
so-prominent 
persons 
could be 
connected, 
verified, 
or 
disproved in her anecdotal accounts. She attributes this to the 
"timeless"   condition of being mind-controlled,  but if she was 
296 
that "timeless," it is my belief that she would not have been able 
to make a single appointment, catch a single airplane or boat, 
remember her daughter's birth date (which she does at one 
point), or even remember what decade these alleged events 
transpired in. 
Additionally, while O'Brien remembers quite a bit of realistic- 
sounding detail about homespun scenes 
in places 
like 
Muskegon, Wisconsin, her powers of description utterly fail her 
when she is talking about the layout of Air Force bases, the tech- 
nology of mind control laboratories, the top secret compounds 
of high level politicos, and offices and other interiors in 
Washington, D.C. I would think that there would be a wealth of 
detail there, if the accounts were true, but there is not. 
Also, 
there 
is not one incident of high level political 
chicanery that she mentions that could not have been surmised 
from published accounts, nor are there any unknown secretive 
dealings that could be verified independentlynot one that I can 
find. The prominent political figures are solitary on the 
MONARCH stage, with almost all subsidiary charactersaides, 
secretaries, 
friends, 
wives, 
hangers-onanonymous 
or 
completely absent. O'Brien's remembrance of what took place 
amongst the high and mighty, figures like Bush, Reagan, and 
Noriega, is oddly all common knowledge in the news and the 
literature of conspiracy theoryin fact, very common knowledge. 
All of her "insider" information is confined to primitive 
diatribes about the New World Order, NAFTA, and Education 
2000, the kind of half-baked pabulum that anyone could pick up 
with a cursory reading of some of the popular titles in 
conspiracy research. 
Finally, there seems to have been some collaboration on the 
accounts of both Phillips and O'Brien, or perhaps a third person 
working over both manuscripts. Although O'Brien is a far 
superior writer to her "deprogrammer" husband, they both have 
an identically weird usage of parentheses, as well as a 
misunderstanding of the spelling of the same words. Example: 
the use of "peaked" when they mean "piqued." 
One could speculate long and hard on the truth about Trance 
Formation of America. Was O'Brien actually abused and 
prostituted and, under hypnosis, did she dub in a great deal of 
extraneous material involving the rich and satanic? Is it a 
purposeful hoax hatched by Phillips and O'Brien for the purpose 
of selling books? A ploy written to make actual CIA and cult 
mind control appear ridiculous? We may never know, but we 
can know with a good deal of certainty that Trance Formation of 
297 
America is not what it purports to be: a true recounting of a 
victim's mind control ordeal. 
Another "tell-all" book about MONARCH mind control is the 
encyclopediac vanity-published The Illuminati Formula Used to 
Create an Undetectable Total Mind Controlled Slave, by Fritz 
Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler. Springmeier is a Christian 
minister, a certified graphoanalyst, and reported to me in a brief 
telephone conversation 
that he has spent several years 
deprogramming alleged MONARCH victims. Wheeler, "since 
1986... has been a recovering victim of mind control. She was 
part of a group of Illuminati hierarchy members that rebelled 
against their slavery... Her father was an Illuminati Grand Master 
as well as one of the better programmers." 
When I spoke to Springmeier he explained to me that his 
books should be at the top of the New York Times bestseller 
lists, seeing as how they reveal the most horrible secret of the 
20th century. He also explained that he had spent one-half- 
million hours deprogramming mind control victims. Odd that 
so much of his research would be cursory, given that dedication. 
The book is, 
in fact, poorly written, and loaded with 
misspellings. I would forgive those shortcomings if there was 
any real research, but the historical sections of the book are a 
rehash of the standard works on mind control like Bowart's 
Operation Mind Control, and a retelling of lurid evangelist 
exposes of the "I was a 33rd degree Illuminati high priest" sort. 
Uninformed conspiracy theorizing is coupled with page after 
page of unverified "Illuminati" codes, details on mind control 
bases (they allege Area 51 in Nevada is one of these, where an 
estimated 2,000,000 Monarch slaves have been programmed), 
analyses of movies and television programs as purveyors of 
Monarch codes, and a hodgepodge of other things including 
reprinted pages from a Star Trek "technical manual" alleged to 
be used for programming. 
The book is primarily 468 pages of poorly rehashed mind 
control history, allegations, and hearsay, no doubt culled from 
transcripts of 
the persons Springmeier says that he has 
deprogrammed. And again, is what Springmeier and Wheeler 
say totally bogus? There is nothing verifiable, other than the 
well-worn stories that the co-authors have culled from the work 
of others. Nothing in this huge "Illuminati Formula" is proven, 
nothing whatsoever is verified. 
Again, I admit that out of all of the people who Springmeier 
claims he has deprogrammed, there might be some of them who 
have received abuse, who have been victims of satanic groups, or 
298 
who have even received intelligence agency mind control. But 
with the undocumented way that the book is done, there is no 
way of telling if any of the material that Wheeler and 
Springmeier presents is true. 
The single most telling detail suggesting that MONARCH is a 
hoax or a product of delusion is that the term itself does not 
appear 
in any intelligence agency document, or 
in 
the 
statements of any bonafide intelligence agent that I am aware of. 
Nor do any of the other MONARCH buzzphrases that are so 
handily tossed about by "experts" on the subject. There is no 
corroboration of MONARCH terms in any verified intelligence 
agency documents that I am aware of, nor by any actual defectors 
from the intelligence community, of which there are many. 
I am not saying that cultic abuse and murder and mind 
control do not take place in the world, I know they do. I am not 
saying that men like Michael Aquino, Anton LaVey, Louis Jolyon 
West, and prominent politicians may not be involved in this kind 
of activitysome of them are. What I am saying is that 
understanding what is really going on is ill-served by MONARCH 
faddists and conspiracy freaks who, having seen something in 
print once, believe it forever, or who cannot tell the difference 
between truth and imagination, and cannot separate out fact 
from urban legend, or memory from hypnotic fantasies. 
For all I know, MONARCH may even exist roughly in the way 
that persons like Phillips, O'Brien, Wheeler, and Springmeier 
have described. But their documentation and analysis is not up 
to proving it. And it is perfectly apparent that if they deal with 
the content of mind control trauma in the same way that they 
handle the conspiracy research they cite whose sources I am 
quite familiar with, then their abilities as deprogrammers as 
well as writers and researchers should be doubted. 
The 
answer 
to 
the O'Brien-Phillips-Wheeler-Springmeier 
school of conspiracy research is, of course, compiling evidence, 
not just hashing together allegations, fantasies, innuendoes, and 
things once heard at a revival meeting. But that would 
seemingly ruin the fun. The worst thing about these sorts of 
researchers is that their false reports and delusory connections 
muddy the water for anyone trying to get to the truth about 
mind control. 
299 
 
Dr. Ewen Cameron. 
Chapter 34: 
WORLD BRAIN 
Although it may be argued that the growth of technology and 
industry in Europe in the 18th and 19th centuries allowed the 
birth of democracy, the evolution of technology has also led to 
the centralization of power and wealth in the hands of a few. 
Dollars, most fundamentally, define the true power of the vote in 
this world, therefore the rich have trillions of votes whereas the 
poor may not be able to vote at all. And the votes of the rich, 
their dollars, are being cast in favor of totalitarianism: they are 
being invested in the technology of control. 
The increase in the sophistication and power of technology is 
a 
self-reinforcing 
loop 
that 
geometrically 
undermines 
democratic impulses, as the owners consolidate their own 
interests, and continue to shape the popular will in the image of 
the needs of control. For example, almost all information 
sources available to the vast majority of the populace are part of 
the controlled media. The mind of the subordinate in most 
cases is not his own. 
As the controllers and their corporations assimilate all of the 
apparatus of society, creating new strategies for assimilation as 
they go, the individual becomes increasingly dependent on the 
external functions of the controllers for his daily necessities; 
unless he goes along with the program, he is ejected from the 
society, usually to die. 
Now, new strategies of technological control bring the goal of 
total mind and body control into range. Now mind control 
implants and broadcast electromagnetics are able to not only 
channel messages and control into the subject's brain, they are 
also able to link the brain with computersto digitize the 
subject's mind as part of a larger computerized structure. 
By 1969, it is rumored, the CIA was able to achieve direct 
communication between computers and the brain. Whether this 
precise date is correct or not, in 1994 a Colorado company, 
Advanced Neurotechnologies,  came  up  with   a  device   called 
301 
Brainlink, consisting of a brain-to-computer interlace that 
amplified 0.5Hz to 40Hz brainwaves, and turned them into 
coded computerese. [1] 
At about the same time, there were also reports that Naval 
Research Laboratories, the Japanese Ministry of International 
Trade and Industry, the U.S. Defense Advanced Research 
Projects Agency, and other groups were collaborating in 
research into the Molecular Electronic Device (MED), also 
known as the "biochip." According to researcher David Paul, 
"There are several designs for these organic microprocessors, 
but the essential idea is to use protein molecules or synthetic 
organic molecules as computing elements to store information 
or act as switches with the application of voltage. Signal flow in 
this case would be by sodium or calcium ions. Others feel that 
artificial proteins can be constructed to carry signals by electron 
flow. Still another idea is to 'metalize' dead neuronal tissue to 
produce processing devices." 
Paul quotes geneticist Kevin Ulmer, of Genex Corporation, 
who states, "The ultimate scenario is to develop a complete 
genetic code for the computer that would function as a virus 
does, but instead of producing more virus, it would assemble a 
fully operational computer inside a cell." [2] 
In July 1996, information was released on research currently 
taking place into creation of a computer chip called the "Soul 
Catcher 2025." Dr. Chris Winter and a team of scientists at 
British Telecom's Martlesham Heath Laboratories, near Ipswich, 
are developing a chip that, when placed into the skull behind 
the eye, will record all visual and physical sensations, as well as 
thoughts. According to Winter, "This is the end of death... By 
combining this information with a record of the person's genes, 
we could recreate a person physically, emotionally, and 
spiritually." 
Another of the possibilities of the chip that Winter discussed 
was the downloading of an older person's entire life experience 
into a newborn child. 
Winter says that the first uses of the "Soul Catcher" will be 
for the military, where soldiers will be implanted to act as 
communications links, and an up-link to GPS (global position 
system) satellites. Prototypes are to be available within five 
years, military applications within 10 years, and free commercial 
availability in 20-30 years. 
It is interesting that the Martlesham Heath location is located 
close to the area where the famous 1980 UFO incident took 
place at Woodbridge/Bentwaters. [3] 
302 
In 1996 an alleged secret document was released that had 
supposedly been leaked from "Intelli-Connection, a Security 
Division of IBM," located at 1200 Progress Way, Armonk, New 
York. The similarity of the name of the above-described Soul 
Catcher 2025 chip with the 2020 neural chip may not be 
coincidental, since the technology seems roughly identical. 
Here is an edited text of the document, reprinted at length 
because of its significant implications: 
CONFIDENTIAL 
LIMITED DISTRIBUTION ONLY 
LEVEL 9 COMMUNICATION 
2020 NEURAL CHIP IMPLANT 
The control of crime will be a paramount concern in the 21st 
Century. We must be ready with our security products when the 
demand for 
them becomes popular. Our Research and 
Development Division has been in contract with the Federal 
Bureau of Prisons, the California Department of Corrections, the 
Texas Department of Public Safety, and the Massachusetts 
Department of Correction to run limited trials of the 2020 
neural chip implant. We have established representatives of our 
interests in both management and institutional level positions 
within these departments. 
Federal regulations do not yet permit testing of implants on 
prisoners, but we have entered into contractual testing of our 
products. We have also had major successes in privately owned 
sanitariums with implant technology. We need, however, to 
expand our testing to research how effective the 2020 neural 
chip implant performs in thos identified as the most aggressive 
in our society. Limited testing has produced a number of 
results. 
In California, several prisoners were identified as members of 
the security threat group, EME, or Mexican Mafia. They were 
brought to the health services unit at Pelican Bay and 
tranquilized with advanced 
sedatives developed by our 
Cambridge, Massachusetts laboratories. The implant procedure 
takes 60-90 minutes depending upon the experience of the 
technician. We are working on a device which will reduce that 
time by as much as 60%. The results of implants on 8 prisoners 
yielded the following: 
Implants served as surveillance monitoring device for threat 
group activity 
303 
Implants disabled 
two subjects during an assault on 
correctional staff 
Universal side-effects in all 8 test subjects revealed that 
when the implant was set to 116 MHz all subjects became 
lethargic and slept an average of 18-22 hours per day 
All subjects refused recreation periods for 14 days during 
the 116 MHz test evaluation 
7 of the 8 subjects did not exercise, in the cell or out of the 
cell, and 5 of the 8 subjects refused showers up to three days at 
a time 
Each subject was monitored for aggressive activity during 
the test period and the findings are conclusive that 7 out of the 
8 test subjects exhibited no aggression, even when provoked 
Each subject experienced only minor bleeding from the 
nose and ears 48 hours after the implant due to initial 
adjustment 
Each subject had no knowledge of the implant for the test 
period and each implant was retrieved under the guise of 
medical treatment 
It should be noted that the test period was for less than two 
months. However, during that period, substantial data was 
gathered by our research and development team which suggets 
that the implants exceed expected results. One of the major 
concerns of Security and the R & D  team was that the test 
subject would discover the chemical imbalance during the initial 
adjustment period and the test would have to be scrubbed. 
However, due to advanced technological developments in the 
sedatives administered, the 48-hour adjustment period can be 
attributed to prescription medicatio given to the test subjects 
after the implant procedure. 
One of the concerns raised by R & D was the cause of the 
bleeding and how to eliminate that problem. Unexplained 
bleeding might cause the subject to inquire further about his 
"routine" visit to the infirmary or other health care facility. 
The security windfall 
from 
the brief 
test period was 
enormous. Security officials now know several strategies 
employed by the EME that facilitate the transmission of illegal 
drugs and weapons into their correctional facilities. One 
intelligence officer remarked that while they cannot use the 
information they have in a court of law, they know who to watch 
and what outside "connections" they have. The prison at 
Soledad is now considering transferring three subjects to 
Vacaville where we have ongoing implant research. Our 
technicians have promised that they can do three 2020 neural 
304 
chip implants in less than an hour. Soledad officials hope to 
collect 
information from the 
trio 
to bring a 14-month 
investigation into drug trafficking by correctional officers to a 
close. 
Essentially the implants make the unsuspecting prisoner a 
walking, talking recorder of every event he comes into contact 
with. There are only five intelligence officers at the Commission 
of Corrections who actually know the full scope of the implant 
testing. 
In Massachusetts, the Department of Correction has already 
entered into high-level discussions about releasing certain 
offenders 
to 
the community with the 2020 neural chip 
implants... 
[Dated 20 October 1995, with distribution marked "Eyes 
Only: Project Group 7A"] 
After reading the above paper, I wondered if it was a factual 
leaked memorandum or an all-too-common disinformation ploy 
concocted by some zealous anti-mind control activist. It was 
only after discovering corroborative information that the scale 
tipped in my mind toward it being factual. That is, "Vision 
2020: Colorado Courts of the Future", dated March 20, 1992, 
and originating from the Colorado State Judicial System. The 
Vision 2020 Project, or at least one compartment of it, was the 
result of evaluations of the proposal of implementing electronic 
implants by 80 prominent citizens of Colorado. The citizens 
came out in favor of the proposal. 
According 
to Vision 
2020, 
"biological 
and 
chemical 
technologies will explode in the next thirty years as rapidly as 
electronic technologies. We will be able to use genetic 
engineering, chemicals and chip implants to change human 
behavior. This will raise several questions regarding the extent 
to which the state can 'reprogram' individuals because of their 
societally unacceptable behavior... these advances in technology 
will occur..." The ultimate conclusion of the document is that 
"new treatment methods and sentencing alternatives should be 
utilized." 
Additional confirmation of the 2020 document is the fact that 
mind control experimentation is still going on at Vacaville, as 
the document states. This was confirmed in July of 1995, when 
it was announced that three inmates at Vacaville had died in 
non-air conditioned cells. The announcement indicated that 
two of the prisoners may have died due to the "medical" 
treatment they were receiving at the time.   The medical facility, 
305 
however, revealed that the so-called medical treatments were in 
fact behavior modification treatments. [4] 
And so we have reached a culmination. 
Surfers of the informational moment are hanging ten on the 
most awesome cybernetic tsunami ever conceived, barrelling 
through an electronic womb-net of human culture, rocking and 
buffeted but unsensing of the farther shore ahead. 
As the denizens of Tavistock have commented repeatedly, the 
structures and thinking patterns of the Industrial Age are 
breaking up, and breaking in on the conceptual edge of the 
Information Age. This transition is an alchemical change 
without equivalence in recorded history. There are no viable 
analogies other than, perhaps, the discovery of the uses of fire, 
and in fact the only available and most insightful analogies are 
being provided by madmen whose addled cortexes are the 
nearest thing to the mental equipment necessary to compre- 
hend the current changes. 
The reason that the information floodgates have been allowed 
to be opened is that the castles of the conspiracy are well 
defended by underlings, and that, secondarily, the controllers 
are benumbed by the excess of centuries. Free access to 
information and to the future will be a temporary thing unless 
we use this moment well. 
Now we return to H.G. Wells, who had so much to say about 
the Things to Come. There may be a long-term strategy involved 
in the computerization of the world and the creation of the 
Internet, which can be discerned by referencing Wells, in a 
speech before a Round Table front, the Royal Institute of 
International Affairs, in November, 1936, when he spoke of 
something called the "World Encyclopaedia."   Wells said: 
"At first the realization of the ineffectiveness of our best 
thought and knowledge struck only a few people, like Mr. 
Maynard Keynes, for example... It is science and not men of 
science that we want to enlighten and animate our politics and 
rule the world... I want to suggest that something, a new social 
organization, a new institutionwhich for a time I shall call 
World Encyclopaedia... This World Encyclopaedia would be the 
mental background of every intelligent man in the world... Such 
an Encyclopaedia would play the role of an undogmatic Bible to 
World culture. It would do just what our scattered and 
disoriented intellectual organizations of today fall short of doing. 
It would hold the world together mentally... It would compel 
men to come to terms with one another... It is a super university 
I am thinking of, a World Brain; no less...    Ultimately, if our 
306 
dream is realized, it must exert a very great influence upon 
everyone who controls administrations, makes wars, directs 
mass behavior, feeds, moves, starves and kills populations... You 
see how such an Encyclopaedia organization could spread like a 
nervous network, a system of mental control about the globe, 
knitting all the intellectual workers of the world through a 
common interest and cooperating unity and a growing sense of 
their own dignity, informing without pressure or propaganda, 
directing without tyranny." 
Wells was more candid about mind control in an unpublished 
memo, penned November 30,  1936: 
"The 
Universities 
and 
the 
associated 
intellectual 
organizations throughout the world should function as a police of 
the mind." 
Certainly all of this sounds science fictionalyou know, The 
Time Machine and War of the Worlds, and all thatbut we are at 
that stage where it has suddenly become real. 
It was during the Nixon administration that a 300-page White 
House "Administratively Confidential" report, prepared by John 
Erlichman of Watergate fame, proposed putting a government 
radio in every home in the United States. Although the system 
would ostensibly be used as an emergency warning system, the 
report also suggested that the radios could be used to educate 
preschoolers for world citizenship, and to propagandize to offset 
social unrest. 
But the report went farther, and in retrospect provides some 
insight into what is going on today. According to the report, the 
government radios would be part of a "wired nation" system that 
would also act as a computer clearinghouse, localizing all the 
nation's police and health records in one giant databank. [5] 
And, of course, this is only the tip of the electronic iceberg. 
Given the advances in computing and electronic control over the 
past several decades, it is apparent that the most science 
fictional possibilities for worldwide mind control are here, or at 
least only around the corner. Given technologies for the 
broadcasting of thought via electromagnetics, for "synthetic 
telepathy," it is not at all unlikely that there could soon be a 
worldwide network of satellites providing, not only surveillance, 
but total mind control, broadcasting thoughts, moods emotions. 
These 
satellites 
could 
hang 
in 
geosynchronous 
orbit, 
manipulating we marionettes in whatever fashion might be 
desired. It would be a Home Shopping Network of the Mind, 
where one had no choice but to buy, buy, buy. 
Thoughts would be broadcast to mollify the masses, thoughts 
307 
to make them work harder, thoughts to reward them for being 
good little drones, to make them buy consumer goods, to enrage 
them to whatever murderous jihad the engines of commerce 
and the Society of the Spectacle required that month. 
NOTES: 
1. Smith, 
Jerry, HAARP: Ultimate Weapon of 
the Conspiracy, 
(1997, 
AUP, Kempton, Illinois) 
2. Paul, David, 
"Man A Machine," Apocalypse Culture, Adam Parfrey, 
ed. (Venice, California: Feral House, 1990) 
3. The Daily Telegraph, UK; Daily Mail, UK, July 18, 1996 4. "2020 
Neural Chip Implant", reprinted in Nexus magazine, October/November 1996; 
"Microchip Technology," EYE magazine, Fall 1993; Martin and Caul. "Mind 
Control", 
the Napa Valley Sentinal, 
undated 
copy; 
"Jon King's X-File 
Document", UFO Reality magazine, 1996, otherwise unidentified clipping 
5.  Packard 
308 
FINALITY 
Human culture has always been manipulated by mind control, 
i.e., 
the monopolization, concealment, and destruction of 
information and the control of man's primary tool of information 
processing: the mind. In the 20th century, however, the 
technological 
tools for attaining total control have been 
delivered into the hands of a small coterie, the scientists and 
the men who hold their leashes, and those tools have been 
turned upon the mostly unsuspecting populace, who have been 
manipulated, prodded, worked on, deluded and destroyed, 
usually in the name of achieving a peaceful, i.e., a controlled 
society. 
When information on mind control is broached the response 
is standard: This is science fiction. Certainly the technology of 
surveillance and control has been evolving at a rapid rate, the 
average person responds, but it will be years, perhaps centuries 
before true mind control is achieved. 
Think again. This response in itself is a carefully cultivated 
mind state. The true capabilities of technology have been 
concealed in order to achieve the element of surprise. 
The world is now science fiction. There are no limits to the 
control that can be induced upon the population by technology 
as it currently exists. Now the only delay is in the utilization. It 
is true that there may be some fine-tuning, some honing, some 
distribution of technology that will take place in the years to 
come. There will be new brainstorms that link the disparate 
technologies that exist, there will be strategies for, as Christians 
are apt to say, getting people to take "the Mark." But total 
control is no longer the nightmarish pipedream of centuries to 
come. Give it ten years: then the war for the control of the mind 
will have been wonor lost. 
Key to understanding mind control 
is understanding the 
capabilities of life itself, and that may be salvation for the 
population of this planet. Mind control is a reductive process by 
which a life unit is reduced in power until it is placed under the 
control of the manipulative agent. It is the means by which man 
is turned into an animal, or a machine. 
The direction is obvious.   It is our challenge to decondition 
309 
ourselves and our fellow humans from all of the various modes of 
mind control that currently shape and warp our lives, both the 
dramatic ones I have focused on in this volume, and the less 
dramatic ones that have been applied since time immemorial. 
Brain control implants, yes; psychotronic generators, yes; but 
there are a host of more subtle control techniques that must be 
confronted: television, advertising, schooling, religion... political 
correctness. 
At one end of the scale there is the psychiatric-conditioned 
animal, the human reduced in intellect and taught to drool by 
Pavlovian dog training techniques. The other end of the scale of 
possibilities open to humanity knows no definition. Although it 
may be a controversial viewpoint, I believe that the potentials of 
humans are unlimited after they have been progressively freed 
from limiting beliefs and delusions, all of which communicate to 
them that they are puny things who must carry out the wishes of 
the controllers. Technology can, in fact, be utilized to destroy 
limitations to human freedom, and that is another part of the 
challenge, to harness technology in the work of liberation. 
Ultimately, all barriers to our evolution can be shed. All limits 
to human freedom are imposed by mind control. 
310 
SOURCES: 
Adventures Unlimited, One Adventure Place, P.O.Box 74, 
Kempton, Illinois 60946 
A-Albionic  Consulting  &    Research,   P.O.   Box   20273, 
Ferndale, Michigan 48220 
C.I. Associates, P.O. Box 55, Decatur, Arkansas 72722 
Factsheet Five, P.O.Box 170099, San Francisco, California 
94117-0099 
IllumiNet Press, P.O. Box 2808, Lilburn, Georgia 30226 
Leading Edge Research, P.O. Box 7530, Yelm, Washington 
98597 
The    McAlvany Intelligence   Advisor,   P.O.   Box   84904, 
Phoenix, Arizona, 85071 
M.O.M., P.O. Box 1486, Noxon, Montana 59853 
Nexus magazine, P.O. Box 177, Kempton, Illinois 60946- 
0177 
Paranoia magazine, P.O. Box  1041,   Providence,   Rhode 
Island 02901 
The Patriot Report, P.O. Box 122, Ponderay, Idaho, 83852 
The   Phoenix   Foundation, P.O.  Box   92008,   Nashville, 
Tennessee 37209 
Prevailing Winds Research, P.O. Box 23511, Santa Barbara, 
California 93121 
The   Spotlight, 300  Independence Ave. SE, Washington, 
D.C. 20003 
Steamshovel Press,  P.O. Box 23715,   St.  Louis, Missouri 
63121 
311